vam bulletin 22...an lgc publication in support of the national measurement system issue nº 22...
TRANSCRIPT
![Page 1: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
A n L G C p u b l i c a t i o n i n s u p p o r t o f t h e N a t i o n a l M e a s u r e m e n t S y s t e m I s s u e N ordm 2 2 S p r i n g 2 0 0 0
VAM BULLETIN
Traceable measurements A different route to reliable analytical dataMethods for testing E coliVAM and the measurement issues related to QUIDThe reliability of mass spec for identification purposesUltrafine particles and air quality control
Contents
2 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T E N T S
Cover photograph by Andrew Brookes
Alison GillespieKeith MarshallEditors
General enquiries about VAM toVAM Helpdesk 020 8943 7393vamlgccouk
LGCrsquos addressLGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LY
The DTI VAM programme
The DTIrsquos programme on ValidAnalytical Measurement (VAM) is anintegral part of the UK NationalMeasurement System The VAMprogramme aims to help analyticallaboratories demonstrate the validity oftheir data and to facilitate mutualrecognition of the results of analyticalmeasurements
The VAM programme sets out thefollowing six principles of good analyticalpractice backed up by technical supportand management guidance to enablelaboratories to deliver reliable resultsconsistently and thereby improveperformance
1 Analytical measurements should bemade to satisfy an agreed requirement
2 Analytical measurements should bemade using methods and equipmentwhich have been tested to ensure theyare fit for their purpose
3 Staff making analytical measurementsshould be both qualified and competentto undertake the task
4 There should be a regular independentassessment of the technical performanceof a laboratory
5 Analytical measurements made in onelocation should be consistent with thoseelsewhere
6 Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well definedquality control and quality assuranceprocedures
Editorial
Traceable measurements A different route to reliable analytical data 3
Guest column
Methods for testing Escherichia coli 5
Focus on sectors
VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID7
Contributed articles
The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes 12
Ultrafine particles and air quality control14
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise 18
Case study
Titanium dioxide manufacture A microcosm of analytical best practice 23
VAM in education
Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements 27
Reference materials update 28
VAM news
VAM 2000ndash03 29
New international standard for the operation of laboratories30
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium 31
Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs32
International collaboration32
VAM products and services 32
Chemical nomenclature
The meaning of units33
Forthcoming events34
Web links 35
Contact points 36
Traceable measurements A different route to reliableanalytical data
3 V A M B U L L E T I N
E D I T O R I A L
Mike SargentLGC
Analytical measurements play a critical role in todayrsquos society
and in manufacturing industry The demandfor analysis continues ever upward oneestimate by DTI in 19961 suggested that thetotal value of chemical analysis in the UKwas as high as pound7 billion pa The same studyalso highlighted the key issue facinganalytical laboratories constant commercialpressure to do more for less in a shorter timewhilst simultaneously providing customersclients and regulators with ever morerigorous evidence that their data is bothreliable and comparable with resultsobtained by other laboratories companies orcountries Annual surveys2 of the trendsidentified in 1996 show that they arecontinuing
LGC like other commerciallaboratories is affected by these trendsHowever as the UK centre for analyticalscience LGC has also been working for thepast six years with national laboratoriesaround the world to develop a more costeffective approach for achieving reliable andcomparable analytical results Some earlyapplications in areas as diverse as clinicalanalysis adulteration of foods and metalspeciation have been described in the VAMBulletin3-5 As we enter a new millennium itis timely to review why a significant newdevelopment for analytical laboratories isneeded and what must be done to achieve it
In the longer term the work at LGCunderpins an international goal of modifyingthe approach widely used to achieve reliablephysical measurements (eg length masstime) so that it can be used in chemistryPhysical measurements often depend onaccurate calibration of the measurementinstrument using traceable measurement
standards How this can be applied toanalytical chemistry is not alwaysimmediately apparent All analysts areaware however that much effort is requiredin addition to instrument calibration in orderto obtain results which are comparable andfit for purpose
Accurate and comparable physicalmeasurements are achieved by ensuring thateach measurement result for a particularparameter is traceable to a unique referencewhich is accepted throughout the worldThis reference may be an artefact such as theinternational standard kilogram or morelikely today the relevant SI unit most ofwhich are based on a quantum phe-nomenon In either case the concept oftraceability depends on a chain ofmeasurements linked back to the appropriateinternational primary standard through aseries of calibrations (ie comparisonsbetween two standards in the chain) Providedthe uncertainties of the comparisons areknown a measurement result obtainedthrough calibration against one of thesestandards will itself be traceable to theagreed reference
Analytical measurementsplay a critical role in todayrsquos society
Calibration in this way using chemicalstandards is complicated by the dependenceof the chemical measurement process on thesample matrix The measurement does notusually take place directly on the originalsample and the instrumental determinationis often the final step of a complex analyticalmethod involving extensive pretreatment ofthe sample Hence calibration of theinstrument alone is insufficient to achievereliable and comparable results Thus thereare relatively few traceable chemicalmeasurement standards in the sense used forphysical measurement standards and the
concept of traceable measurements is notwidely known by analysts
The chemical matrix problem hasstimulated the development of twoadditional approaches to achieving reliableand comparable chemical measurementsmatrix reference materials and inter-laboratory comparisons The matrix-matched certified reference material (CRM)is a unique type of chemical standardcommonly used to validate completemeasurement methods and sometimes forinstrumental calibration (eg in XRF) Suchstandards are prepared to correspond toeach required analytematrix combinationSimilarly inter-laboratory comparisons areundertaken for each relevant analytematrixcombination in order to establishcomparability of their measurement dataThese comparisons range from lsquoround-robinrsquostudies which collaboratively test a newmethod to formal proficiency testing (PT)schemes which assess agreement betweenlaboratories on an on-going basis
CRMs and PT schemes have been usedwith reasonable success over many years butthey both have a number of technicalpractical and economic limitations Theneed for a wide variety of application-specific CRMs has lead to fragmentedproduction without any formal relationshipbetween the certified values of CRMsproduced for different applications or bydifferent organisations There are thousandsof CRMs in use but many of those requiredfor critical applications such as manu-facturing trade health or the environmentare unavailable In addition productioncosts are high and it is difficult or impossibleto manufacture sufficiently stable CRMs forsome applications Inter-laboratorycomparisons also have a number oflimitations particularly that they are time-consuming and expensive Comparabilityusually extends only to the immediateparticipants in a single comparison because
comparability between different comparisonsis rarely established even when they are co-ordinated by the same organisation It isimpracticable to organise comparisons forevery routine application or to organise aworldwide comparison involving all thelaboratories requiring comparability for eachmeasurement application
These problems have long beenrecognised as a significant technical andeconomic limitation in delivering soundchemical measurement data The situation issteadily worsening with increasing demandfrom purchasers of data and by regulatorsfor proven comparability of measurementsThis is for several reasons Global expansionof trade means more countries and morelaboratories need to be brought into eachinter-laboratory comparison In additionincreasing numbers of measurements areused in support of regulations for whichthere is an expanding requirement forrigorously proven reliability and comparabilityFinally increasing use of sub-contractedmeasurements due to commercial pressureson laboratories requires not only conformityof contractors to quality systems but alsodemonstration of the comparability of datafrom different contractors
The application of metrologicalprinciples in chemistry offers a potentialmeans of addressing the situation but severalorganisational and scientific problems needto be overcome In most countriesgovernmental expertise in chemicalmeasurement is more widely dispersed thanis the case for physical measurements whichare mainly focused on a single NationalMeasurement Institute (NMI) From atechnical standpoint the uncertainty of thesample preparation and pre-treatment islargely an empirical estimate and theuncertainty associated with taking the initialsample or sub-sample is often overlookedTraceable measurements can however onlybe achieved when the uncertainty of theentire chemical measurement procedure isfully understood Developing referencemethods which offer improved andrigorously determined levels of uncertaintyfor difficult sample matrices is a key factorin solving this problem67
In order to address both the technicaland organisational problems theInternational Committee for Weights andMeasures (CIPM) decided in 1993 to
establish an international collaborativeprogramme of work in chemistry7 Thisprogramme is organised through the CIPMrsquosConsultative Committee on Amount ofSubstance (CCQM) The CCQM aims toresolve the practical difficulties of achievingcomparable chemical measurements throughtraceability and to provide an internationalstructure which will depend on a chain ofnational and regional laboratories Thesewill in turn demonstrate the equivalence of their measurement data throughmeasurement comparisons as well asimplementing a quality management systemfor their calibration or measurementcertificates The CCQM and regionalmetrology organisations will organise a seriesof key comparisons which reflect applicationsrelevant to industry trade healthenvironment etc and will not comprise just measurements on single substances and standards
NMIs around the world are contributingto the development and implementation ofkey comparisons in all areas of metrologyand formalising arrangements to link themto calibration and field laboratories Theseformal arrangements are set out in a MutualRecognition Arrangement (MRA) co-ordinated by the International Bureau ofWeights and Measures (BIPM) in Paris Inthe case of chemistry links to the keycomparisons will be achieved throughprovision of traceable CRMs standards andcalibration services and development ofproficiency testing (PT) schemes based ontraceable reference values The UK nationalmeasurement institute is NPL which istaking a leading role in establishinginternational key comparisons in physicalmetrology Within the field of chemicalmeasurement NPL has delegated much ofthe work to LGC Together scientists fromthese two laboratories represent the UK atthe CCQM Activities in this area form partof the current DTI VAM Programme animportant aspect of which has been workingwith the Analytical Methods Committee ofthe RSC to establish a UK laboratorynetwork linked to LGC and to theinternational activities8
Information about the current VAMprogramme can be found on the DTI (httpwwwdtigovuk) and VAM(httpwwwvamorguk) websites Generalinformation about metrology the text of the
MRA and details of key comparisons are available on the BIPM website(httpwwwbipmfr) We are seekingadditional reference laboratories to join theUK network as well as field laboratoriesinterested in helping to test the concept oftraceable measurements in routine use Ifyou are interested in helping have specificcomments or questions on applying theconcept of traceability to chemicalmeasurements or would like an overviewand bibliography of the work at LGC in thisarea I would be pleased to hear from you(mslgccouk)
REFERENCES
1 The Analytical Services Sector An
Analysis of Factors Contributing to
Sectoral Competitiveness Mike Sargent
and Reg Perry April 1996 (A report
prepared for the DTI Chemicals
Directorate by LGC)
2 lsquoThe Analytical Market Analytical
Science and Policyrsquo (1999 Annual
Review of the Government Chemist)
2ndash4 1999
3 lsquoDetection of adulteration of honey
application of continuous-flow IRMSrsquo
Helena Hernandez VAM Bulletin 18
12ndash14 Spring 1998
4 lsquoThe accurate analysis of trace metals in
clinical samples using ICP-MSrsquo Justine
Turner Ben Fairman and Chris
Harrington VAM Bulletin 20 12-16
Spring 1999
5 lsquoThe analysis of metal speciation using
LC-MSrsquo Chris Harrington VAM Bulletin
21 13ndash18 Autumn 1999
6 lsquoTraceabil ity and Uncertainty in
Chemical Analysisrsquo Mike Sargent VAM
Bulletin 17 11ndash12 Autumn 1997
7 lsquoHigh Accuracy Analysis of Inorganic
and Organic Analytes Using Isotope
Dilution Mass Spectrometry (IDMS)rsquo
Tim Catterick Ben Fairman Mike
Sargent and Ken Webb VAM Bulletin
17 13-15 Autumn1997
8 lsquoAchieving High Accuracy In Chemical
Analysisrsquo Mike Sargent VAM Bulletin
18 10ndash11 Spring 1998
4 V A M B U L L E T I N
E D I T O R I A L
5 V A M B U L L E T I N
G U E S T C O L U M N
Iain Ogdenand HughPenningtonUniversity of Aberdeen
The press has given such a high profileto food poisoning that the words
E coli have become synonymous with illnessand disease What they are really referring toof course are the pathogenic strains whichmicrobiologists call enterohaemorrhagic ndashE coli (EHEC) and more specifically in theUK and N America serotype O157 Here inthe UK we have the unenviable record of one of the worldrsquos worst outbreaks due to E coli O157 which affected 500 people across Central Scotland and resultedin 20 deaths1
But the ordinary E coli is a harmlessbacterium living in the gut of humans andother higher vertebrates Theodor Escherichfirst identified the organism in 1885 from thestools of breast fed infants and discoveredits ability to coagulate milk with acid and gasproduction This ability to ferment lactose isthe basis of differentiating E coli from otherclosely related bacteria and because of itsoccurrence in faecal material the presenceof E coli is used as indicator of poor hygienein food and food production Classicalbacteriologists use four additionalbiochemical tests to identify E coli theproduction of indole from tryptophan at theelevated temperature of 44degC the methylred reaction the Voges-Proskauer reactionand utilisation of citrate (IMViC) E colitypically gives a + + - - response in theIMViC tests To reduce both the time andcosts of such analyses identification usingjust the lactose and indole tests are now performed
The isolation identification andenumeration of E coli has therefore become
a common test in routine food testinglaboratories A wide range of proprietary kitshas made the analysis easier to perform andresults are available within two workingdays The majority are based onchromogenic or fluorogenic signals fromsingle biochemical reactions such as szlig-Dglucuronidase activity In addition rapidmethods incorporating techniques such aselectrical impedance flow cytometry ATPbioluminesence and membrane filtration canbe used to detect E coli and can also includesome degree of automation for testingmultiple samples
the words E coli have become synonymous with
illness and disease
The presence of E coli in foods mayindicate the presence of additionalpathogenic micro-organisms The realproblem occurs with the identification ofpathogenic E coli strains Not only are theyoften present in low numbers (lt100g) butthere is nearly always a high incidence ofcommensal E coli and other microfloraassociated with that particular food Theinfectious dose of E coli O157 is estimatedto be very low (lt10 viable cells) thusnecessitating sensitive detection techniquesFoods such as dairy products and cold meatshave short shelf-lives and have beenimplicated in E coli O157 outbreaks Rapiddetection methods are required by the foodindustry and regulatory authorities to helpensure that foods are not contaminated withthe organism prior to sale
There are two biochemical reactions thatdistinguish E coli from the serotype O157E coli O157 does not ferment sorbitol(strictly speaking it slowly metabolisessorbitol in 2-3 days) and it does not possessthe szlig-D glucuronidase enzyme Reactionsbased on these properties were initially usedto differentiate between the two groupsSorbitol replaced lactose in selective E colimedia (eg MacConkey agar) and thosecolonies with no acid reaction were further
screened by serology to determine thepresence of E coli O157 This method hasserious drawbacks in the lack of sensitivityThe analysis of faecal and food samplesproduced plates with large numbers ofsorbitol fermenting colonies masking anynon-sorbitol fermenting E coli O157 Onesolution to this was to use DNA techniquesto recognise EHEC within a sweep of allcolonies on such a plate PCR methods orlabelled probes could target one or both ofthe verotoxin genes possessed by E coliO157 but these technically difficultmethods requiring relatively expensiveequipment have never been popular withthe routine testing laboratory
The advent of immunomagneticseparation (IMS)2 brought E coli O157analysis to within the capabilities of alltesting laboratories although there is nowthe additional restriction of category IIIfacilities for final confirmation By coatingpolymer or ceramic beads with antibodiesagainst surface antigens we have a way of specifically attracting target bacteriarequired for further analysis If the beadshave magnetite cores then they can beeffectively recovered using a magnet Thetechnique is commercially availabletechnically simple to perform and costsapproximately pound3 per test Appropriateequipment costs ltpound1000 The volume of immunomagnetic beads used per test is 002ml which contains gt106 beads Aliquotsof 1ml are assayed from food samplesenriched in semi-selective media Samplesare placed in a rack mixed for 30 minutesbefore discarding the supernatant and re-suspending the beads (without the magnet)in wash buffer Two further washing stagesare performed prior to transferring the beadsto a selective agar After overnightincubation presumptive colonies areconfirmed with latex agglutination antiseraResults are available within 24 hours
A wide range of IMS protocols havebeen investigated This laboratory hasrecently completed a study comparingchemical composition and incubation
Methods for testing Escherichia coli
6 V A M B U L L E T I N
temperatures of enrichment broths and theselective agars used in the IMS procedureArtificially inoculated E coli O157 in arange of foods were tested and methodsvalidated on samples containing naturallyoccurring E coli O157 To show methodsensitivity under extreme circumstances thespiked studies used low numbers (lt1g) ofphysiologically stressed target bacteria in the presence of high numbers ofundamaged background micro-organismsFoods of known association with E coliO157 were studied minced (ground) beefwas tested initially with subsequentvalidations performed on cheese apple juiceand pepperoni A summary of the results isshown in Table 1 All tests were performedusing cocktails of 4 or 5 strains of E coliO157 to minimise the effect of singleatypical strains To physiologically stress E coli O157 the cocktail wasi) inoculated into mince and subjected to
a series of freezethaw cycles added tofresh mince (containing high numbers ofnon-E coli O157) and tested as indicated
ii) inoculated into a high salt (135 wv)low pH (49) low temperature (5degC)broth and spread on the surface ofpepperoni samples
iii) inoculated into apple juice and stored at 4degC for ten days prior to transferringto apple juice for testing
iv) surface spread onto cheese and stored at 4degC before testing Results show quite clearly the beneficial
effect of elevated temperature which appearsto inhibit competing microflora The use of
cefixime and cefsulodin is widespread inIMS enrichments (brotha) but at thereduced concentration of 25 (brothd) theyappeared to have little effect and recovery ofE coli O157 was similar to brothb Someantimcrobials used in these techniques canbe inhibitory to E coli O1573 (MacRae et al1997) and therefore they should be usedwith caution The International Organisationfor Standardisation4 favour mTSB+N at42degC but in this comparison it was lessefficient than BPW-V pH 70
Selective agars chosen for comparisonincluded several based on sorbitolMacConkey The selective additions ofcefixime and potassium tellurite favour Ecoli O157 isolation This medium has thedisadvantage of being unable to distinguishsorbitol fermenting E coli O157 fromcommensal E coli which are uncommon inthe UK but found regularly in otherEuropean countries Commercially availablechromogenic agars based on alternativebiochemical reactions were included whichwould also support the growth of E coliO157 strains inhibited by cefixime andtellurite Incubations were at 37degC exceptfor SD-39 which was at 42degC The resultsare presented in Table 2
The results indicate the superiority of Rainbow agar which showed very little growth from non-target bacteriamaking recognition of E coli O157 easyUnfortunately it is rather expensive forroutine use and therefore for economicalreasons this laboratory plates the immuno-beads equally onto CTSMAC (agarg) and
Chromagar (agark) which performed well asindicated in Table 2
Validation of methods was done on twofoods with naturally occurring E coli O157which were available in reasonably largeamounts during the course of this studyLevels of target bacteria were found to below (data not shown) but their physiologicalstatus was unknown Three enrichmentbroths were comparedi) BPW-VCC 37degC used in original
IMS protocolsii) mTSB-N 42degC the ISO enrichment brothiii) BPW-V 42degC optimum as shown
in Table 1The results indicated the superiority of
BPW-V incubated at 42degC The other twoenrichments tested failed to recover E coliO157 in replicate tests which might indicatethe presence of sub-lethally damaged cells inthe foods tested Beads were plated ontoCTSMAC and Chromagar
In the light of these results thislaboratory routinely screens foods for E coliO157 by enriching in BPW-V at 42degC andplating the beads onto CTSMAC andChromagar incubated at 37degC It is worthnoting that this method showed greaterrecoveries of target cells than the proposedISO method
E coli O157 is by far the most common
G U E S T C O L U M N
Enrichment medium 37degC 40degC 42degC
BPW-VCCa poor poor good
BPW-V pH 70b poor very good excellent
BPW-V pH 60c poor NT good
BPW-V + 14 C+Cd poor very good excellent
mTSB+Ne poor good very good
EC medium + Nf poor NT good
a BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) + cefixime (005 mgl) + cefsulodin (10 mgl) b Buffered peptone water (BPW) + vancomycin (8 mgl) pH 70c BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) pH 60d BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) + cefixime (00125 mgl) + cefsulodin (25 mgl) e Tryptone soya broth + bile salts (15 gl) + novobiocin (20 mgl)f EC medium + novobiocin (20 mgl)
NT ndash Not tested
Table 1 Recovery of E coli O157 from food by different IMSenrichment treatments at different temperatures
g Cefixime tellurite sorbitol MacConkeycefixime 005 mgl potassium tellurite25 mgl
h Sorbitol MacConkeyi Sorbitol MacConkey + cefixime and
tellurite at one third normal strengthj Sorbitol MacConkey + cefixime and
tellurite at two thirds normal strengthk CHROMagarTM O157 isolation mediuml Quality Life Sciences E coli O157
isolation mediumm Biolog RainbowTM E coli O157
isolation medium
ndash Indicates zero recovery
Selective agar Rating
CTSMACg very good
SMACh poor
SMAC + 13 CTi poor
SMAC + 23 CTj poor
CHROMagarTMk very good
SD-39l ndash
RainbowTMm excellent
Table 2 Comparison of E coliO157 selective agars
7 V A M B U L L E T I N
G U E S T C O L U M N
EHEC isolated in the UK but this is not thecase elsewhere in the world Serotypes O26O111 O103 and O145 are regularly isolatedin other countries and have been listed byWHO as amongst the lsquotop fiversquo CommercialIMS systems are available only for serotype
O157 and while it is relatively easy to labelbeads with antibodies to any EHEC theprotocols for optimum isolation remainunknown at this time This highlights theneed for continued research in this area offood microbiology
REFERENCES
1 Pennington T H The Pennington Group
Report on the circumstances leading to
the 1996 outbreak of infection with E
coli O157 in Central Scotland the
implications for food safety and the
lessons to be learned Edinburgh The
Stationery Office UK 1997
2 Chapman P A Wright D J and Siddons
C A A comparison of immunomagnetic
separation and direct culture for
the isolation of verocytotoxin ndash
producing Escherichia coli O157 from
bovine faeces J Med Microbiol 40
424ndash427 1994
3 MacRae M Rebate T Johnston M and
Ogden I D The sensitivity of Escherichia
coli O157 to some antimicrobials by
conventional and conductance assays
L Appl Microbiol 25 135ndash137 1997
4 Anonymous Draft International
Standard 16654 Microbiology of food
and animal feeding stuffs ndash Horizontal
method for the detection of Escherichia
coli O157 British Standards Institute
London 1999
Philip Slackand PeterFarnell LGC
Introduction
The Quantitative Ingredients DeclarationAmendment12 is one of the most
radical amendments to the part of the FoodLabelling Regulations3 (covering the bulkcomposition of foods) since the FoodLabelling Regulations of 1984 Apart from
foods to which specific compositionalrequirements apply food law up to now onlyrequired ingredients to be listed on the label Where no specific compositionalrequirements apply the Regulationsprescribe the format for the nutritionallabelling of foodstuffs so that foodmanufacturers could voluntarily declare food macro-components of nutritionalsignificance such as meat and fat contentSince 14 February 2000 labelling of foodproducts must now include a QuantitativeIngredients Declaration (QUID) TheRegulations also cover the supply of food to restaurants and other caterers as well
as for retail sale Measurement issues relating to the
nutritional labelling of foodstuffs are wellunderstood as voluntary declarations dependupon chemical analysis of the finishedfoodstuff Apart from the requirement fornutritional declarations the determination ofmeat (via total nitrogen) fat carbohydrateand moisture contents for example havetraditionally been an important part of thequality control of food manufacturingHowever the emphasis in food manu-facturing has been moving away from qualitycontrol towards quality assurance by bettercontrol of ingredients and processes This
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
VAM and the measurementissues related to QUID
8 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
spirit is seen in the QUID amendment inthat declarations of ingredients must for themost part be based upon the weight of theingredient added in the recipe at the so-called lsquomixing-bowlrsquo stage This is perhapsthe first challenge to be addressed since inmany manufacturing processes the lsquomixing-bowlrsquo is more of a concept than a realitywith ingredients sometimes being addedthroughout the process for example saucesto the final packaged product
The VAM principles and QUID
The six VAM principles are listed insidethe front cover of this Bulletin and are aninstrument of the UK National Measure-ment System These principles weredesigned for chemical testing laboratoriesand their relationship with testing thereforebeing well understood When testing foodproducts to determine the concentration of volatile ingredients eg alcohol testlaboratories will need to have the VAMprinciples firmly in mind since these aredesigned for such activities One easy way toensure this is to use a test laboratory that isaccredited by UKAS specifically for this teston a defined food matrix or otherwise toISO Guide 25 or EN 45001 Alternativelythe laboratory should be audited by acompetent person to ensure that it isfulfilling the requirements of the VAMprinciples This article examines howapplicable the spirit of the VAM principlesare to the wider measurement issues posedby QUID It explores the relationshipbetween the VAM principles and the lsquomixingbowlrsquo examines them in relation to theinterpretation of data then considers theenforcement of the QUID Directive
Measurement for a QUID ndashDo you measure-up
1 The lsquomixing-bowlrsquoManufacturers need a system of
accurately measuring and recording theweights of ingredients added at any stage ofthe process as well as enabling them tocompensate for processing losses They willneed such records not only for their ownquality assurance requirements but also as ameans of supporting a declaration given on aparticular unit of a product at point-of-saleImplicit in this is the need for consistentand traceable measurements of weight and a
meticulous system of recording such dataThey will need to determine the content ofcertain volatile ingredients in the finishedproduct analytically It can therefore beargued that many of the VAM principlesform a good basis for judging themeasurement challenges with respect to thelsquomixing-bowlrsquo ingredients It is interestingtherefore to consider how these principlesmight relate to QUID
The first VAM principle relates to thepurpose for which the measurement isneeded It is important to decide howprecise the measurement needs to be andwhether the measurements being made areaccurate enough or perhaps already moreaccurate and precise than is necessary Anoperative weighing large amounts of aningredient eg meat will find it easier tomake accurate additions to a bulk than whensmall amounts of say an additive inconcentrated form is put in This is easier todispense accurately if an additive is supplieddispersed in a lsquobulking agentrsquo Suchspecifications will depend on the situationand need to be agreed in advance This willbe imperative in deciding whether the
measurement instruments eg weighingmachine already in place are appropriate
The second principle involves assessingmeasurement instruments against this agreedspecification The precision of an analyticalbalance will obviously not be required forweighing meat However all instrumentshave their own range of uncertainty ofmeasurement and this must not approach orexceed the overall precision required in theagreed specification Accuracy anduncertainty are both determined throughcalibration and it is therefore important todetermine whether appropriate calibration isbeing carried out
To address the third principle it isimportant that operatives understand theabove mentioned requirements and havebeen properly trained in the use of theinstruments Routine checks of theircontinuing competence should ideally bemade through the weighing of check batchesof already known weight
The fourth principle is best tackled byan internal audit by a Quality DepartmentOperatives should be observed carrying outthese operations at defined regular intervals
9 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
The traditional calculation of meatcontent is based upon the determination oftotal nitrogen content multiplied by anapproved constant Corrections are thenmade for other nitrogen containingcomponents eg collagen soya proteinmilk protein excess connective tissueSome fat can then be added in for the calculation of total meat QUIDdeclarations from the lsquomixing bowlrsquo willalmost certainly differ from those arisingfrom calculations made in this way fromanalytical data by virtue of the fact thatMember States of the European Unionhave different definitions of meat (there isalso another mechanism by which thisdisparity might occur involving nutritionaldeclarations of protein ndash see below) Suchdefinitions range from all striated muscle inGermany predominantly muscle and somefat in the UK to considerable inclusions ofoffal in some other Member States SomeMember States do not define meat at allThus the raw ingredient will vary inquality and chemical composition Thevariable water content of fresh meat willalso be an issue here as will be its nitrogenfactor It would seem to be of greatimportance that QUID declarations formeat content are harmonised across the EU
The harmonisation of QUIDdeclarations for meat may depend on aconsistent definition of meat as aningredient The European Union hasproduced its own definition but so farMember States have been unable to agreeto this Various national regulationscurrently allow manufacturers tolsquoconstructrsquo a lsquomeatrsquo content by the additionof different parts of the carcass which mayinclude Mechanically Recovered Meat(MRM) The extent to which this canhappen will therefore vary greatly from oneMember State to another How this willaffect the movement of products betweenMember States of the EU is unclear sincethe issue of how to lsquoQUIDrsquo products forexport remains to be properly resolved Itwould appear that products with QUIDdeclarations made at point-of-productionin accordance with the NationalRegulations defining meat must beaccepted in all Member States This has
the potential to confuse the customerattempting to make comparisons betweendifferent products at point-of-sale orindeed at home after purchase
Declared percentage meat content willtherefore reflect differing ingredientsranging from pure muscle or lean meat atone extreme to a mixture of other parts ofthe carcass including fat skin and rindThere is also some feeling that rather thanhaving an EU wide legal definition of meatthere should be a requirement forpercentages of individual cuts of meat orother parts of the carcass to be declaredConsumers would know exactly what theyare eating and how this relates to theirown perception about what meat is Thiswould also help them to make a priceversus quality assessment of the productenabling manufacturers to produce lsquoup- ordown-marketrsquo products to suit the varyinglsquovalue for moneyrsquo perceptions In somecases this approach would require theabolition of Compositional RegulationsWhichever approach is taken a keyelement of this debate centres aroundwhether better analytical methods shouldbe developed for detecting and quantifyingthese different types of lsquomeatrsquo allowingverification of the ingredients used inmanufacture Certainly lsquoconstructedrsquo meatcontents might only be verified analytically
Normally QUID declarations will befor a typical quantity of an ingredientrounded to the nearest whole numberreflecting the producerrsquos normalmanufacturing variations in accordancewith good manufacturing practice Anexception to this is where the labellingplaces special emphasis on an ingredient incases where the food is alreadycharacterised by the presence of thatingredient Here a minimum content mustbe declared which might be legallyprescribed if a Compositional Regulationapplies An example might be where thepork is particularly emphasised in cannedlsquopork sausagersquo Conversely if the labellingemphasises a low level of an ingredientthen a declaration of maximum contentmust be given An example here might be ifthe low level of fat is emphasised in a spread
Continued on page 10
The meat content challengeCalibration and traceability of
measurement are also about ensuring that aweight of x kilogrammes represents the sameamount of ingredient as it does in anotherfactory down the road It will if the fifthVAM principle is adhered to
Finally the sixth VAM principlerequires quality assurance and qualitycontrol procedures In this context qualityassurance involves having appropriatewritten standard operating procedures andproper records of calibration and weighingsof ingredients to prove that all actions werewithin specifications
2 Interpretation of information from measurementAnother possible application of the
VAM principles is in the conversion of testdata into useful information Perhaps one ofthe biggest consequences of QUID is that inaddressing the quantitative issues relating tofood ingredients declarations it also raisesthe issue of the quality of ingredients andtheir impact in the interpretation of testdata Since ingredients of varying quality willalso differ in their composition someconcern has been expressed bymanufacturers about whether lsquolike will becompared with likersquo when consumerscompare different products with identicalQUID declarations Another way that thismight also become apparent as an anomalyto the consumer is that it is also feasible that two otherwise identical products with the same QUID declarations mighthave significantly different nutritionaldeclarations and vice versa
Nowhere is this more apparent than in theissue of meat content where very specificmeasurement issues are raised Here therequirement is to measure the level of ananalyte and convert this into a value for meatcontent This is an interpretative step that alsorequires a database from which appropriateconversion factors can be established andused By way of example we have examinedthe meat content issue in more detail (seeldquoThe Meat Challengerdquo [right])
VAMWhat does all this have to do with the six
VAM principles The connection comes viathe fact that in all situations whereinterpretation of data is required to ascertaincompositional information or the level of aningredient an lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relation-ship is required that can be likened to asecondary calibration graph This is thelsquographrsquo that can be drawn showing therelationship between the level of the chosenanalyte and the componentingredient of interest which is to be quantified (seeFigure 1) The slope of this lsquographrsquo willdiffer for the individual cuts of meatdifferent parts of the carcass and for MRMfor example Appropriate corrections tovalues read from the lsquographrsquo need to bemade for collagen content because of itscontribution to the measured value for totalnitrogen Also the relationship between thevalues read from the lsquographrsquo and the weightof meat added to the mixing-bowl will needa level of understanding to allow a sensibleinterpretation to be made These issuesraised for meat are also similarly evident forother areas of food analysis such as fruitjuice content or milk content They indicatehow difficult it is for food analysts to drawthis lsquographrsquo with respect to the range offactors that need to be taken into account
Interpretative skills cannot currently becovered within the scope of accreditation by
UKAS because accreditation currentlyrelates to the making of a test measurementnot to the interpretation of the measurementresult It is now being argued that theyshould be given the economic importance ofthe opinions being expressed daily bylaboratories on test reports The adoption ofISO 17025 will in future allow the reportingof opinions and interpretations to beaccredited This means that all aspects of theQuality System will need to be extended tocover interpretative skills These will includestandard operating procedures methodprotocols the databases and relationshipsbetween test data and an interpretationbeing given by that laboratory staffexperience qualifications and trainingrecords etc Many laboratories may not beaware of these forthcoming changes or of theimplications to their quality systemsTherefore an extension of the VAMprinciples to include the interpretation oftest data would assist laboratories with theirpreparations for the accreditation of services requiring the provision of opinionsin test reports
How might this be done
The first VAM principle might
encourage us to ascertain whether the need
is to interpret test data to confirm a QUID
or establish the relationship between this
declaration and a nutritional declaration or a
compositional requirement
1 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
Relationship between the predicted level of marker analyte and ingredient concentration L = level of analyte found Ldl = maximum level of analyte found in the ingredient DL = detection limit of ingredient L = level of analyte found Imin= minimum level of ingredient Imax= maximum level of ingredient A = average content of ingredient
Figure 1
Continued from page 9This complex situation is com-
pounded by another requirement thatdeclarations calculated by weight fromthe recipe at the mixing-bowl stage mustnot have included in the calculation anywater or volatile ingredients lost duringprocessing It is interesting to considerthe complications that could thus arisewith the meat content declaration
Water losses during processing canbe extremely variable Additionallyseparating fat which is often skimmedoff might not take place to a consistentdegree Here then is the othermechanism by which an anomalybetween a nutritional declaration and aQUID will occur This is the issue ofhow for example the protein content ina finished product will relate to a meatQUID The departure from theestablished practice of relating meatcontent to the nitrogen content of rawmeat for the purpose of labellingdeclarations will mean that differentproducts with the same QUID for say ameat ingredient may have substantiallydifferent protein declarations even whenthere is obviously no other source ofprotein present There is potential herealso to confuse the consumer who maywonder how the meat from onemanufacturer is giving him more or lessprotein than the meat from another Inthe short term manufacturers canpresumably avoid this issue by omittingnutritional labelling from their packagingThe whole issue will however need to beresolved if the UKrsquos suggestion to theEuropean Union to make nutritionallabelling compulsory goes ahead Thiswill provide a challenge for theenforcement authorities who areresponsible for enforcing both parts ofthe legislation and will presumably stillneed to relate analytically derived proteinand calculated meat contents to theQUID for meat It is likely that thereconciliation of these values will requiremuch input from analytical chemists
For the second VAM principle one
needs to ask if the databases available as
well as the methods for using this data to
prepare the lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relationship
are fit-for-purpose Have these been properly
tested MAFF (the UK Ministry of
Agriculture Fisheries and Food) have been
trying to address this issue by funding
research work under the auspices of the
RSC Analytical Methods Committee on the
composition of red meat chicken and
scampi but more information on the
composition of other raw materials such as
turkey meat and salmon is needed In 1998
proposals were invited to conduct
collaborative studies to achieve this involving
financial support partly from MAFF and
from industry Similarly in 1999 proposals
were called for to determine the composition
of commercially important fish species
MAFF clearly see a need for these data to
enable analytical checks to be made on the
content of meat or fish in final products in
order to implement QUID This differs from
another view sometimes expressed that
factory inspection alone would be sufficient
for enforcement purposes (see below)
MAFF has also been trying to address
the fitness-for-purpose issue with respect to
other interpretative issues Last year it
called for the development of analytical
methods for the determination of plant-
based ingredients with respect to the
implementation of QUID As with meat-
based products implementation of QUID
might be difficult in the many cases where a
legal definition for a plant-based product
does not exist Analytical chemists may well
be involved in the process of establishing
such legal definitions as well as in developing
methods for the determination of these
ingredients The establishment of legal
definitions for food ingredients is however a
contentious issue for some sectors of the
food industry especially the meat sector
Are the staff interpreting analytical data
qualified and competent for this task as is
required by the third VAM principle A
member of staff might be highly competent
at all the technical aspects of making a test
measurement This does not necessarily
mean that they understand the underlying
scientific issues sufficiently to form an
opinion about those test data It is evident
that generally more highly qualified and
experienced scientific staff will be required
to interpret data and give the customer an
opinion It is likely that most customers
would expect this The fourth VAM principle might require
laboratory audits and assessments foraccreditation to add interpretative skills tothose of the measurement of an analyte Thismight require a substantial extension oflaboratory audit and review protocolsbefitting the much more specialist functionof the laboratory justified by the addedfinancial value that providing such servicespresumably brings to that laboratory
It is clear that measurements of meat
content in one location in Europe cannot be
consistent with those made elsewhere since
Europe has not yet agreed a legal definition
for meat The fifth VAM principle would
require laboratories across Europe to be
preparing their lsquoAuthenticity Calibration
Relationshiprsquo in the same way Obviously
they cannot be doing this
Finally it is unlikely in many cases that
well defined quality control and quality
assurance procedures will exist for the
interpretation of test data as would be
required by the sixth VAM principle
Accreditation by UKAS does not currently
extend beyond the measurement of
the analyte
Perhaps VAM should now raise
this standard
Enforcement of QUID
Do we need testing to enforce QUIDand are the VAM principles relevant FoodLaw applies to products at point-of-saleThis means that enforcement will relate to aparticular unit taken from a retail outlet by aTrading Standards Officer One obviousmeans of enforcement is to test the sampleif an appropriate test exists The majordrawback to this approach is that analyticalchemists do not always have an appropriatetest that they can use If this approach istaken the sample is divided into threeportions one is sent to a public analyst andone can be analysed by a test laboratoryappointed by the lsquoownersrsquo of the sample Incases of dispute LGC is often required toanalyse the third portion in its role as theofficial UK referee laboratory under theprovisions of the Food Safety Act 1990
Trading Standards Officers also havethe powers they need to enter factories toenforce Food Law They would need torelate their observations in the factory to aunit of product previously purchased from aretailer This means that they would not onlyneed to audit the manufacturing process butwould also need to examine productionrecords relating to the batch from which thatunit of product originated in order to ensureproper lsquocalibrationrsquo
The first issue that arises concernsenforcement of imported productsObviously Trading Standards Officers willnot normally be able to inspect overseasproducers This approach would rely upon asystem of networking with similarenforcement bodies in other states Recentexperiences have shown that enforcement by this route can be a long-winded process Secondly factory inspection is a time-consuming process and it is debatableas to whether or not local authorities havethe resources to do this effectively In bothcases it would be easier if the informationcould be gained by testing the end productas is done for enforcement of nutritionallabelling declarations
Herein lies the measurement challenge tothe analytical chemistry profession Todevelop appropriate tests through technologytransfer and innovation then to validate themin a manner that includes the interpretativestages required to deliver an opinion to thecompetent authority All this must be inaccordance with the appropriate VAMprinciples so ensuring fitness-for-purposeFinally to ensure that everyone irrespectiveof geographical location is applying theseprocedures in such a manner as to achieveequivalent data and its interpretation
REFERENCES
1 Directive 974EC (1997) lsquoOn the
approximation of the laws of the
Member States relating to the labelling
presentation and advertising of
foodstuffsrsquo Official Journal of the
European Communities L43 21ndash23
2 The Food Labell ing (Amendment)
Regulations 1998 SI 19981398
3 The Food Labelling Regulations 1996
SI 19961499
1 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
1 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Ken Webb andMike SargentLGC
Mass spectrometry is widely regarded asthe technique of choice for an
extensive range of demanding analyticalmeasurement applications because it offers apowerful combination of accuracysensitivity specificity versatility and speedIt is frequently used for both theidentification and quantitation of traceimpurities an application of particularimportance to regulatory or forensicapplications Indeed mass spectrometry israpidly becoming the preferred detectionsystem for many gas or liquid chromat-ographic separations used in these fieldsbecause of its perceived capability to provideunequivocal identification of the targetanalyte In addition it is widely believed thatsimpler or more rapid chromatographicseparations can suffice due to the greaterpower of a mass spectrometric detector in ensuring that the signal monitoredoriginates from the analyte and not aninterfering species
The routine identification andmeasurement of compounds using massspectrometry can however lead toconflicting requirements particularly whereadditional compromises are made in theinterest of speed and economyIdentification is normally achieved bymonitoring a number of structurallysignificant ions of a compound whereas forsensitivity purposes accurate quantitation isoften carried out by monitoring only oneion Consequently there can be a number ofdifferent ways of carrying out identificationand quantitation ranging from full scans tomonitoring a single ion A satisfactorybalance must be achieved between thenumber of ions monitored and optimumsensitivity Moreover it is essential that theactual ions chosen for monitoring are
selected with a knowledge of potentialproblems which may arise For example thesame ion could result from fragmentation ofanother possibly similar compound or thesignal may overlap that from a different iondue to inadequate mass resolution of thespectrometer In many cases the optimumchoice of ion for certainty of identificationwill require expert knowledge of massspectrometry the characteristics of theseparation techniques and the chemistry ofthe analyte and sample This expertise is notalways available particularly in routinescreening applications and concern has arisen regarding the consequences ofmis-identification particularly where legalaction may be taken on the basis of theanalytical result
Official guidelines or criteria
As a result of this concern severalorganisations have produced guidelines orcriteria for selection of ions to be monitoredin critical applications One example isconfirmation of residues of growthpromoting agents illegally used in thefattening of cattle12 within the EuropeanUnion (EU) The EU criteria2 state that fourions should be measured the intensity ofwhich should deviate by no more than plusmn10in electron ionisation (EI) mode from acorresponding standard It is interesting tonote that for use as a screening methodsingle ion monitoring of the most abundantdiagnostic ion is specified The requirementto monitor four ions for the confirmation ofidentity may seem somewhat rigorousparticularly as these criteria are based onlsquoexpert opinionrsquo rather than on evaluation ofanalytical data from confirmatory analysis1It has been found in practice that thesecriteria are proving difficult to meet forseveral analytes especially where some ofthe diagnostic ions are of low mass orrelatively low intensity3 The consequence ofthis is that a relatively high number of falsenegative results could be obtained in theroutine inspection for the abuse of growthpromoters Ideally the number of false
negative results should be minimal howeverwith the EU criteria of four diagnostic ionsthis is not believed to be the case3Consequently work is currently underway3with the aim of providing a statisticallyfounded strategy to determine the criteriaapplicable to mass spectrometric data so asto achieve optimisation of false positive andfalse negative results in these analyses
Systematic studies of ion-monitoring criteria
The above example highlights the need
for and lack of systematic studies of the
number of ions which should be monitored
to confirm identity4 One of the few
published examples5 was the investigation of
the number of ions (in EI mode) that must
be monitored to produce an unambiguous
identification of a given compound In this
study an estimate was made of the minimum
number of ions it was necessary to monitor
so as to produce an unambiguous
identification of diethylstilboestrol (DES)
using low resolution mass spectrometry
DES is an ideal compound for such a study
since it exhibits an abundant molecular ion
and has a number of structurally significant
fragment ions Using a database of 30000
spectra it was found that searching the
database for three ions all with appropriate
intensity limits produced only one match
DES It was considered that a realistic
relative intensity variation for the ions
monitored based on a standard EI
spectrum would be plusmn5 although this was
recognised as being flexible If additional
specificity is present such as GC retention
time then the intensity variation could be
expanded beyond these limitsIt was recommended5 that for
identification purposes three or morecharacteristic ions should be monitored tobe present within an acceptable ratio Thisstudy5 was published in 1978 and a modernversion of this approach using an updatedmass spectral library (of unknown origin)containing some 270000 spectra was
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
The reliability of mass spec foridentification purposes
1 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
published in 1997 by the same author6 Theresult again showed that three characteristicions with reasonably tight specifications forrelative intensities are required to uniquelyselect DES from the larger database
An extended systematic study7 of anumber of compounds of analytical interestwas carried out at LGC in 1998 as part ofthe VAM programme using similar criteriato those in the 1997 study The compoundswere chosen to be representative of theforensic and agro-chemical fields whereproper identification is particularlyimportant Results for one of thecompounds malathion (an organo-phosphorous pesticide) are shown in Table1 This table shows the monitoring of up tothree characteristic ions of malathion (molwt 330) In addition the relative intensitiesof the ions monitored are also taken intoaccount This is done by setting an lsquointensitywindowrsquo for each ion based on the ionintensities from a reference spectrum plus orminus 20 Table 1 also shows exampleswhere the relative intensities are not takeninto account (ie window is 1-100) As theidentification criteria are made morestringent the number of matches decreasesquickly to the point where threecharacteristic ions with the correct relativeintensities (within plusmn20) uniquely identifiesmalathion The results of this extended studysupport those of the previous work on DES56
and show that monitoring three characteristicions of a compound with appropriate relativeintensity specifications is sufficient touniquely select the given compound from acomprehensive mass spectral library Thisnew study highlighted the importance thatthe chosen ions include the molecular ionand that moderately specific ion intensityranges are used
The lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo formolecular identification
Work such as that outlined above led tothe establishment of the lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo forelectron impact spectra568 In addition to thepresence of three characteristic ions thecriteria also specify that the relative intensitiesof the ions are within plusmn10 of the ratiosobserved from a standard If additionalspecificity is present such as achromatographic retention time then theintensity variation could be expanded beyondthese limits The 3 ion criterion is the onlybroadly recognised standard for unambiguousanalyte identification8 for all types ofionisation Although alternatives have beenproposed no other standard is so universallyrecognised as the best means of minimisingthe risk of a false-positive identification8
Current VAMrecommendations
Suggested identification criteria when
using GC-MS and LC-MS are given
below and are based on the 3-ion criteria
described above
1 The criterion of chromatographic
retention time should be used in
conjunction with mass spectral criteria
for confirmation of identity In general
the retention time of an analyte should
be within plusmn2 of a reference standard
2 Under conditions of electron ionisation
at low mass spectral resolution at least
three characteristic diagnostic ions
should be present one of which should
preferably be the molecular ion The
relative intensity of these diagnostic ions
should match those of a reference
standard to within a margin of plusmn20
3 When using chemical ionisation theguideline as at 2 should be followed butwith an acceptable margin on ionintensity ratios of plusmn25
Tandem mass spectrometrycriteria
In the case of tandem mass spectrometry(MS-MS) linked to a chromatographicsystem MS-MS itself confers considerablespecificity in compound identification It hasbeen suggested6 in this case thatconfirmation of identity requires observationof a precursor ion representing the intactmolecule (or a closely related fragment)plus one structurally significant product ionobserved at the same chromatographicretention time However in view of theincreasing use of chromatography-MS-MSto shorten clean up and analysis times manyinterferences could be present in sampleextracts It is likely that these may not beresolved from the analyte of interest Underthese circumstances when detection is byMS-MS it would be prudent forconfirmation of identity to be based onobservation of two structurally relatedproduct ions from one precursor ion (ideallythe molecular ion)
Relaxation of criteria
There are also circumstances where it isconsidered that the 3-ion criteria could berelaxed Such circumstances could includethe case where the matrix to be analysed hasbeen well characterised in the past and theprocedure is used for rapid pre-screening ofa large number of samples Another case isthat of dosing experiments using a specificcompound where it is clear that the compoundwill be present The determination of
Masses monitored
Mass Intensity Mass Intensity Mass Intensity No of matchingrange () range () range () compounds
330 1-100 1922
330 1-100 173 1-100 816
330 1-100 173 1-100 125 1-100 128
330 1-40 1753
330 1-40 173 1-100 735
330 1-40 173 1-100 125 1-100 111
330 1-40 173 60-100 10
330 1-40 173 60-100 125 60-100 1
Table 1 Results from spectral library matching study on malathion7
1 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
lysergide (LSD) in urine by LC-MS9
illustrates this point Normally for forensicpurposes three ions are monitored toinclude the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324 and thecharacteristic fragment ions at mz 223 and197 If LSD is known to be present throughdosing experiments then monitoring twoions to include the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324and the mz 223 ion is sufficient forestablishing its presence In this particularcase monitoring only two ions would alsobring about a considerable increase insensitivity of the procedure The limit ofquantitation (LOQ) of this procedure whenmonitoring three ions is 05 ngml As canbe seen from Figure 1 the 197 daltons ion ofLSD has only a 10ndash15 intensity relative tothe base peak Consequently if only twoions were monitored (mz 223 and 324) thelimit of detection would be improved by afactor of five to 01 ngml (the mz 223 ionhas an intensity relative to the base peak ofsome five times that of the mz 197 ion)Hence adopting this approach would bebeneficial particularly if measurements werebeing carried out at or near the LOQ
Conclusions
Clearly no single set of criteria canencompass all eventualities Considerationmust be given to fitness for purpose and ascientific judgement based on analyticalrequirements must be made However inorder for scientific data to be acceptablebetween organisations some form ofharmonisation is necessary Ideally thiswould incorporate the results of a systematicintercomparison utilising perhaps compoundsof a similar nature and a suitable databaseThis article is an attempt to set the scene for
further discussion of an important subject
REFERENCES
1 De Ruig W G Stephany R W and
Dijkstra G J Assoc Off Anal Chem
72487ndash490 1989
2 EEC directive 93256 No L 11864
(1993)
3 Van Rhijn H A and Van de Voet H
Advances Mass Spectrom 14 CD
ROM ndash WeOr09 1998 (Abstract only)
4 Burlingame A L Boyd R K and Gaskell
S J Anal Chem 70 647Rndash716R 1998
5 Sphon J A J Assoc Off Anal Chem
61 1247ndash1252 1978
6 Baldwin R Bethem R A Boyd R K
Budde W L Cairns T Gibbons R D
Henion J D Kaiser M A Lewis D L
Matusik J E Sphon J A Stephany R
and Trubey R K J Am Soc Mass
Spectrom 8 1180ndash1190 1997
7 VAM Report LGCVAM1998010
Optimisation of the number of ions
which are acceptable for identifying
different chemical species using
GC-MS (1998)
8 Bethem R A and Boyd R K J Am Soc
Mass Spectrom 9 643ndash648 1998
9 White S A Kidd A S and Webb K S J
Forensic Sci 44 375ndash3791999
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Electrospray mass spectrum and structure of LSD
David Booker
AEA Technology
Environment
Trends in air quality legislation
Three independent scientific committeeswithin the UK have published reports123
indicating concern over the health effects ofparticle exposure These concerns have givenrise to a debate on the need for additional
legislation to further reduce particulateemission levels One of these committees1
concluded that it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal link betweenparticulate exposure and acute (and chronic)health effects However this statement isqualified by the recognition that there is a
Ultrafine particles and air quality control
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 2: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
Contents
2 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T E N T S
Cover photograph by Andrew Brookes
Alison GillespieKeith MarshallEditors
General enquiries about VAM toVAM Helpdesk 020 8943 7393vamlgccouk
LGCrsquos addressLGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LY
The DTI VAM programme
The DTIrsquos programme on ValidAnalytical Measurement (VAM) is anintegral part of the UK NationalMeasurement System The VAMprogramme aims to help analyticallaboratories demonstrate the validity oftheir data and to facilitate mutualrecognition of the results of analyticalmeasurements
The VAM programme sets out thefollowing six principles of good analyticalpractice backed up by technical supportand management guidance to enablelaboratories to deliver reliable resultsconsistently and thereby improveperformance
1 Analytical measurements should bemade to satisfy an agreed requirement
2 Analytical measurements should bemade using methods and equipmentwhich have been tested to ensure theyare fit for their purpose
3 Staff making analytical measurementsshould be both qualified and competentto undertake the task
4 There should be a regular independentassessment of the technical performanceof a laboratory
5 Analytical measurements made in onelocation should be consistent with thoseelsewhere
6 Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well definedquality control and quality assuranceprocedures
Editorial
Traceable measurements A different route to reliable analytical data 3
Guest column
Methods for testing Escherichia coli 5
Focus on sectors
VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID7
Contributed articles
The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes 12
Ultrafine particles and air quality control14
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise 18
Case study
Titanium dioxide manufacture A microcosm of analytical best practice 23
VAM in education
Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements 27
Reference materials update 28
VAM news
VAM 2000ndash03 29
New international standard for the operation of laboratories30
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium 31
Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs32
International collaboration32
VAM products and services 32
Chemical nomenclature
The meaning of units33
Forthcoming events34
Web links 35
Contact points 36
Traceable measurements A different route to reliableanalytical data
3 V A M B U L L E T I N
E D I T O R I A L
Mike SargentLGC
Analytical measurements play a critical role in todayrsquos society
and in manufacturing industry The demandfor analysis continues ever upward oneestimate by DTI in 19961 suggested that thetotal value of chemical analysis in the UKwas as high as pound7 billion pa The same studyalso highlighted the key issue facinganalytical laboratories constant commercialpressure to do more for less in a shorter timewhilst simultaneously providing customersclients and regulators with ever morerigorous evidence that their data is bothreliable and comparable with resultsobtained by other laboratories companies orcountries Annual surveys2 of the trendsidentified in 1996 show that they arecontinuing
LGC like other commerciallaboratories is affected by these trendsHowever as the UK centre for analyticalscience LGC has also been working for thepast six years with national laboratoriesaround the world to develop a more costeffective approach for achieving reliable andcomparable analytical results Some earlyapplications in areas as diverse as clinicalanalysis adulteration of foods and metalspeciation have been described in the VAMBulletin3-5 As we enter a new millennium itis timely to review why a significant newdevelopment for analytical laboratories isneeded and what must be done to achieve it
In the longer term the work at LGCunderpins an international goal of modifyingthe approach widely used to achieve reliablephysical measurements (eg length masstime) so that it can be used in chemistryPhysical measurements often depend onaccurate calibration of the measurementinstrument using traceable measurement
standards How this can be applied toanalytical chemistry is not alwaysimmediately apparent All analysts areaware however that much effort is requiredin addition to instrument calibration in orderto obtain results which are comparable andfit for purpose
Accurate and comparable physicalmeasurements are achieved by ensuring thateach measurement result for a particularparameter is traceable to a unique referencewhich is accepted throughout the worldThis reference may be an artefact such as theinternational standard kilogram or morelikely today the relevant SI unit most ofwhich are based on a quantum phe-nomenon In either case the concept oftraceability depends on a chain ofmeasurements linked back to the appropriateinternational primary standard through aseries of calibrations (ie comparisonsbetween two standards in the chain) Providedthe uncertainties of the comparisons areknown a measurement result obtainedthrough calibration against one of thesestandards will itself be traceable to theagreed reference
Analytical measurementsplay a critical role in todayrsquos society
Calibration in this way using chemicalstandards is complicated by the dependenceof the chemical measurement process on thesample matrix The measurement does notusually take place directly on the originalsample and the instrumental determinationis often the final step of a complex analyticalmethod involving extensive pretreatment ofthe sample Hence calibration of theinstrument alone is insufficient to achievereliable and comparable results Thus thereare relatively few traceable chemicalmeasurement standards in the sense used forphysical measurement standards and the
concept of traceable measurements is notwidely known by analysts
The chemical matrix problem hasstimulated the development of twoadditional approaches to achieving reliableand comparable chemical measurementsmatrix reference materials and inter-laboratory comparisons The matrix-matched certified reference material (CRM)is a unique type of chemical standardcommonly used to validate completemeasurement methods and sometimes forinstrumental calibration (eg in XRF) Suchstandards are prepared to correspond toeach required analytematrix combinationSimilarly inter-laboratory comparisons areundertaken for each relevant analytematrixcombination in order to establishcomparability of their measurement dataThese comparisons range from lsquoround-robinrsquostudies which collaboratively test a newmethod to formal proficiency testing (PT)schemes which assess agreement betweenlaboratories on an on-going basis
CRMs and PT schemes have been usedwith reasonable success over many years butthey both have a number of technicalpractical and economic limitations Theneed for a wide variety of application-specific CRMs has lead to fragmentedproduction without any formal relationshipbetween the certified values of CRMsproduced for different applications or bydifferent organisations There are thousandsof CRMs in use but many of those requiredfor critical applications such as manu-facturing trade health or the environmentare unavailable In addition productioncosts are high and it is difficult or impossibleto manufacture sufficiently stable CRMs forsome applications Inter-laboratorycomparisons also have a number oflimitations particularly that they are time-consuming and expensive Comparabilityusually extends only to the immediateparticipants in a single comparison because
comparability between different comparisonsis rarely established even when they are co-ordinated by the same organisation It isimpracticable to organise comparisons forevery routine application or to organise aworldwide comparison involving all thelaboratories requiring comparability for eachmeasurement application
These problems have long beenrecognised as a significant technical andeconomic limitation in delivering soundchemical measurement data The situation issteadily worsening with increasing demandfrom purchasers of data and by regulatorsfor proven comparability of measurementsThis is for several reasons Global expansionof trade means more countries and morelaboratories need to be brought into eachinter-laboratory comparison In additionincreasing numbers of measurements areused in support of regulations for whichthere is an expanding requirement forrigorously proven reliability and comparabilityFinally increasing use of sub-contractedmeasurements due to commercial pressureson laboratories requires not only conformityof contractors to quality systems but alsodemonstration of the comparability of datafrom different contractors
The application of metrologicalprinciples in chemistry offers a potentialmeans of addressing the situation but severalorganisational and scientific problems needto be overcome In most countriesgovernmental expertise in chemicalmeasurement is more widely dispersed thanis the case for physical measurements whichare mainly focused on a single NationalMeasurement Institute (NMI) From atechnical standpoint the uncertainty of thesample preparation and pre-treatment islargely an empirical estimate and theuncertainty associated with taking the initialsample or sub-sample is often overlookedTraceable measurements can however onlybe achieved when the uncertainty of theentire chemical measurement procedure isfully understood Developing referencemethods which offer improved andrigorously determined levels of uncertaintyfor difficult sample matrices is a key factorin solving this problem67
In order to address both the technicaland organisational problems theInternational Committee for Weights andMeasures (CIPM) decided in 1993 to
establish an international collaborativeprogramme of work in chemistry7 Thisprogramme is organised through the CIPMrsquosConsultative Committee on Amount ofSubstance (CCQM) The CCQM aims toresolve the practical difficulties of achievingcomparable chemical measurements throughtraceability and to provide an internationalstructure which will depend on a chain ofnational and regional laboratories Thesewill in turn demonstrate the equivalence of their measurement data throughmeasurement comparisons as well asimplementing a quality management systemfor their calibration or measurementcertificates The CCQM and regionalmetrology organisations will organise a seriesof key comparisons which reflect applicationsrelevant to industry trade healthenvironment etc and will not comprise just measurements on single substances and standards
NMIs around the world are contributingto the development and implementation ofkey comparisons in all areas of metrologyand formalising arrangements to link themto calibration and field laboratories Theseformal arrangements are set out in a MutualRecognition Arrangement (MRA) co-ordinated by the International Bureau ofWeights and Measures (BIPM) in Paris Inthe case of chemistry links to the keycomparisons will be achieved throughprovision of traceable CRMs standards andcalibration services and development ofproficiency testing (PT) schemes based ontraceable reference values The UK nationalmeasurement institute is NPL which istaking a leading role in establishinginternational key comparisons in physicalmetrology Within the field of chemicalmeasurement NPL has delegated much ofthe work to LGC Together scientists fromthese two laboratories represent the UK atthe CCQM Activities in this area form partof the current DTI VAM Programme animportant aspect of which has been workingwith the Analytical Methods Committee ofthe RSC to establish a UK laboratorynetwork linked to LGC and to theinternational activities8
Information about the current VAMprogramme can be found on the DTI (httpwwwdtigovuk) and VAM(httpwwwvamorguk) websites Generalinformation about metrology the text of the
MRA and details of key comparisons are available on the BIPM website(httpwwwbipmfr) We are seekingadditional reference laboratories to join theUK network as well as field laboratoriesinterested in helping to test the concept oftraceable measurements in routine use Ifyou are interested in helping have specificcomments or questions on applying theconcept of traceability to chemicalmeasurements or would like an overviewand bibliography of the work at LGC in thisarea I would be pleased to hear from you(mslgccouk)
REFERENCES
1 The Analytical Services Sector An
Analysis of Factors Contributing to
Sectoral Competitiveness Mike Sargent
and Reg Perry April 1996 (A report
prepared for the DTI Chemicals
Directorate by LGC)
2 lsquoThe Analytical Market Analytical
Science and Policyrsquo (1999 Annual
Review of the Government Chemist)
2ndash4 1999
3 lsquoDetection of adulteration of honey
application of continuous-flow IRMSrsquo
Helena Hernandez VAM Bulletin 18
12ndash14 Spring 1998
4 lsquoThe accurate analysis of trace metals in
clinical samples using ICP-MSrsquo Justine
Turner Ben Fairman and Chris
Harrington VAM Bulletin 20 12-16
Spring 1999
5 lsquoThe analysis of metal speciation using
LC-MSrsquo Chris Harrington VAM Bulletin
21 13ndash18 Autumn 1999
6 lsquoTraceabil ity and Uncertainty in
Chemical Analysisrsquo Mike Sargent VAM
Bulletin 17 11ndash12 Autumn 1997
7 lsquoHigh Accuracy Analysis of Inorganic
and Organic Analytes Using Isotope
Dilution Mass Spectrometry (IDMS)rsquo
Tim Catterick Ben Fairman Mike
Sargent and Ken Webb VAM Bulletin
17 13-15 Autumn1997
8 lsquoAchieving High Accuracy In Chemical
Analysisrsquo Mike Sargent VAM Bulletin
18 10ndash11 Spring 1998
4 V A M B U L L E T I N
E D I T O R I A L
5 V A M B U L L E T I N
G U E S T C O L U M N
Iain Ogdenand HughPenningtonUniversity of Aberdeen
The press has given such a high profileto food poisoning that the words
E coli have become synonymous with illnessand disease What they are really referring toof course are the pathogenic strains whichmicrobiologists call enterohaemorrhagic ndashE coli (EHEC) and more specifically in theUK and N America serotype O157 Here inthe UK we have the unenviable record of one of the worldrsquos worst outbreaks due to E coli O157 which affected 500 people across Central Scotland and resultedin 20 deaths1
But the ordinary E coli is a harmlessbacterium living in the gut of humans andother higher vertebrates Theodor Escherichfirst identified the organism in 1885 from thestools of breast fed infants and discoveredits ability to coagulate milk with acid and gasproduction This ability to ferment lactose isthe basis of differentiating E coli from otherclosely related bacteria and because of itsoccurrence in faecal material the presenceof E coli is used as indicator of poor hygienein food and food production Classicalbacteriologists use four additionalbiochemical tests to identify E coli theproduction of indole from tryptophan at theelevated temperature of 44degC the methylred reaction the Voges-Proskauer reactionand utilisation of citrate (IMViC) E colitypically gives a + + - - response in theIMViC tests To reduce both the time andcosts of such analyses identification usingjust the lactose and indole tests are now performed
The isolation identification andenumeration of E coli has therefore become
a common test in routine food testinglaboratories A wide range of proprietary kitshas made the analysis easier to perform andresults are available within two workingdays The majority are based onchromogenic or fluorogenic signals fromsingle biochemical reactions such as szlig-Dglucuronidase activity In addition rapidmethods incorporating techniques such aselectrical impedance flow cytometry ATPbioluminesence and membrane filtration canbe used to detect E coli and can also includesome degree of automation for testingmultiple samples
the words E coli have become synonymous with
illness and disease
The presence of E coli in foods mayindicate the presence of additionalpathogenic micro-organisms The realproblem occurs with the identification ofpathogenic E coli strains Not only are theyoften present in low numbers (lt100g) butthere is nearly always a high incidence ofcommensal E coli and other microfloraassociated with that particular food Theinfectious dose of E coli O157 is estimatedto be very low (lt10 viable cells) thusnecessitating sensitive detection techniquesFoods such as dairy products and cold meatshave short shelf-lives and have beenimplicated in E coli O157 outbreaks Rapiddetection methods are required by the foodindustry and regulatory authorities to helpensure that foods are not contaminated withthe organism prior to sale
There are two biochemical reactions thatdistinguish E coli from the serotype O157E coli O157 does not ferment sorbitol(strictly speaking it slowly metabolisessorbitol in 2-3 days) and it does not possessthe szlig-D glucuronidase enzyme Reactionsbased on these properties were initially usedto differentiate between the two groupsSorbitol replaced lactose in selective E colimedia (eg MacConkey agar) and thosecolonies with no acid reaction were further
screened by serology to determine thepresence of E coli O157 This method hasserious drawbacks in the lack of sensitivityThe analysis of faecal and food samplesproduced plates with large numbers ofsorbitol fermenting colonies masking anynon-sorbitol fermenting E coli O157 Onesolution to this was to use DNA techniquesto recognise EHEC within a sweep of allcolonies on such a plate PCR methods orlabelled probes could target one or both ofthe verotoxin genes possessed by E coliO157 but these technically difficultmethods requiring relatively expensiveequipment have never been popular withthe routine testing laboratory
The advent of immunomagneticseparation (IMS)2 brought E coli O157analysis to within the capabilities of alltesting laboratories although there is nowthe additional restriction of category IIIfacilities for final confirmation By coatingpolymer or ceramic beads with antibodiesagainst surface antigens we have a way of specifically attracting target bacteriarequired for further analysis If the beadshave magnetite cores then they can beeffectively recovered using a magnet Thetechnique is commercially availabletechnically simple to perform and costsapproximately pound3 per test Appropriateequipment costs ltpound1000 The volume of immunomagnetic beads used per test is 002ml which contains gt106 beads Aliquotsof 1ml are assayed from food samplesenriched in semi-selective media Samplesare placed in a rack mixed for 30 minutesbefore discarding the supernatant and re-suspending the beads (without the magnet)in wash buffer Two further washing stagesare performed prior to transferring the beadsto a selective agar After overnightincubation presumptive colonies areconfirmed with latex agglutination antiseraResults are available within 24 hours
A wide range of IMS protocols havebeen investigated This laboratory hasrecently completed a study comparingchemical composition and incubation
Methods for testing Escherichia coli
6 V A M B U L L E T I N
temperatures of enrichment broths and theselective agars used in the IMS procedureArtificially inoculated E coli O157 in arange of foods were tested and methodsvalidated on samples containing naturallyoccurring E coli O157 To show methodsensitivity under extreme circumstances thespiked studies used low numbers (lt1g) ofphysiologically stressed target bacteria in the presence of high numbers ofundamaged background micro-organismsFoods of known association with E coliO157 were studied minced (ground) beefwas tested initially with subsequentvalidations performed on cheese apple juiceand pepperoni A summary of the results isshown in Table 1 All tests were performedusing cocktails of 4 or 5 strains of E coliO157 to minimise the effect of singleatypical strains To physiologically stress E coli O157 the cocktail wasi) inoculated into mince and subjected to
a series of freezethaw cycles added tofresh mince (containing high numbers ofnon-E coli O157) and tested as indicated
ii) inoculated into a high salt (135 wv)low pH (49) low temperature (5degC)broth and spread on the surface ofpepperoni samples
iii) inoculated into apple juice and stored at 4degC for ten days prior to transferringto apple juice for testing
iv) surface spread onto cheese and stored at 4degC before testing Results show quite clearly the beneficial
effect of elevated temperature which appearsto inhibit competing microflora The use of
cefixime and cefsulodin is widespread inIMS enrichments (brotha) but at thereduced concentration of 25 (brothd) theyappeared to have little effect and recovery ofE coli O157 was similar to brothb Someantimcrobials used in these techniques canbe inhibitory to E coli O1573 (MacRae et al1997) and therefore they should be usedwith caution The International Organisationfor Standardisation4 favour mTSB+N at42degC but in this comparison it was lessefficient than BPW-V pH 70
Selective agars chosen for comparisonincluded several based on sorbitolMacConkey The selective additions ofcefixime and potassium tellurite favour Ecoli O157 isolation This medium has thedisadvantage of being unable to distinguishsorbitol fermenting E coli O157 fromcommensal E coli which are uncommon inthe UK but found regularly in otherEuropean countries Commercially availablechromogenic agars based on alternativebiochemical reactions were included whichwould also support the growth of E coliO157 strains inhibited by cefixime andtellurite Incubations were at 37degC exceptfor SD-39 which was at 42degC The resultsare presented in Table 2
The results indicate the superiority of Rainbow agar which showed very little growth from non-target bacteriamaking recognition of E coli O157 easyUnfortunately it is rather expensive forroutine use and therefore for economicalreasons this laboratory plates the immuno-beads equally onto CTSMAC (agarg) and
Chromagar (agark) which performed well asindicated in Table 2
Validation of methods was done on twofoods with naturally occurring E coli O157which were available in reasonably largeamounts during the course of this studyLevels of target bacteria were found to below (data not shown) but their physiologicalstatus was unknown Three enrichmentbroths were comparedi) BPW-VCC 37degC used in original
IMS protocolsii) mTSB-N 42degC the ISO enrichment brothiii) BPW-V 42degC optimum as shown
in Table 1The results indicated the superiority of
BPW-V incubated at 42degC The other twoenrichments tested failed to recover E coliO157 in replicate tests which might indicatethe presence of sub-lethally damaged cells inthe foods tested Beads were plated ontoCTSMAC and Chromagar
In the light of these results thislaboratory routinely screens foods for E coliO157 by enriching in BPW-V at 42degC andplating the beads onto CTSMAC andChromagar incubated at 37degC It is worthnoting that this method showed greaterrecoveries of target cells than the proposedISO method
E coli O157 is by far the most common
G U E S T C O L U M N
Enrichment medium 37degC 40degC 42degC
BPW-VCCa poor poor good
BPW-V pH 70b poor very good excellent
BPW-V pH 60c poor NT good
BPW-V + 14 C+Cd poor very good excellent
mTSB+Ne poor good very good
EC medium + Nf poor NT good
a BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) + cefixime (005 mgl) + cefsulodin (10 mgl) b Buffered peptone water (BPW) + vancomycin (8 mgl) pH 70c BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) pH 60d BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) + cefixime (00125 mgl) + cefsulodin (25 mgl) e Tryptone soya broth + bile salts (15 gl) + novobiocin (20 mgl)f EC medium + novobiocin (20 mgl)
NT ndash Not tested
Table 1 Recovery of E coli O157 from food by different IMSenrichment treatments at different temperatures
g Cefixime tellurite sorbitol MacConkeycefixime 005 mgl potassium tellurite25 mgl
h Sorbitol MacConkeyi Sorbitol MacConkey + cefixime and
tellurite at one third normal strengthj Sorbitol MacConkey + cefixime and
tellurite at two thirds normal strengthk CHROMagarTM O157 isolation mediuml Quality Life Sciences E coli O157
isolation mediumm Biolog RainbowTM E coli O157
isolation medium
ndash Indicates zero recovery
Selective agar Rating
CTSMACg very good
SMACh poor
SMAC + 13 CTi poor
SMAC + 23 CTj poor
CHROMagarTMk very good
SD-39l ndash
RainbowTMm excellent
Table 2 Comparison of E coliO157 selective agars
7 V A M B U L L E T I N
G U E S T C O L U M N
EHEC isolated in the UK but this is not thecase elsewhere in the world Serotypes O26O111 O103 and O145 are regularly isolatedin other countries and have been listed byWHO as amongst the lsquotop fiversquo CommercialIMS systems are available only for serotype
O157 and while it is relatively easy to labelbeads with antibodies to any EHEC theprotocols for optimum isolation remainunknown at this time This highlights theneed for continued research in this area offood microbiology
REFERENCES
1 Pennington T H The Pennington Group
Report on the circumstances leading to
the 1996 outbreak of infection with E
coli O157 in Central Scotland the
implications for food safety and the
lessons to be learned Edinburgh The
Stationery Office UK 1997
2 Chapman P A Wright D J and Siddons
C A A comparison of immunomagnetic
separation and direct culture for
the isolation of verocytotoxin ndash
producing Escherichia coli O157 from
bovine faeces J Med Microbiol 40
424ndash427 1994
3 MacRae M Rebate T Johnston M and
Ogden I D The sensitivity of Escherichia
coli O157 to some antimicrobials by
conventional and conductance assays
L Appl Microbiol 25 135ndash137 1997
4 Anonymous Draft International
Standard 16654 Microbiology of food
and animal feeding stuffs ndash Horizontal
method for the detection of Escherichia
coli O157 British Standards Institute
London 1999
Philip Slackand PeterFarnell LGC
Introduction
The Quantitative Ingredients DeclarationAmendment12 is one of the most
radical amendments to the part of the FoodLabelling Regulations3 (covering the bulkcomposition of foods) since the FoodLabelling Regulations of 1984 Apart from
foods to which specific compositionalrequirements apply food law up to now onlyrequired ingredients to be listed on the label Where no specific compositionalrequirements apply the Regulationsprescribe the format for the nutritionallabelling of foodstuffs so that foodmanufacturers could voluntarily declare food macro-components of nutritionalsignificance such as meat and fat contentSince 14 February 2000 labelling of foodproducts must now include a QuantitativeIngredients Declaration (QUID) TheRegulations also cover the supply of food to restaurants and other caterers as well
as for retail sale Measurement issues relating to the
nutritional labelling of foodstuffs are wellunderstood as voluntary declarations dependupon chemical analysis of the finishedfoodstuff Apart from the requirement fornutritional declarations the determination ofmeat (via total nitrogen) fat carbohydrateand moisture contents for example havetraditionally been an important part of thequality control of food manufacturingHowever the emphasis in food manu-facturing has been moving away from qualitycontrol towards quality assurance by bettercontrol of ingredients and processes This
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
VAM and the measurementissues related to QUID
8 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
spirit is seen in the QUID amendment inthat declarations of ingredients must for themost part be based upon the weight of theingredient added in the recipe at the so-called lsquomixing-bowlrsquo stage This is perhapsthe first challenge to be addressed since inmany manufacturing processes the lsquomixing-bowlrsquo is more of a concept than a realitywith ingredients sometimes being addedthroughout the process for example saucesto the final packaged product
The VAM principles and QUID
The six VAM principles are listed insidethe front cover of this Bulletin and are aninstrument of the UK National Measure-ment System These principles weredesigned for chemical testing laboratoriesand their relationship with testing thereforebeing well understood When testing foodproducts to determine the concentration of volatile ingredients eg alcohol testlaboratories will need to have the VAMprinciples firmly in mind since these aredesigned for such activities One easy way toensure this is to use a test laboratory that isaccredited by UKAS specifically for this teston a defined food matrix or otherwise toISO Guide 25 or EN 45001 Alternativelythe laboratory should be audited by acompetent person to ensure that it isfulfilling the requirements of the VAMprinciples This article examines howapplicable the spirit of the VAM principlesare to the wider measurement issues posedby QUID It explores the relationshipbetween the VAM principles and the lsquomixingbowlrsquo examines them in relation to theinterpretation of data then considers theenforcement of the QUID Directive
Measurement for a QUID ndashDo you measure-up
1 The lsquomixing-bowlrsquoManufacturers need a system of
accurately measuring and recording theweights of ingredients added at any stage ofthe process as well as enabling them tocompensate for processing losses They willneed such records not only for their ownquality assurance requirements but also as ameans of supporting a declaration given on aparticular unit of a product at point-of-saleImplicit in this is the need for consistentand traceable measurements of weight and a
meticulous system of recording such dataThey will need to determine the content ofcertain volatile ingredients in the finishedproduct analytically It can therefore beargued that many of the VAM principlesform a good basis for judging themeasurement challenges with respect to thelsquomixing-bowlrsquo ingredients It is interestingtherefore to consider how these principlesmight relate to QUID
The first VAM principle relates to thepurpose for which the measurement isneeded It is important to decide howprecise the measurement needs to be andwhether the measurements being made areaccurate enough or perhaps already moreaccurate and precise than is necessary Anoperative weighing large amounts of aningredient eg meat will find it easier tomake accurate additions to a bulk than whensmall amounts of say an additive inconcentrated form is put in This is easier todispense accurately if an additive is supplieddispersed in a lsquobulking agentrsquo Suchspecifications will depend on the situationand need to be agreed in advance This willbe imperative in deciding whether the
measurement instruments eg weighingmachine already in place are appropriate
The second principle involves assessingmeasurement instruments against this agreedspecification The precision of an analyticalbalance will obviously not be required forweighing meat However all instrumentshave their own range of uncertainty ofmeasurement and this must not approach orexceed the overall precision required in theagreed specification Accuracy anduncertainty are both determined throughcalibration and it is therefore important todetermine whether appropriate calibration isbeing carried out
To address the third principle it isimportant that operatives understand theabove mentioned requirements and havebeen properly trained in the use of theinstruments Routine checks of theircontinuing competence should ideally bemade through the weighing of check batchesof already known weight
The fourth principle is best tackled byan internal audit by a Quality DepartmentOperatives should be observed carrying outthese operations at defined regular intervals
9 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
The traditional calculation of meatcontent is based upon the determination oftotal nitrogen content multiplied by anapproved constant Corrections are thenmade for other nitrogen containingcomponents eg collagen soya proteinmilk protein excess connective tissueSome fat can then be added in for the calculation of total meat QUIDdeclarations from the lsquomixing bowlrsquo willalmost certainly differ from those arisingfrom calculations made in this way fromanalytical data by virtue of the fact thatMember States of the European Unionhave different definitions of meat (there isalso another mechanism by which thisdisparity might occur involving nutritionaldeclarations of protein ndash see below) Suchdefinitions range from all striated muscle inGermany predominantly muscle and somefat in the UK to considerable inclusions ofoffal in some other Member States SomeMember States do not define meat at allThus the raw ingredient will vary inquality and chemical composition Thevariable water content of fresh meat willalso be an issue here as will be its nitrogenfactor It would seem to be of greatimportance that QUID declarations formeat content are harmonised across the EU
The harmonisation of QUIDdeclarations for meat may depend on aconsistent definition of meat as aningredient The European Union hasproduced its own definition but so farMember States have been unable to agreeto this Various national regulationscurrently allow manufacturers tolsquoconstructrsquo a lsquomeatrsquo content by the additionof different parts of the carcass which mayinclude Mechanically Recovered Meat(MRM) The extent to which this canhappen will therefore vary greatly from oneMember State to another How this willaffect the movement of products betweenMember States of the EU is unclear sincethe issue of how to lsquoQUIDrsquo products forexport remains to be properly resolved Itwould appear that products with QUIDdeclarations made at point-of-productionin accordance with the NationalRegulations defining meat must beaccepted in all Member States This has
the potential to confuse the customerattempting to make comparisons betweendifferent products at point-of-sale orindeed at home after purchase
Declared percentage meat content willtherefore reflect differing ingredientsranging from pure muscle or lean meat atone extreme to a mixture of other parts ofthe carcass including fat skin and rindThere is also some feeling that rather thanhaving an EU wide legal definition of meatthere should be a requirement forpercentages of individual cuts of meat orother parts of the carcass to be declaredConsumers would know exactly what theyare eating and how this relates to theirown perception about what meat is Thiswould also help them to make a priceversus quality assessment of the productenabling manufacturers to produce lsquoup- ordown-marketrsquo products to suit the varyinglsquovalue for moneyrsquo perceptions In somecases this approach would require theabolition of Compositional RegulationsWhichever approach is taken a keyelement of this debate centres aroundwhether better analytical methods shouldbe developed for detecting and quantifyingthese different types of lsquomeatrsquo allowingverification of the ingredients used inmanufacture Certainly lsquoconstructedrsquo meatcontents might only be verified analytically
Normally QUID declarations will befor a typical quantity of an ingredientrounded to the nearest whole numberreflecting the producerrsquos normalmanufacturing variations in accordancewith good manufacturing practice Anexception to this is where the labellingplaces special emphasis on an ingredient incases where the food is alreadycharacterised by the presence of thatingredient Here a minimum content mustbe declared which might be legallyprescribed if a Compositional Regulationapplies An example might be where thepork is particularly emphasised in cannedlsquopork sausagersquo Conversely if the labellingemphasises a low level of an ingredientthen a declaration of maximum contentmust be given An example here might be ifthe low level of fat is emphasised in a spread
Continued on page 10
The meat content challengeCalibration and traceability of
measurement are also about ensuring that aweight of x kilogrammes represents the sameamount of ingredient as it does in anotherfactory down the road It will if the fifthVAM principle is adhered to
Finally the sixth VAM principlerequires quality assurance and qualitycontrol procedures In this context qualityassurance involves having appropriatewritten standard operating procedures andproper records of calibration and weighingsof ingredients to prove that all actions werewithin specifications
2 Interpretation of information from measurementAnother possible application of the
VAM principles is in the conversion of testdata into useful information Perhaps one ofthe biggest consequences of QUID is that inaddressing the quantitative issues relating tofood ingredients declarations it also raisesthe issue of the quality of ingredients andtheir impact in the interpretation of testdata Since ingredients of varying quality willalso differ in their composition someconcern has been expressed bymanufacturers about whether lsquolike will becompared with likersquo when consumerscompare different products with identicalQUID declarations Another way that thismight also become apparent as an anomalyto the consumer is that it is also feasible that two otherwise identical products with the same QUID declarations mighthave significantly different nutritionaldeclarations and vice versa
Nowhere is this more apparent than in theissue of meat content where very specificmeasurement issues are raised Here therequirement is to measure the level of ananalyte and convert this into a value for meatcontent This is an interpretative step that alsorequires a database from which appropriateconversion factors can be established andused By way of example we have examinedthe meat content issue in more detail (seeldquoThe Meat Challengerdquo [right])
VAMWhat does all this have to do with the six
VAM principles The connection comes viathe fact that in all situations whereinterpretation of data is required to ascertaincompositional information or the level of aningredient an lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relation-ship is required that can be likened to asecondary calibration graph This is thelsquographrsquo that can be drawn showing therelationship between the level of the chosenanalyte and the componentingredient of interest which is to be quantified (seeFigure 1) The slope of this lsquographrsquo willdiffer for the individual cuts of meatdifferent parts of the carcass and for MRMfor example Appropriate corrections tovalues read from the lsquographrsquo need to bemade for collagen content because of itscontribution to the measured value for totalnitrogen Also the relationship between thevalues read from the lsquographrsquo and the weightof meat added to the mixing-bowl will needa level of understanding to allow a sensibleinterpretation to be made These issuesraised for meat are also similarly evident forother areas of food analysis such as fruitjuice content or milk content They indicatehow difficult it is for food analysts to drawthis lsquographrsquo with respect to the range offactors that need to be taken into account
Interpretative skills cannot currently becovered within the scope of accreditation by
UKAS because accreditation currentlyrelates to the making of a test measurementnot to the interpretation of the measurementresult It is now being argued that theyshould be given the economic importance ofthe opinions being expressed daily bylaboratories on test reports The adoption ofISO 17025 will in future allow the reportingof opinions and interpretations to beaccredited This means that all aspects of theQuality System will need to be extended tocover interpretative skills These will includestandard operating procedures methodprotocols the databases and relationshipsbetween test data and an interpretationbeing given by that laboratory staffexperience qualifications and trainingrecords etc Many laboratories may not beaware of these forthcoming changes or of theimplications to their quality systemsTherefore an extension of the VAMprinciples to include the interpretation oftest data would assist laboratories with theirpreparations for the accreditation of services requiring the provision of opinionsin test reports
How might this be done
The first VAM principle might
encourage us to ascertain whether the need
is to interpret test data to confirm a QUID
or establish the relationship between this
declaration and a nutritional declaration or a
compositional requirement
1 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
Relationship between the predicted level of marker analyte and ingredient concentration L = level of analyte found Ldl = maximum level of analyte found in the ingredient DL = detection limit of ingredient L = level of analyte found Imin= minimum level of ingredient Imax= maximum level of ingredient A = average content of ingredient
Figure 1
Continued from page 9This complex situation is com-
pounded by another requirement thatdeclarations calculated by weight fromthe recipe at the mixing-bowl stage mustnot have included in the calculation anywater or volatile ingredients lost duringprocessing It is interesting to considerthe complications that could thus arisewith the meat content declaration
Water losses during processing canbe extremely variable Additionallyseparating fat which is often skimmedoff might not take place to a consistentdegree Here then is the othermechanism by which an anomalybetween a nutritional declaration and aQUID will occur This is the issue ofhow for example the protein content ina finished product will relate to a meatQUID The departure from theestablished practice of relating meatcontent to the nitrogen content of rawmeat for the purpose of labellingdeclarations will mean that differentproducts with the same QUID for say ameat ingredient may have substantiallydifferent protein declarations even whenthere is obviously no other source ofprotein present There is potential herealso to confuse the consumer who maywonder how the meat from onemanufacturer is giving him more or lessprotein than the meat from another Inthe short term manufacturers canpresumably avoid this issue by omittingnutritional labelling from their packagingThe whole issue will however need to beresolved if the UKrsquos suggestion to theEuropean Union to make nutritionallabelling compulsory goes ahead Thiswill provide a challenge for theenforcement authorities who areresponsible for enforcing both parts ofthe legislation and will presumably stillneed to relate analytically derived proteinand calculated meat contents to theQUID for meat It is likely that thereconciliation of these values will requiremuch input from analytical chemists
For the second VAM principle one
needs to ask if the databases available as
well as the methods for using this data to
prepare the lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relationship
are fit-for-purpose Have these been properly
tested MAFF (the UK Ministry of
Agriculture Fisheries and Food) have been
trying to address this issue by funding
research work under the auspices of the
RSC Analytical Methods Committee on the
composition of red meat chicken and
scampi but more information on the
composition of other raw materials such as
turkey meat and salmon is needed In 1998
proposals were invited to conduct
collaborative studies to achieve this involving
financial support partly from MAFF and
from industry Similarly in 1999 proposals
were called for to determine the composition
of commercially important fish species
MAFF clearly see a need for these data to
enable analytical checks to be made on the
content of meat or fish in final products in
order to implement QUID This differs from
another view sometimes expressed that
factory inspection alone would be sufficient
for enforcement purposes (see below)
MAFF has also been trying to address
the fitness-for-purpose issue with respect to
other interpretative issues Last year it
called for the development of analytical
methods for the determination of plant-
based ingredients with respect to the
implementation of QUID As with meat-
based products implementation of QUID
might be difficult in the many cases where a
legal definition for a plant-based product
does not exist Analytical chemists may well
be involved in the process of establishing
such legal definitions as well as in developing
methods for the determination of these
ingredients The establishment of legal
definitions for food ingredients is however a
contentious issue for some sectors of the
food industry especially the meat sector
Are the staff interpreting analytical data
qualified and competent for this task as is
required by the third VAM principle A
member of staff might be highly competent
at all the technical aspects of making a test
measurement This does not necessarily
mean that they understand the underlying
scientific issues sufficiently to form an
opinion about those test data It is evident
that generally more highly qualified and
experienced scientific staff will be required
to interpret data and give the customer an
opinion It is likely that most customers
would expect this The fourth VAM principle might require
laboratory audits and assessments foraccreditation to add interpretative skills tothose of the measurement of an analyte Thismight require a substantial extension oflaboratory audit and review protocolsbefitting the much more specialist functionof the laboratory justified by the addedfinancial value that providing such servicespresumably brings to that laboratory
It is clear that measurements of meat
content in one location in Europe cannot be
consistent with those made elsewhere since
Europe has not yet agreed a legal definition
for meat The fifth VAM principle would
require laboratories across Europe to be
preparing their lsquoAuthenticity Calibration
Relationshiprsquo in the same way Obviously
they cannot be doing this
Finally it is unlikely in many cases that
well defined quality control and quality
assurance procedures will exist for the
interpretation of test data as would be
required by the sixth VAM principle
Accreditation by UKAS does not currently
extend beyond the measurement of
the analyte
Perhaps VAM should now raise
this standard
Enforcement of QUID
Do we need testing to enforce QUIDand are the VAM principles relevant FoodLaw applies to products at point-of-saleThis means that enforcement will relate to aparticular unit taken from a retail outlet by aTrading Standards Officer One obviousmeans of enforcement is to test the sampleif an appropriate test exists The majordrawback to this approach is that analyticalchemists do not always have an appropriatetest that they can use If this approach istaken the sample is divided into threeportions one is sent to a public analyst andone can be analysed by a test laboratoryappointed by the lsquoownersrsquo of the sample Incases of dispute LGC is often required toanalyse the third portion in its role as theofficial UK referee laboratory under theprovisions of the Food Safety Act 1990
Trading Standards Officers also havethe powers they need to enter factories toenforce Food Law They would need torelate their observations in the factory to aunit of product previously purchased from aretailer This means that they would not onlyneed to audit the manufacturing process butwould also need to examine productionrecords relating to the batch from which thatunit of product originated in order to ensureproper lsquocalibrationrsquo
The first issue that arises concernsenforcement of imported productsObviously Trading Standards Officers willnot normally be able to inspect overseasproducers This approach would rely upon asystem of networking with similarenforcement bodies in other states Recentexperiences have shown that enforcement by this route can be a long-winded process Secondly factory inspection is a time-consuming process and it is debatableas to whether or not local authorities havethe resources to do this effectively In bothcases it would be easier if the informationcould be gained by testing the end productas is done for enforcement of nutritionallabelling declarations
Herein lies the measurement challenge tothe analytical chemistry profession Todevelop appropriate tests through technologytransfer and innovation then to validate themin a manner that includes the interpretativestages required to deliver an opinion to thecompetent authority All this must be inaccordance with the appropriate VAMprinciples so ensuring fitness-for-purposeFinally to ensure that everyone irrespectiveof geographical location is applying theseprocedures in such a manner as to achieveequivalent data and its interpretation
REFERENCES
1 Directive 974EC (1997) lsquoOn the
approximation of the laws of the
Member States relating to the labelling
presentation and advertising of
foodstuffsrsquo Official Journal of the
European Communities L43 21ndash23
2 The Food Labell ing (Amendment)
Regulations 1998 SI 19981398
3 The Food Labelling Regulations 1996
SI 19961499
1 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
1 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Ken Webb andMike SargentLGC
Mass spectrometry is widely regarded asthe technique of choice for an
extensive range of demanding analyticalmeasurement applications because it offers apowerful combination of accuracysensitivity specificity versatility and speedIt is frequently used for both theidentification and quantitation of traceimpurities an application of particularimportance to regulatory or forensicapplications Indeed mass spectrometry israpidly becoming the preferred detectionsystem for many gas or liquid chromat-ographic separations used in these fieldsbecause of its perceived capability to provideunequivocal identification of the targetanalyte In addition it is widely believed thatsimpler or more rapid chromatographicseparations can suffice due to the greaterpower of a mass spectrometric detector in ensuring that the signal monitoredoriginates from the analyte and not aninterfering species
The routine identification andmeasurement of compounds using massspectrometry can however lead toconflicting requirements particularly whereadditional compromises are made in theinterest of speed and economyIdentification is normally achieved bymonitoring a number of structurallysignificant ions of a compound whereas forsensitivity purposes accurate quantitation isoften carried out by monitoring only oneion Consequently there can be a number ofdifferent ways of carrying out identificationand quantitation ranging from full scans tomonitoring a single ion A satisfactorybalance must be achieved between thenumber of ions monitored and optimumsensitivity Moreover it is essential that theactual ions chosen for monitoring are
selected with a knowledge of potentialproblems which may arise For example thesame ion could result from fragmentation ofanother possibly similar compound or thesignal may overlap that from a different iondue to inadequate mass resolution of thespectrometer In many cases the optimumchoice of ion for certainty of identificationwill require expert knowledge of massspectrometry the characteristics of theseparation techniques and the chemistry ofthe analyte and sample This expertise is notalways available particularly in routinescreening applications and concern has arisen regarding the consequences ofmis-identification particularly where legalaction may be taken on the basis of theanalytical result
Official guidelines or criteria
As a result of this concern severalorganisations have produced guidelines orcriteria for selection of ions to be monitoredin critical applications One example isconfirmation of residues of growthpromoting agents illegally used in thefattening of cattle12 within the EuropeanUnion (EU) The EU criteria2 state that fourions should be measured the intensity ofwhich should deviate by no more than plusmn10in electron ionisation (EI) mode from acorresponding standard It is interesting tonote that for use as a screening methodsingle ion monitoring of the most abundantdiagnostic ion is specified The requirementto monitor four ions for the confirmation ofidentity may seem somewhat rigorousparticularly as these criteria are based onlsquoexpert opinionrsquo rather than on evaluation ofanalytical data from confirmatory analysis1It has been found in practice that thesecriteria are proving difficult to meet forseveral analytes especially where some ofthe diagnostic ions are of low mass orrelatively low intensity3 The consequence ofthis is that a relatively high number of falsenegative results could be obtained in theroutine inspection for the abuse of growthpromoters Ideally the number of false
negative results should be minimal howeverwith the EU criteria of four diagnostic ionsthis is not believed to be the case3Consequently work is currently underway3with the aim of providing a statisticallyfounded strategy to determine the criteriaapplicable to mass spectrometric data so asto achieve optimisation of false positive andfalse negative results in these analyses
Systematic studies of ion-monitoring criteria
The above example highlights the need
for and lack of systematic studies of the
number of ions which should be monitored
to confirm identity4 One of the few
published examples5 was the investigation of
the number of ions (in EI mode) that must
be monitored to produce an unambiguous
identification of a given compound In this
study an estimate was made of the minimum
number of ions it was necessary to monitor
so as to produce an unambiguous
identification of diethylstilboestrol (DES)
using low resolution mass spectrometry
DES is an ideal compound for such a study
since it exhibits an abundant molecular ion
and has a number of structurally significant
fragment ions Using a database of 30000
spectra it was found that searching the
database for three ions all with appropriate
intensity limits produced only one match
DES It was considered that a realistic
relative intensity variation for the ions
monitored based on a standard EI
spectrum would be plusmn5 although this was
recognised as being flexible If additional
specificity is present such as GC retention
time then the intensity variation could be
expanded beyond these limitsIt was recommended5 that for
identification purposes three or morecharacteristic ions should be monitored tobe present within an acceptable ratio Thisstudy5 was published in 1978 and a modernversion of this approach using an updatedmass spectral library (of unknown origin)containing some 270000 spectra was
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
The reliability of mass spec foridentification purposes
1 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
published in 1997 by the same author6 Theresult again showed that three characteristicions with reasonably tight specifications forrelative intensities are required to uniquelyselect DES from the larger database
An extended systematic study7 of anumber of compounds of analytical interestwas carried out at LGC in 1998 as part ofthe VAM programme using similar criteriato those in the 1997 study The compoundswere chosen to be representative of theforensic and agro-chemical fields whereproper identification is particularlyimportant Results for one of thecompounds malathion (an organo-phosphorous pesticide) are shown in Table1 This table shows the monitoring of up tothree characteristic ions of malathion (molwt 330) In addition the relative intensitiesof the ions monitored are also taken intoaccount This is done by setting an lsquointensitywindowrsquo for each ion based on the ionintensities from a reference spectrum plus orminus 20 Table 1 also shows exampleswhere the relative intensities are not takeninto account (ie window is 1-100) As theidentification criteria are made morestringent the number of matches decreasesquickly to the point where threecharacteristic ions with the correct relativeintensities (within plusmn20) uniquely identifiesmalathion The results of this extended studysupport those of the previous work on DES56
and show that monitoring three characteristicions of a compound with appropriate relativeintensity specifications is sufficient touniquely select the given compound from acomprehensive mass spectral library Thisnew study highlighted the importance thatthe chosen ions include the molecular ionand that moderately specific ion intensityranges are used
The lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo formolecular identification
Work such as that outlined above led tothe establishment of the lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo forelectron impact spectra568 In addition to thepresence of three characteristic ions thecriteria also specify that the relative intensitiesof the ions are within plusmn10 of the ratiosobserved from a standard If additionalspecificity is present such as achromatographic retention time then theintensity variation could be expanded beyondthese limits The 3 ion criterion is the onlybroadly recognised standard for unambiguousanalyte identification8 for all types ofionisation Although alternatives have beenproposed no other standard is so universallyrecognised as the best means of minimisingthe risk of a false-positive identification8
Current VAMrecommendations
Suggested identification criteria when
using GC-MS and LC-MS are given
below and are based on the 3-ion criteria
described above
1 The criterion of chromatographic
retention time should be used in
conjunction with mass spectral criteria
for confirmation of identity In general
the retention time of an analyte should
be within plusmn2 of a reference standard
2 Under conditions of electron ionisation
at low mass spectral resolution at least
three characteristic diagnostic ions
should be present one of which should
preferably be the molecular ion The
relative intensity of these diagnostic ions
should match those of a reference
standard to within a margin of plusmn20
3 When using chemical ionisation theguideline as at 2 should be followed butwith an acceptable margin on ionintensity ratios of plusmn25
Tandem mass spectrometrycriteria
In the case of tandem mass spectrometry(MS-MS) linked to a chromatographicsystem MS-MS itself confers considerablespecificity in compound identification It hasbeen suggested6 in this case thatconfirmation of identity requires observationof a precursor ion representing the intactmolecule (or a closely related fragment)plus one structurally significant product ionobserved at the same chromatographicretention time However in view of theincreasing use of chromatography-MS-MSto shorten clean up and analysis times manyinterferences could be present in sampleextracts It is likely that these may not beresolved from the analyte of interest Underthese circumstances when detection is byMS-MS it would be prudent forconfirmation of identity to be based onobservation of two structurally relatedproduct ions from one precursor ion (ideallythe molecular ion)
Relaxation of criteria
There are also circumstances where it isconsidered that the 3-ion criteria could berelaxed Such circumstances could includethe case where the matrix to be analysed hasbeen well characterised in the past and theprocedure is used for rapid pre-screening ofa large number of samples Another case isthat of dosing experiments using a specificcompound where it is clear that the compoundwill be present The determination of
Masses monitored
Mass Intensity Mass Intensity Mass Intensity No of matchingrange () range () range () compounds
330 1-100 1922
330 1-100 173 1-100 816
330 1-100 173 1-100 125 1-100 128
330 1-40 1753
330 1-40 173 1-100 735
330 1-40 173 1-100 125 1-100 111
330 1-40 173 60-100 10
330 1-40 173 60-100 125 60-100 1
Table 1 Results from spectral library matching study on malathion7
1 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
lysergide (LSD) in urine by LC-MS9
illustrates this point Normally for forensicpurposes three ions are monitored toinclude the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324 and thecharacteristic fragment ions at mz 223 and197 If LSD is known to be present throughdosing experiments then monitoring twoions to include the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324and the mz 223 ion is sufficient forestablishing its presence In this particularcase monitoring only two ions would alsobring about a considerable increase insensitivity of the procedure The limit ofquantitation (LOQ) of this procedure whenmonitoring three ions is 05 ngml As canbe seen from Figure 1 the 197 daltons ion ofLSD has only a 10ndash15 intensity relative tothe base peak Consequently if only twoions were monitored (mz 223 and 324) thelimit of detection would be improved by afactor of five to 01 ngml (the mz 223 ionhas an intensity relative to the base peak ofsome five times that of the mz 197 ion)Hence adopting this approach would bebeneficial particularly if measurements werebeing carried out at or near the LOQ
Conclusions
Clearly no single set of criteria canencompass all eventualities Considerationmust be given to fitness for purpose and ascientific judgement based on analyticalrequirements must be made However inorder for scientific data to be acceptablebetween organisations some form ofharmonisation is necessary Ideally thiswould incorporate the results of a systematicintercomparison utilising perhaps compoundsof a similar nature and a suitable databaseThis article is an attempt to set the scene for
further discussion of an important subject
REFERENCES
1 De Ruig W G Stephany R W and
Dijkstra G J Assoc Off Anal Chem
72487ndash490 1989
2 EEC directive 93256 No L 11864
(1993)
3 Van Rhijn H A and Van de Voet H
Advances Mass Spectrom 14 CD
ROM ndash WeOr09 1998 (Abstract only)
4 Burlingame A L Boyd R K and Gaskell
S J Anal Chem 70 647Rndash716R 1998
5 Sphon J A J Assoc Off Anal Chem
61 1247ndash1252 1978
6 Baldwin R Bethem R A Boyd R K
Budde W L Cairns T Gibbons R D
Henion J D Kaiser M A Lewis D L
Matusik J E Sphon J A Stephany R
and Trubey R K J Am Soc Mass
Spectrom 8 1180ndash1190 1997
7 VAM Report LGCVAM1998010
Optimisation of the number of ions
which are acceptable for identifying
different chemical species using
GC-MS (1998)
8 Bethem R A and Boyd R K J Am Soc
Mass Spectrom 9 643ndash648 1998
9 White S A Kidd A S and Webb K S J
Forensic Sci 44 375ndash3791999
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Electrospray mass spectrum and structure of LSD
David Booker
AEA Technology
Environment
Trends in air quality legislation
Three independent scientific committeeswithin the UK have published reports123
indicating concern over the health effects ofparticle exposure These concerns have givenrise to a debate on the need for additional
legislation to further reduce particulateemission levels One of these committees1
concluded that it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal link betweenparticulate exposure and acute (and chronic)health effects However this statement isqualified by the recognition that there is a
Ultrafine particles and air quality control
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 3: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
Traceable measurements A different route to reliableanalytical data
3 V A M B U L L E T I N
E D I T O R I A L
Mike SargentLGC
Analytical measurements play a critical role in todayrsquos society
and in manufacturing industry The demandfor analysis continues ever upward oneestimate by DTI in 19961 suggested that thetotal value of chemical analysis in the UKwas as high as pound7 billion pa The same studyalso highlighted the key issue facinganalytical laboratories constant commercialpressure to do more for less in a shorter timewhilst simultaneously providing customersclients and regulators with ever morerigorous evidence that their data is bothreliable and comparable with resultsobtained by other laboratories companies orcountries Annual surveys2 of the trendsidentified in 1996 show that they arecontinuing
LGC like other commerciallaboratories is affected by these trendsHowever as the UK centre for analyticalscience LGC has also been working for thepast six years with national laboratoriesaround the world to develop a more costeffective approach for achieving reliable andcomparable analytical results Some earlyapplications in areas as diverse as clinicalanalysis adulteration of foods and metalspeciation have been described in the VAMBulletin3-5 As we enter a new millennium itis timely to review why a significant newdevelopment for analytical laboratories isneeded and what must be done to achieve it
In the longer term the work at LGCunderpins an international goal of modifyingthe approach widely used to achieve reliablephysical measurements (eg length masstime) so that it can be used in chemistryPhysical measurements often depend onaccurate calibration of the measurementinstrument using traceable measurement
standards How this can be applied toanalytical chemistry is not alwaysimmediately apparent All analysts areaware however that much effort is requiredin addition to instrument calibration in orderto obtain results which are comparable andfit for purpose
Accurate and comparable physicalmeasurements are achieved by ensuring thateach measurement result for a particularparameter is traceable to a unique referencewhich is accepted throughout the worldThis reference may be an artefact such as theinternational standard kilogram or morelikely today the relevant SI unit most ofwhich are based on a quantum phe-nomenon In either case the concept oftraceability depends on a chain ofmeasurements linked back to the appropriateinternational primary standard through aseries of calibrations (ie comparisonsbetween two standards in the chain) Providedthe uncertainties of the comparisons areknown a measurement result obtainedthrough calibration against one of thesestandards will itself be traceable to theagreed reference
Analytical measurementsplay a critical role in todayrsquos society
Calibration in this way using chemicalstandards is complicated by the dependenceof the chemical measurement process on thesample matrix The measurement does notusually take place directly on the originalsample and the instrumental determinationis often the final step of a complex analyticalmethod involving extensive pretreatment ofthe sample Hence calibration of theinstrument alone is insufficient to achievereliable and comparable results Thus thereare relatively few traceable chemicalmeasurement standards in the sense used forphysical measurement standards and the
concept of traceable measurements is notwidely known by analysts
The chemical matrix problem hasstimulated the development of twoadditional approaches to achieving reliableand comparable chemical measurementsmatrix reference materials and inter-laboratory comparisons The matrix-matched certified reference material (CRM)is a unique type of chemical standardcommonly used to validate completemeasurement methods and sometimes forinstrumental calibration (eg in XRF) Suchstandards are prepared to correspond toeach required analytematrix combinationSimilarly inter-laboratory comparisons areundertaken for each relevant analytematrixcombination in order to establishcomparability of their measurement dataThese comparisons range from lsquoround-robinrsquostudies which collaboratively test a newmethod to formal proficiency testing (PT)schemes which assess agreement betweenlaboratories on an on-going basis
CRMs and PT schemes have been usedwith reasonable success over many years butthey both have a number of technicalpractical and economic limitations Theneed for a wide variety of application-specific CRMs has lead to fragmentedproduction without any formal relationshipbetween the certified values of CRMsproduced for different applications or bydifferent organisations There are thousandsof CRMs in use but many of those requiredfor critical applications such as manu-facturing trade health or the environmentare unavailable In addition productioncosts are high and it is difficult or impossibleto manufacture sufficiently stable CRMs forsome applications Inter-laboratorycomparisons also have a number oflimitations particularly that they are time-consuming and expensive Comparabilityusually extends only to the immediateparticipants in a single comparison because
comparability between different comparisonsis rarely established even when they are co-ordinated by the same organisation It isimpracticable to organise comparisons forevery routine application or to organise aworldwide comparison involving all thelaboratories requiring comparability for eachmeasurement application
These problems have long beenrecognised as a significant technical andeconomic limitation in delivering soundchemical measurement data The situation issteadily worsening with increasing demandfrom purchasers of data and by regulatorsfor proven comparability of measurementsThis is for several reasons Global expansionof trade means more countries and morelaboratories need to be brought into eachinter-laboratory comparison In additionincreasing numbers of measurements areused in support of regulations for whichthere is an expanding requirement forrigorously proven reliability and comparabilityFinally increasing use of sub-contractedmeasurements due to commercial pressureson laboratories requires not only conformityof contractors to quality systems but alsodemonstration of the comparability of datafrom different contractors
The application of metrologicalprinciples in chemistry offers a potentialmeans of addressing the situation but severalorganisational and scientific problems needto be overcome In most countriesgovernmental expertise in chemicalmeasurement is more widely dispersed thanis the case for physical measurements whichare mainly focused on a single NationalMeasurement Institute (NMI) From atechnical standpoint the uncertainty of thesample preparation and pre-treatment islargely an empirical estimate and theuncertainty associated with taking the initialsample or sub-sample is often overlookedTraceable measurements can however onlybe achieved when the uncertainty of theentire chemical measurement procedure isfully understood Developing referencemethods which offer improved andrigorously determined levels of uncertaintyfor difficult sample matrices is a key factorin solving this problem67
In order to address both the technicaland organisational problems theInternational Committee for Weights andMeasures (CIPM) decided in 1993 to
establish an international collaborativeprogramme of work in chemistry7 Thisprogramme is organised through the CIPMrsquosConsultative Committee on Amount ofSubstance (CCQM) The CCQM aims toresolve the practical difficulties of achievingcomparable chemical measurements throughtraceability and to provide an internationalstructure which will depend on a chain ofnational and regional laboratories Thesewill in turn demonstrate the equivalence of their measurement data throughmeasurement comparisons as well asimplementing a quality management systemfor their calibration or measurementcertificates The CCQM and regionalmetrology organisations will organise a seriesof key comparisons which reflect applicationsrelevant to industry trade healthenvironment etc and will not comprise just measurements on single substances and standards
NMIs around the world are contributingto the development and implementation ofkey comparisons in all areas of metrologyand formalising arrangements to link themto calibration and field laboratories Theseformal arrangements are set out in a MutualRecognition Arrangement (MRA) co-ordinated by the International Bureau ofWeights and Measures (BIPM) in Paris Inthe case of chemistry links to the keycomparisons will be achieved throughprovision of traceable CRMs standards andcalibration services and development ofproficiency testing (PT) schemes based ontraceable reference values The UK nationalmeasurement institute is NPL which istaking a leading role in establishinginternational key comparisons in physicalmetrology Within the field of chemicalmeasurement NPL has delegated much ofthe work to LGC Together scientists fromthese two laboratories represent the UK atthe CCQM Activities in this area form partof the current DTI VAM Programme animportant aspect of which has been workingwith the Analytical Methods Committee ofthe RSC to establish a UK laboratorynetwork linked to LGC and to theinternational activities8
Information about the current VAMprogramme can be found on the DTI (httpwwwdtigovuk) and VAM(httpwwwvamorguk) websites Generalinformation about metrology the text of the
MRA and details of key comparisons are available on the BIPM website(httpwwwbipmfr) We are seekingadditional reference laboratories to join theUK network as well as field laboratoriesinterested in helping to test the concept oftraceable measurements in routine use Ifyou are interested in helping have specificcomments or questions on applying theconcept of traceability to chemicalmeasurements or would like an overviewand bibliography of the work at LGC in thisarea I would be pleased to hear from you(mslgccouk)
REFERENCES
1 The Analytical Services Sector An
Analysis of Factors Contributing to
Sectoral Competitiveness Mike Sargent
and Reg Perry April 1996 (A report
prepared for the DTI Chemicals
Directorate by LGC)
2 lsquoThe Analytical Market Analytical
Science and Policyrsquo (1999 Annual
Review of the Government Chemist)
2ndash4 1999
3 lsquoDetection of adulteration of honey
application of continuous-flow IRMSrsquo
Helena Hernandez VAM Bulletin 18
12ndash14 Spring 1998
4 lsquoThe accurate analysis of trace metals in
clinical samples using ICP-MSrsquo Justine
Turner Ben Fairman and Chris
Harrington VAM Bulletin 20 12-16
Spring 1999
5 lsquoThe analysis of metal speciation using
LC-MSrsquo Chris Harrington VAM Bulletin
21 13ndash18 Autumn 1999
6 lsquoTraceabil ity and Uncertainty in
Chemical Analysisrsquo Mike Sargent VAM
Bulletin 17 11ndash12 Autumn 1997
7 lsquoHigh Accuracy Analysis of Inorganic
and Organic Analytes Using Isotope
Dilution Mass Spectrometry (IDMS)rsquo
Tim Catterick Ben Fairman Mike
Sargent and Ken Webb VAM Bulletin
17 13-15 Autumn1997
8 lsquoAchieving High Accuracy In Chemical
Analysisrsquo Mike Sargent VAM Bulletin
18 10ndash11 Spring 1998
4 V A M B U L L E T I N
E D I T O R I A L
5 V A M B U L L E T I N
G U E S T C O L U M N
Iain Ogdenand HughPenningtonUniversity of Aberdeen
The press has given such a high profileto food poisoning that the words
E coli have become synonymous with illnessand disease What they are really referring toof course are the pathogenic strains whichmicrobiologists call enterohaemorrhagic ndashE coli (EHEC) and more specifically in theUK and N America serotype O157 Here inthe UK we have the unenviable record of one of the worldrsquos worst outbreaks due to E coli O157 which affected 500 people across Central Scotland and resultedin 20 deaths1
But the ordinary E coli is a harmlessbacterium living in the gut of humans andother higher vertebrates Theodor Escherichfirst identified the organism in 1885 from thestools of breast fed infants and discoveredits ability to coagulate milk with acid and gasproduction This ability to ferment lactose isthe basis of differentiating E coli from otherclosely related bacteria and because of itsoccurrence in faecal material the presenceof E coli is used as indicator of poor hygienein food and food production Classicalbacteriologists use four additionalbiochemical tests to identify E coli theproduction of indole from tryptophan at theelevated temperature of 44degC the methylred reaction the Voges-Proskauer reactionand utilisation of citrate (IMViC) E colitypically gives a + + - - response in theIMViC tests To reduce both the time andcosts of such analyses identification usingjust the lactose and indole tests are now performed
The isolation identification andenumeration of E coli has therefore become
a common test in routine food testinglaboratories A wide range of proprietary kitshas made the analysis easier to perform andresults are available within two workingdays The majority are based onchromogenic or fluorogenic signals fromsingle biochemical reactions such as szlig-Dglucuronidase activity In addition rapidmethods incorporating techniques such aselectrical impedance flow cytometry ATPbioluminesence and membrane filtration canbe used to detect E coli and can also includesome degree of automation for testingmultiple samples
the words E coli have become synonymous with
illness and disease
The presence of E coli in foods mayindicate the presence of additionalpathogenic micro-organisms The realproblem occurs with the identification ofpathogenic E coli strains Not only are theyoften present in low numbers (lt100g) butthere is nearly always a high incidence ofcommensal E coli and other microfloraassociated with that particular food Theinfectious dose of E coli O157 is estimatedto be very low (lt10 viable cells) thusnecessitating sensitive detection techniquesFoods such as dairy products and cold meatshave short shelf-lives and have beenimplicated in E coli O157 outbreaks Rapiddetection methods are required by the foodindustry and regulatory authorities to helpensure that foods are not contaminated withthe organism prior to sale
There are two biochemical reactions thatdistinguish E coli from the serotype O157E coli O157 does not ferment sorbitol(strictly speaking it slowly metabolisessorbitol in 2-3 days) and it does not possessthe szlig-D glucuronidase enzyme Reactionsbased on these properties were initially usedto differentiate between the two groupsSorbitol replaced lactose in selective E colimedia (eg MacConkey agar) and thosecolonies with no acid reaction were further
screened by serology to determine thepresence of E coli O157 This method hasserious drawbacks in the lack of sensitivityThe analysis of faecal and food samplesproduced plates with large numbers ofsorbitol fermenting colonies masking anynon-sorbitol fermenting E coli O157 Onesolution to this was to use DNA techniquesto recognise EHEC within a sweep of allcolonies on such a plate PCR methods orlabelled probes could target one or both ofthe verotoxin genes possessed by E coliO157 but these technically difficultmethods requiring relatively expensiveequipment have never been popular withthe routine testing laboratory
The advent of immunomagneticseparation (IMS)2 brought E coli O157analysis to within the capabilities of alltesting laboratories although there is nowthe additional restriction of category IIIfacilities for final confirmation By coatingpolymer or ceramic beads with antibodiesagainst surface antigens we have a way of specifically attracting target bacteriarequired for further analysis If the beadshave magnetite cores then they can beeffectively recovered using a magnet Thetechnique is commercially availabletechnically simple to perform and costsapproximately pound3 per test Appropriateequipment costs ltpound1000 The volume of immunomagnetic beads used per test is 002ml which contains gt106 beads Aliquotsof 1ml are assayed from food samplesenriched in semi-selective media Samplesare placed in a rack mixed for 30 minutesbefore discarding the supernatant and re-suspending the beads (without the magnet)in wash buffer Two further washing stagesare performed prior to transferring the beadsto a selective agar After overnightincubation presumptive colonies areconfirmed with latex agglutination antiseraResults are available within 24 hours
A wide range of IMS protocols havebeen investigated This laboratory hasrecently completed a study comparingchemical composition and incubation
Methods for testing Escherichia coli
6 V A M B U L L E T I N
temperatures of enrichment broths and theselective agars used in the IMS procedureArtificially inoculated E coli O157 in arange of foods were tested and methodsvalidated on samples containing naturallyoccurring E coli O157 To show methodsensitivity under extreme circumstances thespiked studies used low numbers (lt1g) ofphysiologically stressed target bacteria in the presence of high numbers ofundamaged background micro-organismsFoods of known association with E coliO157 were studied minced (ground) beefwas tested initially with subsequentvalidations performed on cheese apple juiceand pepperoni A summary of the results isshown in Table 1 All tests were performedusing cocktails of 4 or 5 strains of E coliO157 to minimise the effect of singleatypical strains To physiologically stress E coli O157 the cocktail wasi) inoculated into mince and subjected to
a series of freezethaw cycles added tofresh mince (containing high numbers ofnon-E coli O157) and tested as indicated
ii) inoculated into a high salt (135 wv)low pH (49) low temperature (5degC)broth and spread on the surface ofpepperoni samples
iii) inoculated into apple juice and stored at 4degC for ten days prior to transferringto apple juice for testing
iv) surface spread onto cheese and stored at 4degC before testing Results show quite clearly the beneficial
effect of elevated temperature which appearsto inhibit competing microflora The use of
cefixime and cefsulodin is widespread inIMS enrichments (brotha) but at thereduced concentration of 25 (brothd) theyappeared to have little effect and recovery ofE coli O157 was similar to brothb Someantimcrobials used in these techniques canbe inhibitory to E coli O1573 (MacRae et al1997) and therefore they should be usedwith caution The International Organisationfor Standardisation4 favour mTSB+N at42degC but in this comparison it was lessefficient than BPW-V pH 70
Selective agars chosen for comparisonincluded several based on sorbitolMacConkey The selective additions ofcefixime and potassium tellurite favour Ecoli O157 isolation This medium has thedisadvantage of being unable to distinguishsorbitol fermenting E coli O157 fromcommensal E coli which are uncommon inthe UK but found regularly in otherEuropean countries Commercially availablechromogenic agars based on alternativebiochemical reactions were included whichwould also support the growth of E coliO157 strains inhibited by cefixime andtellurite Incubations were at 37degC exceptfor SD-39 which was at 42degC The resultsare presented in Table 2
The results indicate the superiority of Rainbow agar which showed very little growth from non-target bacteriamaking recognition of E coli O157 easyUnfortunately it is rather expensive forroutine use and therefore for economicalreasons this laboratory plates the immuno-beads equally onto CTSMAC (agarg) and
Chromagar (agark) which performed well asindicated in Table 2
Validation of methods was done on twofoods with naturally occurring E coli O157which were available in reasonably largeamounts during the course of this studyLevels of target bacteria were found to below (data not shown) but their physiologicalstatus was unknown Three enrichmentbroths were comparedi) BPW-VCC 37degC used in original
IMS protocolsii) mTSB-N 42degC the ISO enrichment brothiii) BPW-V 42degC optimum as shown
in Table 1The results indicated the superiority of
BPW-V incubated at 42degC The other twoenrichments tested failed to recover E coliO157 in replicate tests which might indicatethe presence of sub-lethally damaged cells inthe foods tested Beads were plated ontoCTSMAC and Chromagar
In the light of these results thislaboratory routinely screens foods for E coliO157 by enriching in BPW-V at 42degC andplating the beads onto CTSMAC andChromagar incubated at 37degC It is worthnoting that this method showed greaterrecoveries of target cells than the proposedISO method
E coli O157 is by far the most common
G U E S T C O L U M N
Enrichment medium 37degC 40degC 42degC
BPW-VCCa poor poor good
BPW-V pH 70b poor very good excellent
BPW-V pH 60c poor NT good
BPW-V + 14 C+Cd poor very good excellent
mTSB+Ne poor good very good
EC medium + Nf poor NT good
a BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) + cefixime (005 mgl) + cefsulodin (10 mgl) b Buffered peptone water (BPW) + vancomycin (8 mgl) pH 70c BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) pH 60d BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) + cefixime (00125 mgl) + cefsulodin (25 mgl) e Tryptone soya broth + bile salts (15 gl) + novobiocin (20 mgl)f EC medium + novobiocin (20 mgl)
NT ndash Not tested
Table 1 Recovery of E coli O157 from food by different IMSenrichment treatments at different temperatures
g Cefixime tellurite sorbitol MacConkeycefixime 005 mgl potassium tellurite25 mgl
h Sorbitol MacConkeyi Sorbitol MacConkey + cefixime and
tellurite at one third normal strengthj Sorbitol MacConkey + cefixime and
tellurite at two thirds normal strengthk CHROMagarTM O157 isolation mediuml Quality Life Sciences E coli O157
isolation mediumm Biolog RainbowTM E coli O157
isolation medium
ndash Indicates zero recovery
Selective agar Rating
CTSMACg very good
SMACh poor
SMAC + 13 CTi poor
SMAC + 23 CTj poor
CHROMagarTMk very good
SD-39l ndash
RainbowTMm excellent
Table 2 Comparison of E coliO157 selective agars
7 V A M B U L L E T I N
G U E S T C O L U M N
EHEC isolated in the UK but this is not thecase elsewhere in the world Serotypes O26O111 O103 and O145 are regularly isolatedin other countries and have been listed byWHO as amongst the lsquotop fiversquo CommercialIMS systems are available only for serotype
O157 and while it is relatively easy to labelbeads with antibodies to any EHEC theprotocols for optimum isolation remainunknown at this time This highlights theneed for continued research in this area offood microbiology
REFERENCES
1 Pennington T H The Pennington Group
Report on the circumstances leading to
the 1996 outbreak of infection with E
coli O157 in Central Scotland the
implications for food safety and the
lessons to be learned Edinburgh The
Stationery Office UK 1997
2 Chapman P A Wright D J and Siddons
C A A comparison of immunomagnetic
separation and direct culture for
the isolation of verocytotoxin ndash
producing Escherichia coli O157 from
bovine faeces J Med Microbiol 40
424ndash427 1994
3 MacRae M Rebate T Johnston M and
Ogden I D The sensitivity of Escherichia
coli O157 to some antimicrobials by
conventional and conductance assays
L Appl Microbiol 25 135ndash137 1997
4 Anonymous Draft International
Standard 16654 Microbiology of food
and animal feeding stuffs ndash Horizontal
method for the detection of Escherichia
coli O157 British Standards Institute
London 1999
Philip Slackand PeterFarnell LGC
Introduction
The Quantitative Ingredients DeclarationAmendment12 is one of the most
radical amendments to the part of the FoodLabelling Regulations3 (covering the bulkcomposition of foods) since the FoodLabelling Regulations of 1984 Apart from
foods to which specific compositionalrequirements apply food law up to now onlyrequired ingredients to be listed on the label Where no specific compositionalrequirements apply the Regulationsprescribe the format for the nutritionallabelling of foodstuffs so that foodmanufacturers could voluntarily declare food macro-components of nutritionalsignificance such as meat and fat contentSince 14 February 2000 labelling of foodproducts must now include a QuantitativeIngredients Declaration (QUID) TheRegulations also cover the supply of food to restaurants and other caterers as well
as for retail sale Measurement issues relating to the
nutritional labelling of foodstuffs are wellunderstood as voluntary declarations dependupon chemical analysis of the finishedfoodstuff Apart from the requirement fornutritional declarations the determination ofmeat (via total nitrogen) fat carbohydrateand moisture contents for example havetraditionally been an important part of thequality control of food manufacturingHowever the emphasis in food manu-facturing has been moving away from qualitycontrol towards quality assurance by bettercontrol of ingredients and processes This
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
VAM and the measurementissues related to QUID
8 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
spirit is seen in the QUID amendment inthat declarations of ingredients must for themost part be based upon the weight of theingredient added in the recipe at the so-called lsquomixing-bowlrsquo stage This is perhapsthe first challenge to be addressed since inmany manufacturing processes the lsquomixing-bowlrsquo is more of a concept than a realitywith ingredients sometimes being addedthroughout the process for example saucesto the final packaged product
The VAM principles and QUID
The six VAM principles are listed insidethe front cover of this Bulletin and are aninstrument of the UK National Measure-ment System These principles weredesigned for chemical testing laboratoriesand their relationship with testing thereforebeing well understood When testing foodproducts to determine the concentration of volatile ingredients eg alcohol testlaboratories will need to have the VAMprinciples firmly in mind since these aredesigned for such activities One easy way toensure this is to use a test laboratory that isaccredited by UKAS specifically for this teston a defined food matrix or otherwise toISO Guide 25 or EN 45001 Alternativelythe laboratory should be audited by acompetent person to ensure that it isfulfilling the requirements of the VAMprinciples This article examines howapplicable the spirit of the VAM principlesare to the wider measurement issues posedby QUID It explores the relationshipbetween the VAM principles and the lsquomixingbowlrsquo examines them in relation to theinterpretation of data then considers theenforcement of the QUID Directive
Measurement for a QUID ndashDo you measure-up
1 The lsquomixing-bowlrsquoManufacturers need a system of
accurately measuring and recording theweights of ingredients added at any stage ofthe process as well as enabling them tocompensate for processing losses They willneed such records not only for their ownquality assurance requirements but also as ameans of supporting a declaration given on aparticular unit of a product at point-of-saleImplicit in this is the need for consistentand traceable measurements of weight and a
meticulous system of recording such dataThey will need to determine the content ofcertain volatile ingredients in the finishedproduct analytically It can therefore beargued that many of the VAM principlesform a good basis for judging themeasurement challenges with respect to thelsquomixing-bowlrsquo ingredients It is interestingtherefore to consider how these principlesmight relate to QUID
The first VAM principle relates to thepurpose for which the measurement isneeded It is important to decide howprecise the measurement needs to be andwhether the measurements being made areaccurate enough or perhaps already moreaccurate and precise than is necessary Anoperative weighing large amounts of aningredient eg meat will find it easier tomake accurate additions to a bulk than whensmall amounts of say an additive inconcentrated form is put in This is easier todispense accurately if an additive is supplieddispersed in a lsquobulking agentrsquo Suchspecifications will depend on the situationand need to be agreed in advance This willbe imperative in deciding whether the
measurement instruments eg weighingmachine already in place are appropriate
The second principle involves assessingmeasurement instruments against this agreedspecification The precision of an analyticalbalance will obviously not be required forweighing meat However all instrumentshave their own range of uncertainty ofmeasurement and this must not approach orexceed the overall precision required in theagreed specification Accuracy anduncertainty are both determined throughcalibration and it is therefore important todetermine whether appropriate calibration isbeing carried out
To address the third principle it isimportant that operatives understand theabove mentioned requirements and havebeen properly trained in the use of theinstruments Routine checks of theircontinuing competence should ideally bemade through the weighing of check batchesof already known weight
The fourth principle is best tackled byan internal audit by a Quality DepartmentOperatives should be observed carrying outthese operations at defined regular intervals
9 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
The traditional calculation of meatcontent is based upon the determination oftotal nitrogen content multiplied by anapproved constant Corrections are thenmade for other nitrogen containingcomponents eg collagen soya proteinmilk protein excess connective tissueSome fat can then be added in for the calculation of total meat QUIDdeclarations from the lsquomixing bowlrsquo willalmost certainly differ from those arisingfrom calculations made in this way fromanalytical data by virtue of the fact thatMember States of the European Unionhave different definitions of meat (there isalso another mechanism by which thisdisparity might occur involving nutritionaldeclarations of protein ndash see below) Suchdefinitions range from all striated muscle inGermany predominantly muscle and somefat in the UK to considerable inclusions ofoffal in some other Member States SomeMember States do not define meat at allThus the raw ingredient will vary inquality and chemical composition Thevariable water content of fresh meat willalso be an issue here as will be its nitrogenfactor It would seem to be of greatimportance that QUID declarations formeat content are harmonised across the EU
The harmonisation of QUIDdeclarations for meat may depend on aconsistent definition of meat as aningredient The European Union hasproduced its own definition but so farMember States have been unable to agreeto this Various national regulationscurrently allow manufacturers tolsquoconstructrsquo a lsquomeatrsquo content by the additionof different parts of the carcass which mayinclude Mechanically Recovered Meat(MRM) The extent to which this canhappen will therefore vary greatly from oneMember State to another How this willaffect the movement of products betweenMember States of the EU is unclear sincethe issue of how to lsquoQUIDrsquo products forexport remains to be properly resolved Itwould appear that products with QUIDdeclarations made at point-of-productionin accordance with the NationalRegulations defining meat must beaccepted in all Member States This has
the potential to confuse the customerattempting to make comparisons betweendifferent products at point-of-sale orindeed at home after purchase
Declared percentage meat content willtherefore reflect differing ingredientsranging from pure muscle or lean meat atone extreme to a mixture of other parts ofthe carcass including fat skin and rindThere is also some feeling that rather thanhaving an EU wide legal definition of meatthere should be a requirement forpercentages of individual cuts of meat orother parts of the carcass to be declaredConsumers would know exactly what theyare eating and how this relates to theirown perception about what meat is Thiswould also help them to make a priceversus quality assessment of the productenabling manufacturers to produce lsquoup- ordown-marketrsquo products to suit the varyinglsquovalue for moneyrsquo perceptions In somecases this approach would require theabolition of Compositional RegulationsWhichever approach is taken a keyelement of this debate centres aroundwhether better analytical methods shouldbe developed for detecting and quantifyingthese different types of lsquomeatrsquo allowingverification of the ingredients used inmanufacture Certainly lsquoconstructedrsquo meatcontents might only be verified analytically
Normally QUID declarations will befor a typical quantity of an ingredientrounded to the nearest whole numberreflecting the producerrsquos normalmanufacturing variations in accordancewith good manufacturing practice Anexception to this is where the labellingplaces special emphasis on an ingredient incases where the food is alreadycharacterised by the presence of thatingredient Here a minimum content mustbe declared which might be legallyprescribed if a Compositional Regulationapplies An example might be where thepork is particularly emphasised in cannedlsquopork sausagersquo Conversely if the labellingemphasises a low level of an ingredientthen a declaration of maximum contentmust be given An example here might be ifthe low level of fat is emphasised in a spread
Continued on page 10
The meat content challengeCalibration and traceability of
measurement are also about ensuring that aweight of x kilogrammes represents the sameamount of ingredient as it does in anotherfactory down the road It will if the fifthVAM principle is adhered to
Finally the sixth VAM principlerequires quality assurance and qualitycontrol procedures In this context qualityassurance involves having appropriatewritten standard operating procedures andproper records of calibration and weighingsof ingredients to prove that all actions werewithin specifications
2 Interpretation of information from measurementAnother possible application of the
VAM principles is in the conversion of testdata into useful information Perhaps one ofthe biggest consequences of QUID is that inaddressing the quantitative issues relating tofood ingredients declarations it also raisesthe issue of the quality of ingredients andtheir impact in the interpretation of testdata Since ingredients of varying quality willalso differ in their composition someconcern has been expressed bymanufacturers about whether lsquolike will becompared with likersquo when consumerscompare different products with identicalQUID declarations Another way that thismight also become apparent as an anomalyto the consumer is that it is also feasible that two otherwise identical products with the same QUID declarations mighthave significantly different nutritionaldeclarations and vice versa
Nowhere is this more apparent than in theissue of meat content where very specificmeasurement issues are raised Here therequirement is to measure the level of ananalyte and convert this into a value for meatcontent This is an interpretative step that alsorequires a database from which appropriateconversion factors can be established andused By way of example we have examinedthe meat content issue in more detail (seeldquoThe Meat Challengerdquo [right])
VAMWhat does all this have to do with the six
VAM principles The connection comes viathe fact that in all situations whereinterpretation of data is required to ascertaincompositional information or the level of aningredient an lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relation-ship is required that can be likened to asecondary calibration graph This is thelsquographrsquo that can be drawn showing therelationship between the level of the chosenanalyte and the componentingredient of interest which is to be quantified (seeFigure 1) The slope of this lsquographrsquo willdiffer for the individual cuts of meatdifferent parts of the carcass and for MRMfor example Appropriate corrections tovalues read from the lsquographrsquo need to bemade for collagen content because of itscontribution to the measured value for totalnitrogen Also the relationship between thevalues read from the lsquographrsquo and the weightof meat added to the mixing-bowl will needa level of understanding to allow a sensibleinterpretation to be made These issuesraised for meat are also similarly evident forother areas of food analysis such as fruitjuice content or milk content They indicatehow difficult it is for food analysts to drawthis lsquographrsquo with respect to the range offactors that need to be taken into account
Interpretative skills cannot currently becovered within the scope of accreditation by
UKAS because accreditation currentlyrelates to the making of a test measurementnot to the interpretation of the measurementresult It is now being argued that theyshould be given the economic importance ofthe opinions being expressed daily bylaboratories on test reports The adoption ofISO 17025 will in future allow the reportingof opinions and interpretations to beaccredited This means that all aspects of theQuality System will need to be extended tocover interpretative skills These will includestandard operating procedures methodprotocols the databases and relationshipsbetween test data and an interpretationbeing given by that laboratory staffexperience qualifications and trainingrecords etc Many laboratories may not beaware of these forthcoming changes or of theimplications to their quality systemsTherefore an extension of the VAMprinciples to include the interpretation oftest data would assist laboratories with theirpreparations for the accreditation of services requiring the provision of opinionsin test reports
How might this be done
The first VAM principle might
encourage us to ascertain whether the need
is to interpret test data to confirm a QUID
or establish the relationship between this
declaration and a nutritional declaration or a
compositional requirement
1 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
Relationship between the predicted level of marker analyte and ingredient concentration L = level of analyte found Ldl = maximum level of analyte found in the ingredient DL = detection limit of ingredient L = level of analyte found Imin= minimum level of ingredient Imax= maximum level of ingredient A = average content of ingredient
Figure 1
Continued from page 9This complex situation is com-
pounded by another requirement thatdeclarations calculated by weight fromthe recipe at the mixing-bowl stage mustnot have included in the calculation anywater or volatile ingredients lost duringprocessing It is interesting to considerthe complications that could thus arisewith the meat content declaration
Water losses during processing canbe extremely variable Additionallyseparating fat which is often skimmedoff might not take place to a consistentdegree Here then is the othermechanism by which an anomalybetween a nutritional declaration and aQUID will occur This is the issue ofhow for example the protein content ina finished product will relate to a meatQUID The departure from theestablished practice of relating meatcontent to the nitrogen content of rawmeat for the purpose of labellingdeclarations will mean that differentproducts with the same QUID for say ameat ingredient may have substantiallydifferent protein declarations even whenthere is obviously no other source ofprotein present There is potential herealso to confuse the consumer who maywonder how the meat from onemanufacturer is giving him more or lessprotein than the meat from another Inthe short term manufacturers canpresumably avoid this issue by omittingnutritional labelling from their packagingThe whole issue will however need to beresolved if the UKrsquos suggestion to theEuropean Union to make nutritionallabelling compulsory goes ahead Thiswill provide a challenge for theenforcement authorities who areresponsible for enforcing both parts ofthe legislation and will presumably stillneed to relate analytically derived proteinand calculated meat contents to theQUID for meat It is likely that thereconciliation of these values will requiremuch input from analytical chemists
For the second VAM principle one
needs to ask if the databases available as
well as the methods for using this data to
prepare the lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relationship
are fit-for-purpose Have these been properly
tested MAFF (the UK Ministry of
Agriculture Fisheries and Food) have been
trying to address this issue by funding
research work under the auspices of the
RSC Analytical Methods Committee on the
composition of red meat chicken and
scampi but more information on the
composition of other raw materials such as
turkey meat and salmon is needed In 1998
proposals were invited to conduct
collaborative studies to achieve this involving
financial support partly from MAFF and
from industry Similarly in 1999 proposals
were called for to determine the composition
of commercially important fish species
MAFF clearly see a need for these data to
enable analytical checks to be made on the
content of meat or fish in final products in
order to implement QUID This differs from
another view sometimes expressed that
factory inspection alone would be sufficient
for enforcement purposes (see below)
MAFF has also been trying to address
the fitness-for-purpose issue with respect to
other interpretative issues Last year it
called for the development of analytical
methods for the determination of plant-
based ingredients with respect to the
implementation of QUID As with meat-
based products implementation of QUID
might be difficult in the many cases where a
legal definition for a plant-based product
does not exist Analytical chemists may well
be involved in the process of establishing
such legal definitions as well as in developing
methods for the determination of these
ingredients The establishment of legal
definitions for food ingredients is however a
contentious issue for some sectors of the
food industry especially the meat sector
Are the staff interpreting analytical data
qualified and competent for this task as is
required by the third VAM principle A
member of staff might be highly competent
at all the technical aspects of making a test
measurement This does not necessarily
mean that they understand the underlying
scientific issues sufficiently to form an
opinion about those test data It is evident
that generally more highly qualified and
experienced scientific staff will be required
to interpret data and give the customer an
opinion It is likely that most customers
would expect this The fourth VAM principle might require
laboratory audits and assessments foraccreditation to add interpretative skills tothose of the measurement of an analyte Thismight require a substantial extension oflaboratory audit and review protocolsbefitting the much more specialist functionof the laboratory justified by the addedfinancial value that providing such servicespresumably brings to that laboratory
It is clear that measurements of meat
content in one location in Europe cannot be
consistent with those made elsewhere since
Europe has not yet agreed a legal definition
for meat The fifth VAM principle would
require laboratories across Europe to be
preparing their lsquoAuthenticity Calibration
Relationshiprsquo in the same way Obviously
they cannot be doing this
Finally it is unlikely in many cases that
well defined quality control and quality
assurance procedures will exist for the
interpretation of test data as would be
required by the sixth VAM principle
Accreditation by UKAS does not currently
extend beyond the measurement of
the analyte
Perhaps VAM should now raise
this standard
Enforcement of QUID
Do we need testing to enforce QUIDand are the VAM principles relevant FoodLaw applies to products at point-of-saleThis means that enforcement will relate to aparticular unit taken from a retail outlet by aTrading Standards Officer One obviousmeans of enforcement is to test the sampleif an appropriate test exists The majordrawback to this approach is that analyticalchemists do not always have an appropriatetest that they can use If this approach istaken the sample is divided into threeportions one is sent to a public analyst andone can be analysed by a test laboratoryappointed by the lsquoownersrsquo of the sample Incases of dispute LGC is often required toanalyse the third portion in its role as theofficial UK referee laboratory under theprovisions of the Food Safety Act 1990
Trading Standards Officers also havethe powers they need to enter factories toenforce Food Law They would need torelate their observations in the factory to aunit of product previously purchased from aretailer This means that they would not onlyneed to audit the manufacturing process butwould also need to examine productionrecords relating to the batch from which thatunit of product originated in order to ensureproper lsquocalibrationrsquo
The first issue that arises concernsenforcement of imported productsObviously Trading Standards Officers willnot normally be able to inspect overseasproducers This approach would rely upon asystem of networking with similarenforcement bodies in other states Recentexperiences have shown that enforcement by this route can be a long-winded process Secondly factory inspection is a time-consuming process and it is debatableas to whether or not local authorities havethe resources to do this effectively In bothcases it would be easier if the informationcould be gained by testing the end productas is done for enforcement of nutritionallabelling declarations
Herein lies the measurement challenge tothe analytical chemistry profession Todevelop appropriate tests through technologytransfer and innovation then to validate themin a manner that includes the interpretativestages required to deliver an opinion to thecompetent authority All this must be inaccordance with the appropriate VAMprinciples so ensuring fitness-for-purposeFinally to ensure that everyone irrespectiveof geographical location is applying theseprocedures in such a manner as to achieveequivalent data and its interpretation
REFERENCES
1 Directive 974EC (1997) lsquoOn the
approximation of the laws of the
Member States relating to the labelling
presentation and advertising of
foodstuffsrsquo Official Journal of the
European Communities L43 21ndash23
2 The Food Labell ing (Amendment)
Regulations 1998 SI 19981398
3 The Food Labelling Regulations 1996
SI 19961499
1 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
1 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Ken Webb andMike SargentLGC
Mass spectrometry is widely regarded asthe technique of choice for an
extensive range of demanding analyticalmeasurement applications because it offers apowerful combination of accuracysensitivity specificity versatility and speedIt is frequently used for both theidentification and quantitation of traceimpurities an application of particularimportance to regulatory or forensicapplications Indeed mass spectrometry israpidly becoming the preferred detectionsystem for many gas or liquid chromat-ographic separations used in these fieldsbecause of its perceived capability to provideunequivocal identification of the targetanalyte In addition it is widely believed thatsimpler or more rapid chromatographicseparations can suffice due to the greaterpower of a mass spectrometric detector in ensuring that the signal monitoredoriginates from the analyte and not aninterfering species
The routine identification andmeasurement of compounds using massspectrometry can however lead toconflicting requirements particularly whereadditional compromises are made in theinterest of speed and economyIdentification is normally achieved bymonitoring a number of structurallysignificant ions of a compound whereas forsensitivity purposes accurate quantitation isoften carried out by monitoring only oneion Consequently there can be a number ofdifferent ways of carrying out identificationand quantitation ranging from full scans tomonitoring a single ion A satisfactorybalance must be achieved between thenumber of ions monitored and optimumsensitivity Moreover it is essential that theactual ions chosen for monitoring are
selected with a knowledge of potentialproblems which may arise For example thesame ion could result from fragmentation ofanother possibly similar compound or thesignal may overlap that from a different iondue to inadequate mass resolution of thespectrometer In many cases the optimumchoice of ion for certainty of identificationwill require expert knowledge of massspectrometry the characteristics of theseparation techniques and the chemistry ofthe analyte and sample This expertise is notalways available particularly in routinescreening applications and concern has arisen regarding the consequences ofmis-identification particularly where legalaction may be taken on the basis of theanalytical result
Official guidelines or criteria
As a result of this concern severalorganisations have produced guidelines orcriteria for selection of ions to be monitoredin critical applications One example isconfirmation of residues of growthpromoting agents illegally used in thefattening of cattle12 within the EuropeanUnion (EU) The EU criteria2 state that fourions should be measured the intensity ofwhich should deviate by no more than plusmn10in electron ionisation (EI) mode from acorresponding standard It is interesting tonote that for use as a screening methodsingle ion monitoring of the most abundantdiagnostic ion is specified The requirementto monitor four ions for the confirmation ofidentity may seem somewhat rigorousparticularly as these criteria are based onlsquoexpert opinionrsquo rather than on evaluation ofanalytical data from confirmatory analysis1It has been found in practice that thesecriteria are proving difficult to meet forseveral analytes especially where some ofthe diagnostic ions are of low mass orrelatively low intensity3 The consequence ofthis is that a relatively high number of falsenegative results could be obtained in theroutine inspection for the abuse of growthpromoters Ideally the number of false
negative results should be minimal howeverwith the EU criteria of four diagnostic ionsthis is not believed to be the case3Consequently work is currently underway3with the aim of providing a statisticallyfounded strategy to determine the criteriaapplicable to mass spectrometric data so asto achieve optimisation of false positive andfalse negative results in these analyses
Systematic studies of ion-monitoring criteria
The above example highlights the need
for and lack of systematic studies of the
number of ions which should be monitored
to confirm identity4 One of the few
published examples5 was the investigation of
the number of ions (in EI mode) that must
be monitored to produce an unambiguous
identification of a given compound In this
study an estimate was made of the minimum
number of ions it was necessary to monitor
so as to produce an unambiguous
identification of diethylstilboestrol (DES)
using low resolution mass spectrometry
DES is an ideal compound for such a study
since it exhibits an abundant molecular ion
and has a number of structurally significant
fragment ions Using a database of 30000
spectra it was found that searching the
database for three ions all with appropriate
intensity limits produced only one match
DES It was considered that a realistic
relative intensity variation for the ions
monitored based on a standard EI
spectrum would be plusmn5 although this was
recognised as being flexible If additional
specificity is present such as GC retention
time then the intensity variation could be
expanded beyond these limitsIt was recommended5 that for
identification purposes three or morecharacteristic ions should be monitored tobe present within an acceptable ratio Thisstudy5 was published in 1978 and a modernversion of this approach using an updatedmass spectral library (of unknown origin)containing some 270000 spectra was
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
The reliability of mass spec foridentification purposes
1 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
published in 1997 by the same author6 Theresult again showed that three characteristicions with reasonably tight specifications forrelative intensities are required to uniquelyselect DES from the larger database
An extended systematic study7 of anumber of compounds of analytical interestwas carried out at LGC in 1998 as part ofthe VAM programme using similar criteriato those in the 1997 study The compoundswere chosen to be representative of theforensic and agro-chemical fields whereproper identification is particularlyimportant Results for one of thecompounds malathion (an organo-phosphorous pesticide) are shown in Table1 This table shows the monitoring of up tothree characteristic ions of malathion (molwt 330) In addition the relative intensitiesof the ions monitored are also taken intoaccount This is done by setting an lsquointensitywindowrsquo for each ion based on the ionintensities from a reference spectrum plus orminus 20 Table 1 also shows exampleswhere the relative intensities are not takeninto account (ie window is 1-100) As theidentification criteria are made morestringent the number of matches decreasesquickly to the point where threecharacteristic ions with the correct relativeintensities (within plusmn20) uniquely identifiesmalathion The results of this extended studysupport those of the previous work on DES56
and show that monitoring three characteristicions of a compound with appropriate relativeintensity specifications is sufficient touniquely select the given compound from acomprehensive mass spectral library Thisnew study highlighted the importance thatthe chosen ions include the molecular ionand that moderately specific ion intensityranges are used
The lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo formolecular identification
Work such as that outlined above led tothe establishment of the lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo forelectron impact spectra568 In addition to thepresence of three characteristic ions thecriteria also specify that the relative intensitiesof the ions are within plusmn10 of the ratiosobserved from a standard If additionalspecificity is present such as achromatographic retention time then theintensity variation could be expanded beyondthese limits The 3 ion criterion is the onlybroadly recognised standard for unambiguousanalyte identification8 for all types ofionisation Although alternatives have beenproposed no other standard is so universallyrecognised as the best means of minimisingthe risk of a false-positive identification8
Current VAMrecommendations
Suggested identification criteria when
using GC-MS and LC-MS are given
below and are based on the 3-ion criteria
described above
1 The criterion of chromatographic
retention time should be used in
conjunction with mass spectral criteria
for confirmation of identity In general
the retention time of an analyte should
be within plusmn2 of a reference standard
2 Under conditions of electron ionisation
at low mass spectral resolution at least
three characteristic diagnostic ions
should be present one of which should
preferably be the molecular ion The
relative intensity of these diagnostic ions
should match those of a reference
standard to within a margin of plusmn20
3 When using chemical ionisation theguideline as at 2 should be followed butwith an acceptable margin on ionintensity ratios of plusmn25
Tandem mass spectrometrycriteria
In the case of tandem mass spectrometry(MS-MS) linked to a chromatographicsystem MS-MS itself confers considerablespecificity in compound identification It hasbeen suggested6 in this case thatconfirmation of identity requires observationof a precursor ion representing the intactmolecule (or a closely related fragment)plus one structurally significant product ionobserved at the same chromatographicretention time However in view of theincreasing use of chromatography-MS-MSto shorten clean up and analysis times manyinterferences could be present in sampleextracts It is likely that these may not beresolved from the analyte of interest Underthese circumstances when detection is byMS-MS it would be prudent forconfirmation of identity to be based onobservation of two structurally relatedproduct ions from one precursor ion (ideallythe molecular ion)
Relaxation of criteria
There are also circumstances where it isconsidered that the 3-ion criteria could berelaxed Such circumstances could includethe case where the matrix to be analysed hasbeen well characterised in the past and theprocedure is used for rapid pre-screening ofa large number of samples Another case isthat of dosing experiments using a specificcompound where it is clear that the compoundwill be present The determination of
Masses monitored
Mass Intensity Mass Intensity Mass Intensity No of matchingrange () range () range () compounds
330 1-100 1922
330 1-100 173 1-100 816
330 1-100 173 1-100 125 1-100 128
330 1-40 1753
330 1-40 173 1-100 735
330 1-40 173 1-100 125 1-100 111
330 1-40 173 60-100 10
330 1-40 173 60-100 125 60-100 1
Table 1 Results from spectral library matching study on malathion7
1 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
lysergide (LSD) in urine by LC-MS9
illustrates this point Normally for forensicpurposes three ions are monitored toinclude the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324 and thecharacteristic fragment ions at mz 223 and197 If LSD is known to be present throughdosing experiments then monitoring twoions to include the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324and the mz 223 ion is sufficient forestablishing its presence In this particularcase monitoring only two ions would alsobring about a considerable increase insensitivity of the procedure The limit ofquantitation (LOQ) of this procedure whenmonitoring three ions is 05 ngml As canbe seen from Figure 1 the 197 daltons ion ofLSD has only a 10ndash15 intensity relative tothe base peak Consequently if only twoions were monitored (mz 223 and 324) thelimit of detection would be improved by afactor of five to 01 ngml (the mz 223 ionhas an intensity relative to the base peak ofsome five times that of the mz 197 ion)Hence adopting this approach would bebeneficial particularly if measurements werebeing carried out at or near the LOQ
Conclusions
Clearly no single set of criteria canencompass all eventualities Considerationmust be given to fitness for purpose and ascientific judgement based on analyticalrequirements must be made However inorder for scientific data to be acceptablebetween organisations some form ofharmonisation is necessary Ideally thiswould incorporate the results of a systematicintercomparison utilising perhaps compoundsof a similar nature and a suitable databaseThis article is an attempt to set the scene for
further discussion of an important subject
REFERENCES
1 De Ruig W G Stephany R W and
Dijkstra G J Assoc Off Anal Chem
72487ndash490 1989
2 EEC directive 93256 No L 11864
(1993)
3 Van Rhijn H A and Van de Voet H
Advances Mass Spectrom 14 CD
ROM ndash WeOr09 1998 (Abstract only)
4 Burlingame A L Boyd R K and Gaskell
S J Anal Chem 70 647Rndash716R 1998
5 Sphon J A J Assoc Off Anal Chem
61 1247ndash1252 1978
6 Baldwin R Bethem R A Boyd R K
Budde W L Cairns T Gibbons R D
Henion J D Kaiser M A Lewis D L
Matusik J E Sphon J A Stephany R
and Trubey R K J Am Soc Mass
Spectrom 8 1180ndash1190 1997
7 VAM Report LGCVAM1998010
Optimisation of the number of ions
which are acceptable for identifying
different chemical species using
GC-MS (1998)
8 Bethem R A and Boyd R K J Am Soc
Mass Spectrom 9 643ndash648 1998
9 White S A Kidd A S and Webb K S J
Forensic Sci 44 375ndash3791999
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Electrospray mass spectrum and structure of LSD
David Booker
AEA Technology
Environment
Trends in air quality legislation
Three independent scientific committeeswithin the UK have published reports123
indicating concern over the health effects ofparticle exposure These concerns have givenrise to a debate on the need for additional
legislation to further reduce particulateemission levels One of these committees1
concluded that it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal link betweenparticulate exposure and acute (and chronic)health effects However this statement isqualified by the recognition that there is a
Ultrafine particles and air quality control
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 4: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
comparability between different comparisonsis rarely established even when they are co-ordinated by the same organisation It isimpracticable to organise comparisons forevery routine application or to organise aworldwide comparison involving all thelaboratories requiring comparability for eachmeasurement application
These problems have long beenrecognised as a significant technical andeconomic limitation in delivering soundchemical measurement data The situation issteadily worsening with increasing demandfrom purchasers of data and by regulatorsfor proven comparability of measurementsThis is for several reasons Global expansionof trade means more countries and morelaboratories need to be brought into eachinter-laboratory comparison In additionincreasing numbers of measurements areused in support of regulations for whichthere is an expanding requirement forrigorously proven reliability and comparabilityFinally increasing use of sub-contractedmeasurements due to commercial pressureson laboratories requires not only conformityof contractors to quality systems but alsodemonstration of the comparability of datafrom different contractors
The application of metrologicalprinciples in chemistry offers a potentialmeans of addressing the situation but severalorganisational and scientific problems needto be overcome In most countriesgovernmental expertise in chemicalmeasurement is more widely dispersed thanis the case for physical measurements whichare mainly focused on a single NationalMeasurement Institute (NMI) From atechnical standpoint the uncertainty of thesample preparation and pre-treatment islargely an empirical estimate and theuncertainty associated with taking the initialsample or sub-sample is often overlookedTraceable measurements can however onlybe achieved when the uncertainty of theentire chemical measurement procedure isfully understood Developing referencemethods which offer improved andrigorously determined levels of uncertaintyfor difficult sample matrices is a key factorin solving this problem67
In order to address both the technicaland organisational problems theInternational Committee for Weights andMeasures (CIPM) decided in 1993 to
establish an international collaborativeprogramme of work in chemistry7 Thisprogramme is organised through the CIPMrsquosConsultative Committee on Amount ofSubstance (CCQM) The CCQM aims toresolve the practical difficulties of achievingcomparable chemical measurements throughtraceability and to provide an internationalstructure which will depend on a chain ofnational and regional laboratories Thesewill in turn demonstrate the equivalence of their measurement data throughmeasurement comparisons as well asimplementing a quality management systemfor their calibration or measurementcertificates The CCQM and regionalmetrology organisations will organise a seriesof key comparisons which reflect applicationsrelevant to industry trade healthenvironment etc and will not comprise just measurements on single substances and standards
NMIs around the world are contributingto the development and implementation ofkey comparisons in all areas of metrologyand formalising arrangements to link themto calibration and field laboratories Theseformal arrangements are set out in a MutualRecognition Arrangement (MRA) co-ordinated by the International Bureau ofWeights and Measures (BIPM) in Paris Inthe case of chemistry links to the keycomparisons will be achieved throughprovision of traceable CRMs standards andcalibration services and development ofproficiency testing (PT) schemes based ontraceable reference values The UK nationalmeasurement institute is NPL which istaking a leading role in establishinginternational key comparisons in physicalmetrology Within the field of chemicalmeasurement NPL has delegated much ofthe work to LGC Together scientists fromthese two laboratories represent the UK atthe CCQM Activities in this area form partof the current DTI VAM Programme animportant aspect of which has been workingwith the Analytical Methods Committee ofthe RSC to establish a UK laboratorynetwork linked to LGC and to theinternational activities8
Information about the current VAMprogramme can be found on the DTI (httpwwwdtigovuk) and VAM(httpwwwvamorguk) websites Generalinformation about metrology the text of the
MRA and details of key comparisons are available on the BIPM website(httpwwwbipmfr) We are seekingadditional reference laboratories to join theUK network as well as field laboratoriesinterested in helping to test the concept oftraceable measurements in routine use Ifyou are interested in helping have specificcomments or questions on applying theconcept of traceability to chemicalmeasurements or would like an overviewand bibliography of the work at LGC in thisarea I would be pleased to hear from you(mslgccouk)
REFERENCES
1 The Analytical Services Sector An
Analysis of Factors Contributing to
Sectoral Competitiveness Mike Sargent
and Reg Perry April 1996 (A report
prepared for the DTI Chemicals
Directorate by LGC)
2 lsquoThe Analytical Market Analytical
Science and Policyrsquo (1999 Annual
Review of the Government Chemist)
2ndash4 1999
3 lsquoDetection of adulteration of honey
application of continuous-flow IRMSrsquo
Helena Hernandez VAM Bulletin 18
12ndash14 Spring 1998
4 lsquoThe accurate analysis of trace metals in
clinical samples using ICP-MSrsquo Justine
Turner Ben Fairman and Chris
Harrington VAM Bulletin 20 12-16
Spring 1999
5 lsquoThe analysis of metal speciation using
LC-MSrsquo Chris Harrington VAM Bulletin
21 13ndash18 Autumn 1999
6 lsquoTraceabil ity and Uncertainty in
Chemical Analysisrsquo Mike Sargent VAM
Bulletin 17 11ndash12 Autumn 1997
7 lsquoHigh Accuracy Analysis of Inorganic
and Organic Analytes Using Isotope
Dilution Mass Spectrometry (IDMS)rsquo
Tim Catterick Ben Fairman Mike
Sargent and Ken Webb VAM Bulletin
17 13-15 Autumn1997
8 lsquoAchieving High Accuracy In Chemical
Analysisrsquo Mike Sargent VAM Bulletin
18 10ndash11 Spring 1998
4 V A M B U L L E T I N
E D I T O R I A L
5 V A M B U L L E T I N
G U E S T C O L U M N
Iain Ogdenand HughPenningtonUniversity of Aberdeen
The press has given such a high profileto food poisoning that the words
E coli have become synonymous with illnessand disease What they are really referring toof course are the pathogenic strains whichmicrobiologists call enterohaemorrhagic ndashE coli (EHEC) and more specifically in theUK and N America serotype O157 Here inthe UK we have the unenviable record of one of the worldrsquos worst outbreaks due to E coli O157 which affected 500 people across Central Scotland and resultedin 20 deaths1
But the ordinary E coli is a harmlessbacterium living in the gut of humans andother higher vertebrates Theodor Escherichfirst identified the organism in 1885 from thestools of breast fed infants and discoveredits ability to coagulate milk with acid and gasproduction This ability to ferment lactose isthe basis of differentiating E coli from otherclosely related bacteria and because of itsoccurrence in faecal material the presenceof E coli is used as indicator of poor hygienein food and food production Classicalbacteriologists use four additionalbiochemical tests to identify E coli theproduction of indole from tryptophan at theelevated temperature of 44degC the methylred reaction the Voges-Proskauer reactionand utilisation of citrate (IMViC) E colitypically gives a + + - - response in theIMViC tests To reduce both the time andcosts of such analyses identification usingjust the lactose and indole tests are now performed
The isolation identification andenumeration of E coli has therefore become
a common test in routine food testinglaboratories A wide range of proprietary kitshas made the analysis easier to perform andresults are available within two workingdays The majority are based onchromogenic or fluorogenic signals fromsingle biochemical reactions such as szlig-Dglucuronidase activity In addition rapidmethods incorporating techniques such aselectrical impedance flow cytometry ATPbioluminesence and membrane filtration canbe used to detect E coli and can also includesome degree of automation for testingmultiple samples
the words E coli have become synonymous with
illness and disease
The presence of E coli in foods mayindicate the presence of additionalpathogenic micro-organisms The realproblem occurs with the identification ofpathogenic E coli strains Not only are theyoften present in low numbers (lt100g) butthere is nearly always a high incidence ofcommensal E coli and other microfloraassociated with that particular food Theinfectious dose of E coli O157 is estimatedto be very low (lt10 viable cells) thusnecessitating sensitive detection techniquesFoods such as dairy products and cold meatshave short shelf-lives and have beenimplicated in E coli O157 outbreaks Rapiddetection methods are required by the foodindustry and regulatory authorities to helpensure that foods are not contaminated withthe organism prior to sale
There are two biochemical reactions thatdistinguish E coli from the serotype O157E coli O157 does not ferment sorbitol(strictly speaking it slowly metabolisessorbitol in 2-3 days) and it does not possessthe szlig-D glucuronidase enzyme Reactionsbased on these properties were initially usedto differentiate between the two groupsSorbitol replaced lactose in selective E colimedia (eg MacConkey agar) and thosecolonies with no acid reaction were further
screened by serology to determine thepresence of E coli O157 This method hasserious drawbacks in the lack of sensitivityThe analysis of faecal and food samplesproduced plates with large numbers ofsorbitol fermenting colonies masking anynon-sorbitol fermenting E coli O157 Onesolution to this was to use DNA techniquesto recognise EHEC within a sweep of allcolonies on such a plate PCR methods orlabelled probes could target one or both ofthe verotoxin genes possessed by E coliO157 but these technically difficultmethods requiring relatively expensiveequipment have never been popular withthe routine testing laboratory
The advent of immunomagneticseparation (IMS)2 brought E coli O157analysis to within the capabilities of alltesting laboratories although there is nowthe additional restriction of category IIIfacilities for final confirmation By coatingpolymer or ceramic beads with antibodiesagainst surface antigens we have a way of specifically attracting target bacteriarequired for further analysis If the beadshave magnetite cores then they can beeffectively recovered using a magnet Thetechnique is commercially availabletechnically simple to perform and costsapproximately pound3 per test Appropriateequipment costs ltpound1000 The volume of immunomagnetic beads used per test is 002ml which contains gt106 beads Aliquotsof 1ml are assayed from food samplesenriched in semi-selective media Samplesare placed in a rack mixed for 30 minutesbefore discarding the supernatant and re-suspending the beads (without the magnet)in wash buffer Two further washing stagesare performed prior to transferring the beadsto a selective agar After overnightincubation presumptive colonies areconfirmed with latex agglutination antiseraResults are available within 24 hours
A wide range of IMS protocols havebeen investigated This laboratory hasrecently completed a study comparingchemical composition and incubation
Methods for testing Escherichia coli
6 V A M B U L L E T I N
temperatures of enrichment broths and theselective agars used in the IMS procedureArtificially inoculated E coli O157 in arange of foods were tested and methodsvalidated on samples containing naturallyoccurring E coli O157 To show methodsensitivity under extreme circumstances thespiked studies used low numbers (lt1g) ofphysiologically stressed target bacteria in the presence of high numbers ofundamaged background micro-organismsFoods of known association with E coliO157 were studied minced (ground) beefwas tested initially with subsequentvalidations performed on cheese apple juiceand pepperoni A summary of the results isshown in Table 1 All tests were performedusing cocktails of 4 or 5 strains of E coliO157 to minimise the effect of singleatypical strains To physiologically stress E coli O157 the cocktail wasi) inoculated into mince and subjected to
a series of freezethaw cycles added tofresh mince (containing high numbers ofnon-E coli O157) and tested as indicated
ii) inoculated into a high salt (135 wv)low pH (49) low temperature (5degC)broth and spread on the surface ofpepperoni samples
iii) inoculated into apple juice and stored at 4degC for ten days prior to transferringto apple juice for testing
iv) surface spread onto cheese and stored at 4degC before testing Results show quite clearly the beneficial
effect of elevated temperature which appearsto inhibit competing microflora The use of
cefixime and cefsulodin is widespread inIMS enrichments (brotha) but at thereduced concentration of 25 (brothd) theyappeared to have little effect and recovery ofE coli O157 was similar to brothb Someantimcrobials used in these techniques canbe inhibitory to E coli O1573 (MacRae et al1997) and therefore they should be usedwith caution The International Organisationfor Standardisation4 favour mTSB+N at42degC but in this comparison it was lessefficient than BPW-V pH 70
Selective agars chosen for comparisonincluded several based on sorbitolMacConkey The selective additions ofcefixime and potassium tellurite favour Ecoli O157 isolation This medium has thedisadvantage of being unable to distinguishsorbitol fermenting E coli O157 fromcommensal E coli which are uncommon inthe UK but found regularly in otherEuropean countries Commercially availablechromogenic agars based on alternativebiochemical reactions were included whichwould also support the growth of E coliO157 strains inhibited by cefixime andtellurite Incubations were at 37degC exceptfor SD-39 which was at 42degC The resultsare presented in Table 2
The results indicate the superiority of Rainbow agar which showed very little growth from non-target bacteriamaking recognition of E coli O157 easyUnfortunately it is rather expensive forroutine use and therefore for economicalreasons this laboratory plates the immuno-beads equally onto CTSMAC (agarg) and
Chromagar (agark) which performed well asindicated in Table 2
Validation of methods was done on twofoods with naturally occurring E coli O157which were available in reasonably largeamounts during the course of this studyLevels of target bacteria were found to below (data not shown) but their physiologicalstatus was unknown Three enrichmentbroths were comparedi) BPW-VCC 37degC used in original
IMS protocolsii) mTSB-N 42degC the ISO enrichment brothiii) BPW-V 42degC optimum as shown
in Table 1The results indicated the superiority of
BPW-V incubated at 42degC The other twoenrichments tested failed to recover E coliO157 in replicate tests which might indicatethe presence of sub-lethally damaged cells inthe foods tested Beads were plated ontoCTSMAC and Chromagar
In the light of these results thislaboratory routinely screens foods for E coliO157 by enriching in BPW-V at 42degC andplating the beads onto CTSMAC andChromagar incubated at 37degC It is worthnoting that this method showed greaterrecoveries of target cells than the proposedISO method
E coli O157 is by far the most common
G U E S T C O L U M N
Enrichment medium 37degC 40degC 42degC
BPW-VCCa poor poor good
BPW-V pH 70b poor very good excellent
BPW-V pH 60c poor NT good
BPW-V + 14 C+Cd poor very good excellent
mTSB+Ne poor good very good
EC medium + Nf poor NT good
a BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) + cefixime (005 mgl) + cefsulodin (10 mgl) b Buffered peptone water (BPW) + vancomycin (8 mgl) pH 70c BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) pH 60d BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) + cefixime (00125 mgl) + cefsulodin (25 mgl) e Tryptone soya broth + bile salts (15 gl) + novobiocin (20 mgl)f EC medium + novobiocin (20 mgl)
NT ndash Not tested
Table 1 Recovery of E coli O157 from food by different IMSenrichment treatments at different temperatures
g Cefixime tellurite sorbitol MacConkeycefixime 005 mgl potassium tellurite25 mgl
h Sorbitol MacConkeyi Sorbitol MacConkey + cefixime and
tellurite at one third normal strengthj Sorbitol MacConkey + cefixime and
tellurite at two thirds normal strengthk CHROMagarTM O157 isolation mediuml Quality Life Sciences E coli O157
isolation mediumm Biolog RainbowTM E coli O157
isolation medium
ndash Indicates zero recovery
Selective agar Rating
CTSMACg very good
SMACh poor
SMAC + 13 CTi poor
SMAC + 23 CTj poor
CHROMagarTMk very good
SD-39l ndash
RainbowTMm excellent
Table 2 Comparison of E coliO157 selective agars
7 V A M B U L L E T I N
G U E S T C O L U M N
EHEC isolated in the UK but this is not thecase elsewhere in the world Serotypes O26O111 O103 and O145 are regularly isolatedin other countries and have been listed byWHO as amongst the lsquotop fiversquo CommercialIMS systems are available only for serotype
O157 and while it is relatively easy to labelbeads with antibodies to any EHEC theprotocols for optimum isolation remainunknown at this time This highlights theneed for continued research in this area offood microbiology
REFERENCES
1 Pennington T H The Pennington Group
Report on the circumstances leading to
the 1996 outbreak of infection with E
coli O157 in Central Scotland the
implications for food safety and the
lessons to be learned Edinburgh The
Stationery Office UK 1997
2 Chapman P A Wright D J and Siddons
C A A comparison of immunomagnetic
separation and direct culture for
the isolation of verocytotoxin ndash
producing Escherichia coli O157 from
bovine faeces J Med Microbiol 40
424ndash427 1994
3 MacRae M Rebate T Johnston M and
Ogden I D The sensitivity of Escherichia
coli O157 to some antimicrobials by
conventional and conductance assays
L Appl Microbiol 25 135ndash137 1997
4 Anonymous Draft International
Standard 16654 Microbiology of food
and animal feeding stuffs ndash Horizontal
method for the detection of Escherichia
coli O157 British Standards Institute
London 1999
Philip Slackand PeterFarnell LGC
Introduction
The Quantitative Ingredients DeclarationAmendment12 is one of the most
radical amendments to the part of the FoodLabelling Regulations3 (covering the bulkcomposition of foods) since the FoodLabelling Regulations of 1984 Apart from
foods to which specific compositionalrequirements apply food law up to now onlyrequired ingredients to be listed on the label Where no specific compositionalrequirements apply the Regulationsprescribe the format for the nutritionallabelling of foodstuffs so that foodmanufacturers could voluntarily declare food macro-components of nutritionalsignificance such as meat and fat contentSince 14 February 2000 labelling of foodproducts must now include a QuantitativeIngredients Declaration (QUID) TheRegulations also cover the supply of food to restaurants and other caterers as well
as for retail sale Measurement issues relating to the
nutritional labelling of foodstuffs are wellunderstood as voluntary declarations dependupon chemical analysis of the finishedfoodstuff Apart from the requirement fornutritional declarations the determination ofmeat (via total nitrogen) fat carbohydrateand moisture contents for example havetraditionally been an important part of thequality control of food manufacturingHowever the emphasis in food manu-facturing has been moving away from qualitycontrol towards quality assurance by bettercontrol of ingredients and processes This
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
VAM and the measurementissues related to QUID
8 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
spirit is seen in the QUID amendment inthat declarations of ingredients must for themost part be based upon the weight of theingredient added in the recipe at the so-called lsquomixing-bowlrsquo stage This is perhapsthe first challenge to be addressed since inmany manufacturing processes the lsquomixing-bowlrsquo is more of a concept than a realitywith ingredients sometimes being addedthroughout the process for example saucesto the final packaged product
The VAM principles and QUID
The six VAM principles are listed insidethe front cover of this Bulletin and are aninstrument of the UK National Measure-ment System These principles weredesigned for chemical testing laboratoriesand their relationship with testing thereforebeing well understood When testing foodproducts to determine the concentration of volatile ingredients eg alcohol testlaboratories will need to have the VAMprinciples firmly in mind since these aredesigned for such activities One easy way toensure this is to use a test laboratory that isaccredited by UKAS specifically for this teston a defined food matrix or otherwise toISO Guide 25 or EN 45001 Alternativelythe laboratory should be audited by acompetent person to ensure that it isfulfilling the requirements of the VAMprinciples This article examines howapplicable the spirit of the VAM principlesare to the wider measurement issues posedby QUID It explores the relationshipbetween the VAM principles and the lsquomixingbowlrsquo examines them in relation to theinterpretation of data then considers theenforcement of the QUID Directive
Measurement for a QUID ndashDo you measure-up
1 The lsquomixing-bowlrsquoManufacturers need a system of
accurately measuring and recording theweights of ingredients added at any stage ofthe process as well as enabling them tocompensate for processing losses They willneed such records not only for their ownquality assurance requirements but also as ameans of supporting a declaration given on aparticular unit of a product at point-of-saleImplicit in this is the need for consistentand traceable measurements of weight and a
meticulous system of recording such dataThey will need to determine the content ofcertain volatile ingredients in the finishedproduct analytically It can therefore beargued that many of the VAM principlesform a good basis for judging themeasurement challenges with respect to thelsquomixing-bowlrsquo ingredients It is interestingtherefore to consider how these principlesmight relate to QUID
The first VAM principle relates to thepurpose for which the measurement isneeded It is important to decide howprecise the measurement needs to be andwhether the measurements being made areaccurate enough or perhaps already moreaccurate and precise than is necessary Anoperative weighing large amounts of aningredient eg meat will find it easier tomake accurate additions to a bulk than whensmall amounts of say an additive inconcentrated form is put in This is easier todispense accurately if an additive is supplieddispersed in a lsquobulking agentrsquo Suchspecifications will depend on the situationand need to be agreed in advance This willbe imperative in deciding whether the
measurement instruments eg weighingmachine already in place are appropriate
The second principle involves assessingmeasurement instruments against this agreedspecification The precision of an analyticalbalance will obviously not be required forweighing meat However all instrumentshave their own range of uncertainty ofmeasurement and this must not approach orexceed the overall precision required in theagreed specification Accuracy anduncertainty are both determined throughcalibration and it is therefore important todetermine whether appropriate calibration isbeing carried out
To address the third principle it isimportant that operatives understand theabove mentioned requirements and havebeen properly trained in the use of theinstruments Routine checks of theircontinuing competence should ideally bemade through the weighing of check batchesof already known weight
The fourth principle is best tackled byan internal audit by a Quality DepartmentOperatives should be observed carrying outthese operations at defined regular intervals
9 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
The traditional calculation of meatcontent is based upon the determination oftotal nitrogen content multiplied by anapproved constant Corrections are thenmade for other nitrogen containingcomponents eg collagen soya proteinmilk protein excess connective tissueSome fat can then be added in for the calculation of total meat QUIDdeclarations from the lsquomixing bowlrsquo willalmost certainly differ from those arisingfrom calculations made in this way fromanalytical data by virtue of the fact thatMember States of the European Unionhave different definitions of meat (there isalso another mechanism by which thisdisparity might occur involving nutritionaldeclarations of protein ndash see below) Suchdefinitions range from all striated muscle inGermany predominantly muscle and somefat in the UK to considerable inclusions ofoffal in some other Member States SomeMember States do not define meat at allThus the raw ingredient will vary inquality and chemical composition Thevariable water content of fresh meat willalso be an issue here as will be its nitrogenfactor It would seem to be of greatimportance that QUID declarations formeat content are harmonised across the EU
The harmonisation of QUIDdeclarations for meat may depend on aconsistent definition of meat as aningredient The European Union hasproduced its own definition but so farMember States have been unable to agreeto this Various national regulationscurrently allow manufacturers tolsquoconstructrsquo a lsquomeatrsquo content by the additionof different parts of the carcass which mayinclude Mechanically Recovered Meat(MRM) The extent to which this canhappen will therefore vary greatly from oneMember State to another How this willaffect the movement of products betweenMember States of the EU is unclear sincethe issue of how to lsquoQUIDrsquo products forexport remains to be properly resolved Itwould appear that products with QUIDdeclarations made at point-of-productionin accordance with the NationalRegulations defining meat must beaccepted in all Member States This has
the potential to confuse the customerattempting to make comparisons betweendifferent products at point-of-sale orindeed at home after purchase
Declared percentage meat content willtherefore reflect differing ingredientsranging from pure muscle or lean meat atone extreme to a mixture of other parts ofthe carcass including fat skin and rindThere is also some feeling that rather thanhaving an EU wide legal definition of meatthere should be a requirement forpercentages of individual cuts of meat orother parts of the carcass to be declaredConsumers would know exactly what theyare eating and how this relates to theirown perception about what meat is Thiswould also help them to make a priceversus quality assessment of the productenabling manufacturers to produce lsquoup- ordown-marketrsquo products to suit the varyinglsquovalue for moneyrsquo perceptions In somecases this approach would require theabolition of Compositional RegulationsWhichever approach is taken a keyelement of this debate centres aroundwhether better analytical methods shouldbe developed for detecting and quantifyingthese different types of lsquomeatrsquo allowingverification of the ingredients used inmanufacture Certainly lsquoconstructedrsquo meatcontents might only be verified analytically
Normally QUID declarations will befor a typical quantity of an ingredientrounded to the nearest whole numberreflecting the producerrsquos normalmanufacturing variations in accordancewith good manufacturing practice Anexception to this is where the labellingplaces special emphasis on an ingredient incases where the food is alreadycharacterised by the presence of thatingredient Here a minimum content mustbe declared which might be legallyprescribed if a Compositional Regulationapplies An example might be where thepork is particularly emphasised in cannedlsquopork sausagersquo Conversely if the labellingemphasises a low level of an ingredientthen a declaration of maximum contentmust be given An example here might be ifthe low level of fat is emphasised in a spread
Continued on page 10
The meat content challengeCalibration and traceability of
measurement are also about ensuring that aweight of x kilogrammes represents the sameamount of ingredient as it does in anotherfactory down the road It will if the fifthVAM principle is adhered to
Finally the sixth VAM principlerequires quality assurance and qualitycontrol procedures In this context qualityassurance involves having appropriatewritten standard operating procedures andproper records of calibration and weighingsof ingredients to prove that all actions werewithin specifications
2 Interpretation of information from measurementAnother possible application of the
VAM principles is in the conversion of testdata into useful information Perhaps one ofthe biggest consequences of QUID is that inaddressing the quantitative issues relating tofood ingredients declarations it also raisesthe issue of the quality of ingredients andtheir impact in the interpretation of testdata Since ingredients of varying quality willalso differ in their composition someconcern has been expressed bymanufacturers about whether lsquolike will becompared with likersquo when consumerscompare different products with identicalQUID declarations Another way that thismight also become apparent as an anomalyto the consumer is that it is also feasible that two otherwise identical products with the same QUID declarations mighthave significantly different nutritionaldeclarations and vice versa
Nowhere is this more apparent than in theissue of meat content where very specificmeasurement issues are raised Here therequirement is to measure the level of ananalyte and convert this into a value for meatcontent This is an interpretative step that alsorequires a database from which appropriateconversion factors can be established andused By way of example we have examinedthe meat content issue in more detail (seeldquoThe Meat Challengerdquo [right])
VAMWhat does all this have to do with the six
VAM principles The connection comes viathe fact that in all situations whereinterpretation of data is required to ascertaincompositional information or the level of aningredient an lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relation-ship is required that can be likened to asecondary calibration graph This is thelsquographrsquo that can be drawn showing therelationship between the level of the chosenanalyte and the componentingredient of interest which is to be quantified (seeFigure 1) The slope of this lsquographrsquo willdiffer for the individual cuts of meatdifferent parts of the carcass and for MRMfor example Appropriate corrections tovalues read from the lsquographrsquo need to bemade for collagen content because of itscontribution to the measured value for totalnitrogen Also the relationship between thevalues read from the lsquographrsquo and the weightof meat added to the mixing-bowl will needa level of understanding to allow a sensibleinterpretation to be made These issuesraised for meat are also similarly evident forother areas of food analysis such as fruitjuice content or milk content They indicatehow difficult it is for food analysts to drawthis lsquographrsquo with respect to the range offactors that need to be taken into account
Interpretative skills cannot currently becovered within the scope of accreditation by
UKAS because accreditation currentlyrelates to the making of a test measurementnot to the interpretation of the measurementresult It is now being argued that theyshould be given the economic importance ofthe opinions being expressed daily bylaboratories on test reports The adoption ofISO 17025 will in future allow the reportingof opinions and interpretations to beaccredited This means that all aspects of theQuality System will need to be extended tocover interpretative skills These will includestandard operating procedures methodprotocols the databases and relationshipsbetween test data and an interpretationbeing given by that laboratory staffexperience qualifications and trainingrecords etc Many laboratories may not beaware of these forthcoming changes or of theimplications to their quality systemsTherefore an extension of the VAMprinciples to include the interpretation oftest data would assist laboratories with theirpreparations for the accreditation of services requiring the provision of opinionsin test reports
How might this be done
The first VAM principle might
encourage us to ascertain whether the need
is to interpret test data to confirm a QUID
or establish the relationship between this
declaration and a nutritional declaration or a
compositional requirement
1 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
Relationship between the predicted level of marker analyte and ingredient concentration L = level of analyte found Ldl = maximum level of analyte found in the ingredient DL = detection limit of ingredient L = level of analyte found Imin= minimum level of ingredient Imax= maximum level of ingredient A = average content of ingredient
Figure 1
Continued from page 9This complex situation is com-
pounded by another requirement thatdeclarations calculated by weight fromthe recipe at the mixing-bowl stage mustnot have included in the calculation anywater or volatile ingredients lost duringprocessing It is interesting to considerthe complications that could thus arisewith the meat content declaration
Water losses during processing canbe extremely variable Additionallyseparating fat which is often skimmedoff might not take place to a consistentdegree Here then is the othermechanism by which an anomalybetween a nutritional declaration and aQUID will occur This is the issue ofhow for example the protein content ina finished product will relate to a meatQUID The departure from theestablished practice of relating meatcontent to the nitrogen content of rawmeat for the purpose of labellingdeclarations will mean that differentproducts with the same QUID for say ameat ingredient may have substantiallydifferent protein declarations even whenthere is obviously no other source ofprotein present There is potential herealso to confuse the consumer who maywonder how the meat from onemanufacturer is giving him more or lessprotein than the meat from another Inthe short term manufacturers canpresumably avoid this issue by omittingnutritional labelling from their packagingThe whole issue will however need to beresolved if the UKrsquos suggestion to theEuropean Union to make nutritionallabelling compulsory goes ahead Thiswill provide a challenge for theenforcement authorities who areresponsible for enforcing both parts ofthe legislation and will presumably stillneed to relate analytically derived proteinand calculated meat contents to theQUID for meat It is likely that thereconciliation of these values will requiremuch input from analytical chemists
For the second VAM principle one
needs to ask if the databases available as
well as the methods for using this data to
prepare the lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relationship
are fit-for-purpose Have these been properly
tested MAFF (the UK Ministry of
Agriculture Fisheries and Food) have been
trying to address this issue by funding
research work under the auspices of the
RSC Analytical Methods Committee on the
composition of red meat chicken and
scampi but more information on the
composition of other raw materials such as
turkey meat and salmon is needed In 1998
proposals were invited to conduct
collaborative studies to achieve this involving
financial support partly from MAFF and
from industry Similarly in 1999 proposals
were called for to determine the composition
of commercially important fish species
MAFF clearly see a need for these data to
enable analytical checks to be made on the
content of meat or fish in final products in
order to implement QUID This differs from
another view sometimes expressed that
factory inspection alone would be sufficient
for enforcement purposes (see below)
MAFF has also been trying to address
the fitness-for-purpose issue with respect to
other interpretative issues Last year it
called for the development of analytical
methods for the determination of plant-
based ingredients with respect to the
implementation of QUID As with meat-
based products implementation of QUID
might be difficult in the many cases where a
legal definition for a plant-based product
does not exist Analytical chemists may well
be involved in the process of establishing
such legal definitions as well as in developing
methods for the determination of these
ingredients The establishment of legal
definitions for food ingredients is however a
contentious issue for some sectors of the
food industry especially the meat sector
Are the staff interpreting analytical data
qualified and competent for this task as is
required by the third VAM principle A
member of staff might be highly competent
at all the technical aspects of making a test
measurement This does not necessarily
mean that they understand the underlying
scientific issues sufficiently to form an
opinion about those test data It is evident
that generally more highly qualified and
experienced scientific staff will be required
to interpret data and give the customer an
opinion It is likely that most customers
would expect this The fourth VAM principle might require
laboratory audits and assessments foraccreditation to add interpretative skills tothose of the measurement of an analyte Thismight require a substantial extension oflaboratory audit and review protocolsbefitting the much more specialist functionof the laboratory justified by the addedfinancial value that providing such servicespresumably brings to that laboratory
It is clear that measurements of meat
content in one location in Europe cannot be
consistent with those made elsewhere since
Europe has not yet agreed a legal definition
for meat The fifth VAM principle would
require laboratories across Europe to be
preparing their lsquoAuthenticity Calibration
Relationshiprsquo in the same way Obviously
they cannot be doing this
Finally it is unlikely in many cases that
well defined quality control and quality
assurance procedures will exist for the
interpretation of test data as would be
required by the sixth VAM principle
Accreditation by UKAS does not currently
extend beyond the measurement of
the analyte
Perhaps VAM should now raise
this standard
Enforcement of QUID
Do we need testing to enforce QUIDand are the VAM principles relevant FoodLaw applies to products at point-of-saleThis means that enforcement will relate to aparticular unit taken from a retail outlet by aTrading Standards Officer One obviousmeans of enforcement is to test the sampleif an appropriate test exists The majordrawback to this approach is that analyticalchemists do not always have an appropriatetest that they can use If this approach istaken the sample is divided into threeportions one is sent to a public analyst andone can be analysed by a test laboratoryappointed by the lsquoownersrsquo of the sample Incases of dispute LGC is often required toanalyse the third portion in its role as theofficial UK referee laboratory under theprovisions of the Food Safety Act 1990
Trading Standards Officers also havethe powers they need to enter factories toenforce Food Law They would need torelate their observations in the factory to aunit of product previously purchased from aretailer This means that they would not onlyneed to audit the manufacturing process butwould also need to examine productionrecords relating to the batch from which thatunit of product originated in order to ensureproper lsquocalibrationrsquo
The first issue that arises concernsenforcement of imported productsObviously Trading Standards Officers willnot normally be able to inspect overseasproducers This approach would rely upon asystem of networking with similarenforcement bodies in other states Recentexperiences have shown that enforcement by this route can be a long-winded process Secondly factory inspection is a time-consuming process and it is debatableas to whether or not local authorities havethe resources to do this effectively In bothcases it would be easier if the informationcould be gained by testing the end productas is done for enforcement of nutritionallabelling declarations
Herein lies the measurement challenge tothe analytical chemistry profession Todevelop appropriate tests through technologytransfer and innovation then to validate themin a manner that includes the interpretativestages required to deliver an opinion to thecompetent authority All this must be inaccordance with the appropriate VAMprinciples so ensuring fitness-for-purposeFinally to ensure that everyone irrespectiveof geographical location is applying theseprocedures in such a manner as to achieveequivalent data and its interpretation
REFERENCES
1 Directive 974EC (1997) lsquoOn the
approximation of the laws of the
Member States relating to the labelling
presentation and advertising of
foodstuffsrsquo Official Journal of the
European Communities L43 21ndash23
2 The Food Labell ing (Amendment)
Regulations 1998 SI 19981398
3 The Food Labelling Regulations 1996
SI 19961499
1 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
1 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Ken Webb andMike SargentLGC
Mass spectrometry is widely regarded asthe technique of choice for an
extensive range of demanding analyticalmeasurement applications because it offers apowerful combination of accuracysensitivity specificity versatility and speedIt is frequently used for both theidentification and quantitation of traceimpurities an application of particularimportance to regulatory or forensicapplications Indeed mass spectrometry israpidly becoming the preferred detectionsystem for many gas or liquid chromat-ographic separations used in these fieldsbecause of its perceived capability to provideunequivocal identification of the targetanalyte In addition it is widely believed thatsimpler or more rapid chromatographicseparations can suffice due to the greaterpower of a mass spectrometric detector in ensuring that the signal monitoredoriginates from the analyte and not aninterfering species
The routine identification andmeasurement of compounds using massspectrometry can however lead toconflicting requirements particularly whereadditional compromises are made in theinterest of speed and economyIdentification is normally achieved bymonitoring a number of structurallysignificant ions of a compound whereas forsensitivity purposes accurate quantitation isoften carried out by monitoring only oneion Consequently there can be a number ofdifferent ways of carrying out identificationand quantitation ranging from full scans tomonitoring a single ion A satisfactorybalance must be achieved between thenumber of ions monitored and optimumsensitivity Moreover it is essential that theactual ions chosen for monitoring are
selected with a knowledge of potentialproblems which may arise For example thesame ion could result from fragmentation ofanother possibly similar compound or thesignal may overlap that from a different iondue to inadequate mass resolution of thespectrometer In many cases the optimumchoice of ion for certainty of identificationwill require expert knowledge of massspectrometry the characteristics of theseparation techniques and the chemistry ofthe analyte and sample This expertise is notalways available particularly in routinescreening applications and concern has arisen regarding the consequences ofmis-identification particularly where legalaction may be taken on the basis of theanalytical result
Official guidelines or criteria
As a result of this concern severalorganisations have produced guidelines orcriteria for selection of ions to be monitoredin critical applications One example isconfirmation of residues of growthpromoting agents illegally used in thefattening of cattle12 within the EuropeanUnion (EU) The EU criteria2 state that fourions should be measured the intensity ofwhich should deviate by no more than plusmn10in electron ionisation (EI) mode from acorresponding standard It is interesting tonote that for use as a screening methodsingle ion monitoring of the most abundantdiagnostic ion is specified The requirementto monitor four ions for the confirmation ofidentity may seem somewhat rigorousparticularly as these criteria are based onlsquoexpert opinionrsquo rather than on evaluation ofanalytical data from confirmatory analysis1It has been found in practice that thesecriteria are proving difficult to meet forseveral analytes especially where some ofthe diagnostic ions are of low mass orrelatively low intensity3 The consequence ofthis is that a relatively high number of falsenegative results could be obtained in theroutine inspection for the abuse of growthpromoters Ideally the number of false
negative results should be minimal howeverwith the EU criteria of four diagnostic ionsthis is not believed to be the case3Consequently work is currently underway3with the aim of providing a statisticallyfounded strategy to determine the criteriaapplicable to mass spectrometric data so asto achieve optimisation of false positive andfalse negative results in these analyses
Systematic studies of ion-monitoring criteria
The above example highlights the need
for and lack of systematic studies of the
number of ions which should be monitored
to confirm identity4 One of the few
published examples5 was the investigation of
the number of ions (in EI mode) that must
be monitored to produce an unambiguous
identification of a given compound In this
study an estimate was made of the minimum
number of ions it was necessary to monitor
so as to produce an unambiguous
identification of diethylstilboestrol (DES)
using low resolution mass spectrometry
DES is an ideal compound for such a study
since it exhibits an abundant molecular ion
and has a number of structurally significant
fragment ions Using a database of 30000
spectra it was found that searching the
database for three ions all with appropriate
intensity limits produced only one match
DES It was considered that a realistic
relative intensity variation for the ions
monitored based on a standard EI
spectrum would be plusmn5 although this was
recognised as being flexible If additional
specificity is present such as GC retention
time then the intensity variation could be
expanded beyond these limitsIt was recommended5 that for
identification purposes three or morecharacteristic ions should be monitored tobe present within an acceptable ratio Thisstudy5 was published in 1978 and a modernversion of this approach using an updatedmass spectral library (of unknown origin)containing some 270000 spectra was
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
The reliability of mass spec foridentification purposes
1 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
published in 1997 by the same author6 Theresult again showed that three characteristicions with reasonably tight specifications forrelative intensities are required to uniquelyselect DES from the larger database
An extended systematic study7 of anumber of compounds of analytical interestwas carried out at LGC in 1998 as part ofthe VAM programme using similar criteriato those in the 1997 study The compoundswere chosen to be representative of theforensic and agro-chemical fields whereproper identification is particularlyimportant Results for one of thecompounds malathion (an organo-phosphorous pesticide) are shown in Table1 This table shows the monitoring of up tothree characteristic ions of malathion (molwt 330) In addition the relative intensitiesof the ions monitored are also taken intoaccount This is done by setting an lsquointensitywindowrsquo for each ion based on the ionintensities from a reference spectrum plus orminus 20 Table 1 also shows exampleswhere the relative intensities are not takeninto account (ie window is 1-100) As theidentification criteria are made morestringent the number of matches decreasesquickly to the point where threecharacteristic ions with the correct relativeintensities (within plusmn20) uniquely identifiesmalathion The results of this extended studysupport those of the previous work on DES56
and show that monitoring three characteristicions of a compound with appropriate relativeintensity specifications is sufficient touniquely select the given compound from acomprehensive mass spectral library Thisnew study highlighted the importance thatthe chosen ions include the molecular ionand that moderately specific ion intensityranges are used
The lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo formolecular identification
Work such as that outlined above led tothe establishment of the lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo forelectron impact spectra568 In addition to thepresence of three characteristic ions thecriteria also specify that the relative intensitiesof the ions are within plusmn10 of the ratiosobserved from a standard If additionalspecificity is present such as achromatographic retention time then theintensity variation could be expanded beyondthese limits The 3 ion criterion is the onlybroadly recognised standard for unambiguousanalyte identification8 for all types ofionisation Although alternatives have beenproposed no other standard is so universallyrecognised as the best means of minimisingthe risk of a false-positive identification8
Current VAMrecommendations
Suggested identification criteria when
using GC-MS and LC-MS are given
below and are based on the 3-ion criteria
described above
1 The criterion of chromatographic
retention time should be used in
conjunction with mass spectral criteria
for confirmation of identity In general
the retention time of an analyte should
be within plusmn2 of a reference standard
2 Under conditions of electron ionisation
at low mass spectral resolution at least
three characteristic diagnostic ions
should be present one of which should
preferably be the molecular ion The
relative intensity of these diagnostic ions
should match those of a reference
standard to within a margin of plusmn20
3 When using chemical ionisation theguideline as at 2 should be followed butwith an acceptable margin on ionintensity ratios of plusmn25
Tandem mass spectrometrycriteria
In the case of tandem mass spectrometry(MS-MS) linked to a chromatographicsystem MS-MS itself confers considerablespecificity in compound identification It hasbeen suggested6 in this case thatconfirmation of identity requires observationof a precursor ion representing the intactmolecule (or a closely related fragment)plus one structurally significant product ionobserved at the same chromatographicretention time However in view of theincreasing use of chromatography-MS-MSto shorten clean up and analysis times manyinterferences could be present in sampleextracts It is likely that these may not beresolved from the analyte of interest Underthese circumstances when detection is byMS-MS it would be prudent forconfirmation of identity to be based onobservation of two structurally relatedproduct ions from one precursor ion (ideallythe molecular ion)
Relaxation of criteria
There are also circumstances where it isconsidered that the 3-ion criteria could berelaxed Such circumstances could includethe case where the matrix to be analysed hasbeen well characterised in the past and theprocedure is used for rapid pre-screening ofa large number of samples Another case isthat of dosing experiments using a specificcompound where it is clear that the compoundwill be present The determination of
Masses monitored
Mass Intensity Mass Intensity Mass Intensity No of matchingrange () range () range () compounds
330 1-100 1922
330 1-100 173 1-100 816
330 1-100 173 1-100 125 1-100 128
330 1-40 1753
330 1-40 173 1-100 735
330 1-40 173 1-100 125 1-100 111
330 1-40 173 60-100 10
330 1-40 173 60-100 125 60-100 1
Table 1 Results from spectral library matching study on malathion7
1 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
lysergide (LSD) in urine by LC-MS9
illustrates this point Normally for forensicpurposes three ions are monitored toinclude the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324 and thecharacteristic fragment ions at mz 223 and197 If LSD is known to be present throughdosing experiments then monitoring twoions to include the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324and the mz 223 ion is sufficient forestablishing its presence In this particularcase monitoring only two ions would alsobring about a considerable increase insensitivity of the procedure The limit ofquantitation (LOQ) of this procedure whenmonitoring three ions is 05 ngml As canbe seen from Figure 1 the 197 daltons ion ofLSD has only a 10ndash15 intensity relative tothe base peak Consequently if only twoions were monitored (mz 223 and 324) thelimit of detection would be improved by afactor of five to 01 ngml (the mz 223 ionhas an intensity relative to the base peak ofsome five times that of the mz 197 ion)Hence adopting this approach would bebeneficial particularly if measurements werebeing carried out at or near the LOQ
Conclusions
Clearly no single set of criteria canencompass all eventualities Considerationmust be given to fitness for purpose and ascientific judgement based on analyticalrequirements must be made However inorder for scientific data to be acceptablebetween organisations some form ofharmonisation is necessary Ideally thiswould incorporate the results of a systematicintercomparison utilising perhaps compoundsof a similar nature and a suitable databaseThis article is an attempt to set the scene for
further discussion of an important subject
REFERENCES
1 De Ruig W G Stephany R W and
Dijkstra G J Assoc Off Anal Chem
72487ndash490 1989
2 EEC directive 93256 No L 11864
(1993)
3 Van Rhijn H A and Van de Voet H
Advances Mass Spectrom 14 CD
ROM ndash WeOr09 1998 (Abstract only)
4 Burlingame A L Boyd R K and Gaskell
S J Anal Chem 70 647Rndash716R 1998
5 Sphon J A J Assoc Off Anal Chem
61 1247ndash1252 1978
6 Baldwin R Bethem R A Boyd R K
Budde W L Cairns T Gibbons R D
Henion J D Kaiser M A Lewis D L
Matusik J E Sphon J A Stephany R
and Trubey R K J Am Soc Mass
Spectrom 8 1180ndash1190 1997
7 VAM Report LGCVAM1998010
Optimisation of the number of ions
which are acceptable for identifying
different chemical species using
GC-MS (1998)
8 Bethem R A and Boyd R K J Am Soc
Mass Spectrom 9 643ndash648 1998
9 White S A Kidd A S and Webb K S J
Forensic Sci 44 375ndash3791999
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Electrospray mass spectrum and structure of LSD
David Booker
AEA Technology
Environment
Trends in air quality legislation
Three independent scientific committeeswithin the UK have published reports123
indicating concern over the health effects ofparticle exposure These concerns have givenrise to a debate on the need for additional
legislation to further reduce particulateemission levels One of these committees1
concluded that it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal link betweenparticulate exposure and acute (and chronic)health effects However this statement isqualified by the recognition that there is a
Ultrafine particles and air quality control
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 5: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
5 V A M B U L L E T I N
G U E S T C O L U M N
Iain Ogdenand HughPenningtonUniversity of Aberdeen
The press has given such a high profileto food poisoning that the words
E coli have become synonymous with illnessand disease What they are really referring toof course are the pathogenic strains whichmicrobiologists call enterohaemorrhagic ndashE coli (EHEC) and more specifically in theUK and N America serotype O157 Here inthe UK we have the unenviable record of one of the worldrsquos worst outbreaks due to E coli O157 which affected 500 people across Central Scotland and resultedin 20 deaths1
But the ordinary E coli is a harmlessbacterium living in the gut of humans andother higher vertebrates Theodor Escherichfirst identified the organism in 1885 from thestools of breast fed infants and discoveredits ability to coagulate milk with acid and gasproduction This ability to ferment lactose isthe basis of differentiating E coli from otherclosely related bacteria and because of itsoccurrence in faecal material the presenceof E coli is used as indicator of poor hygienein food and food production Classicalbacteriologists use four additionalbiochemical tests to identify E coli theproduction of indole from tryptophan at theelevated temperature of 44degC the methylred reaction the Voges-Proskauer reactionand utilisation of citrate (IMViC) E colitypically gives a + + - - response in theIMViC tests To reduce both the time andcosts of such analyses identification usingjust the lactose and indole tests are now performed
The isolation identification andenumeration of E coli has therefore become
a common test in routine food testinglaboratories A wide range of proprietary kitshas made the analysis easier to perform andresults are available within two workingdays The majority are based onchromogenic or fluorogenic signals fromsingle biochemical reactions such as szlig-Dglucuronidase activity In addition rapidmethods incorporating techniques such aselectrical impedance flow cytometry ATPbioluminesence and membrane filtration canbe used to detect E coli and can also includesome degree of automation for testingmultiple samples
the words E coli have become synonymous with
illness and disease
The presence of E coli in foods mayindicate the presence of additionalpathogenic micro-organisms The realproblem occurs with the identification ofpathogenic E coli strains Not only are theyoften present in low numbers (lt100g) butthere is nearly always a high incidence ofcommensal E coli and other microfloraassociated with that particular food Theinfectious dose of E coli O157 is estimatedto be very low (lt10 viable cells) thusnecessitating sensitive detection techniquesFoods such as dairy products and cold meatshave short shelf-lives and have beenimplicated in E coli O157 outbreaks Rapiddetection methods are required by the foodindustry and regulatory authorities to helpensure that foods are not contaminated withthe organism prior to sale
There are two biochemical reactions thatdistinguish E coli from the serotype O157E coli O157 does not ferment sorbitol(strictly speaking it slowly metabolisessorbitol in 2-3 days) and it does not possessthe szlig-D glucuronidase enzyme Reactionsbased on these properties were initially usedto differentiate between the two groupsSorbitol replaced lactose in selective E colimedia (eg MacConkey agar) and thosecolonies with no acid reaction were further
screened by serology to determine thepresence of E coli O157 This method hasserious drawbacks in the lack of sensitivityThe analysis of faecal and food samplesproduced plates with large numbers ofsorbitol fermenting colonies masking anynon-sorbitol fermenting E coli O157 Onesolution to this was to use DNA techniquesto recognise EHEC within a sweep of allcolonies on such a plate PCR methods orlabelled probes could target one or both ofthe verotoxin genes possessed by E coliO157 but these technically difficultmethods requiring relatively expensiveequipment have never been popular withthe routine testing laboratory
The advent of immunomagneticseparation (IMS)2 brought E coli O157analysis to within the capabilities of alltesting laboratories although there is nowthe additional restriction of category IIIfacilities for final confirmation By coatingpolymer or ceramic beads with antibodiesagainst surface antigens we have a way of specifically attracting target bacteriarequired for further analysis If the beadshave magnetite cores then they can beeffectively recovered using a magnet Thetechnique is commercially availabletechnically simple to perform and costsapproximately pound3 per test Appropriateequipment costs ltpound1000 The volume of immunomagnetic beads used per test is 002ml which contains gt106 beads Aliquotsof 1ml are assayed from food samplesenriched in semi-selective media Samplesare placed in a rack mixed for 30 minutesbefore discarding the supernatant and re-suspending the beads (without the magnet)in wash buffer Two further washing stagesare performed prior to transferring the beadsto a selective agar After overnightincubation presumptive colonies areconfirmed with latex agglutination antiseraResults are available within 24 hours
A wide range of IMS protocols havebeen investigated This laboratory hasrecently completed a study comparingchemical composition and incubation
Methods for testing Escherichia coli
6 V A M B U L L E T I N
temperatures of enrichment broths and theselective agars used in the IMS procedureArtificially inoculated E coli O157 in arange of foods were tested and methodsvalidated on samples containing naturallyoccurring E coli O157 To show methodsensitivity under extreme circumstances thespiked studies used low numbers (lt1g) ofphysiologically stressed target bacteria in the presence of high numbers ofundamaged background micro-organismsFoods of known association with E coliO157 were studied minced (ground) beefwas tested initially with subsequentvalidations performed on cheese apple juiceand pepperoni A summary of the results isshown in Table 1 All tests were performedusing cocktails of 4 or 5 strains of E coliO157 to minimise the effect of singleatypical strains To physiologically stress E coli O157 the cocktail wasi) inoculated into mince and subjected to
a series of freezethaw cycles added tofresh mince (containing high numbers ofnon-E coli O157) and tested as indicated
ii) inoculated into a high salt (135 wv)low pH (49) low temperature (5degC)broth and spread on the surface ofpepperoni samples
iii) inoculated into apple juice and stored at 4degC for ten days prior to transferringto apple juice for testing
iv) surface spread onto cheese and stored at 4degC before testing Results show quite clearly the beneficial
effect of elevated temperature which appearsto inhibit competing microflora The use of
cefixime and cefsulodin is widespread inIMS enrichments (brotha) but at thereduced concentration of 25 (brothd) theyappeared to have little effect and recovery ofE coli O157 was similar to brothb Someantimcrobials used in these techniques canbe inhibitory to E coli O1573 (MacRae et al1997) and therefore they should be usedwith caution The International Organisationfor Standardisation4 favour mTSB+N at42degC but in this comparison it was lessefficient than BPW-V pH 70
Selective agars chosen for comparisonincluded several based on sorbitolMacConkey The selective additions ofcefixime and potassium tellurite favour Ecoli O157 isolation This medium has thedisadvantage of being unable to distinguishsorbitol fermenting E coli O157 fromcommensal E coli which are uncommon inthe UK but found regularly in otherEuropean countries Commercially availablechromogenic agars based on alternativebiochemical reactions were included whichwould also support the growth of E coliO157 strains inhibited by cefixime andtellurite Incubations were at 37degC exceptfor SD-39 which was at 42degC The resultsare presented in Table 2
The results indicate the superiority of Rainbow agar which showed very little growth from non-target bacteriamaking recognition of E coli O157 easyUnfortunately it is rather expensive forroutine use and therefore for economicalreasons this laboratory plates the immuno-beads equally onto CTSMAC (agarg) and
Chromagar (agark) which performed well asindicated in Table 2
Validation of methods was done on twofoods with naturally occurring E coli O157which were available in reasonably largeamounts during the course of this studyLevels of target bacteria were found to below (data not shown) but their physiologicalstatus was unknown Three enrichmentbroths were comparedi) BPW-VCC 37degC used in original
IMS protocolsii) mTSB-N 42degC the ISO enrichment brothiii) BPW-V 42degC optimum as shown
in Table 1The results indicated the superiority of
BPW-V incubated at 42degC The other twoenrichments tested failed to recover E coliO157 in replicate tests which might indicatethe presence of sub-lethally damaged cells inthe foods tested Beads were plated ontoCTSMAC and Chromagar
In the light of these results thislaboratory routinely screens foods for E coliO157 by enriching in BPW-V at 42degC andplating the beads onto CTSMAC andChromagar incubated at 37degC It is worthnoting that this method showed greaterrecoveries of target cells than the proposedISO method
E coli O157 is by far the most common
G U E S T C O L U M N
Enrichment medium 37degC 40degC 42degC
BPW-VCCa poor poor good
BPW-V pH 70b poor very good excellent
BPW-V pH 60c poor NT good
BPW-V + 14 C+Cd poor very good excellent
mTSB+Ne poor good very good
EC medium + Nf poor NT good
a BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) + cefixime (005 mgl) + cefsulodin (10 mgl) b Buffered peptone water (BPW) + vancomycin (8 mgl) pH 70c BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) pH 60d BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) + cefixime (00125 mgl) + cefsulodin (25 mgl) e Tryptone soya broth + bile salts (15 gl) + novobiocin (20 mgl)f EC medium + novobiocin (20 mgl)
NT ndash Not tested
Table 1 Recovery of E coli O157 from food by different IMSenrichment treatments at different temperatures
g Cefixime tellurite sorbitol MacConkeycefixime 005 mgl potassium tellurite25 mgl
h Sorbitol MacConkeyi Sorbitol MacConkey + cefixime and
tellurite at one third normal strengthj Sorbitol MacConkey + cefixime and
tellurite at two thirds normal strengthk CHROMagarTM O157 isolation mediuml Quality Life Sciences E coli O157
isolation mediumm Biolog RainbowTM E coli O157
isolation medium
ndash Indicates zero recovery
Selective agar Rating
CTSMACg very good
SMACh poor
SMAC + 13 CTi poor
SMAC + 23 CTj poor
CHROMagarTMk very good
SD-39l ndash
RainbowTMm excellent
Table 2 Comparison of E coliO157 selective agars
7 V A M B U L L E T I N
G U E S T C O L U M N
EHEC isolated in the UK but this is not thecase elsewhere in the world Serotypes O26O111 O103 and O145 are regularly isolatedin other countries and have been listed byWHO as amongst the lsquotop fiversquo CommercialIMS systems are available only for serotype
O157 and while it is relatively easy to labelbeads with antibodies to any EHEC theprotocols for optimum isolation remainunknown at this time This highlights theneed for continued research in this area offood microbiology
REFERENCES
1 Pennington T H The Pennington Group
Report on the circumstances leading to
the 1996 outbreak of infection with E
coli O157 in Central Scotland the
implications for food safety and the
lessons to be learned Edinburgh The
Stationery Office UK 1997
2 Chapman P A Wright D J and Siddons
C A A comparison of immunomagnetic
separation and direct culture for
the isolation of verocytotoxin ndash
producing Escherichia coli O157 from
bovine faeces J Med Microbiol 40
424ndash427 1994
3 MacRae M Rebate T Johnston M and
Ogden I D The sensitivity of Escherichia
coli O157 to some antimicrobials by
conventional and conductance assays
L Appl Microbiol 25 135ndash137 1997
4 Anonymous Draft International
Standard 16654 Microbiology of food
and animal feeding stuffs ndash Horizontal
method for the detection of Escherichia
coli O157 British Standards Institute
London 1999
Philip Slackand PeterFarnell LGC
Introduction
The Quantitative Ingredients DeclarationAmendment12 is one of the most
radical amendments to the part of the FoodLabelling Regulations3 (covering the bulkcomposition of foods) since the FoodLabelling Regulations of 1984 Apart from
foods to which specific compositionalrequirements apply food law up to now onlyrequired ingredients to be listed on the label Where no specific compositionalrequirements apply the Regulationsprescribe the format for the nutritionallabelling of foodstuffs so that foodmanufacturers could voluntarily declare food macro-components of nutritionalsignificance such as meat and fat contentSince 14 February 2000 labelling of foodproducts must now include a QuantitativeIngredients Declaration (QUID) TheRegulations also cover the supply of food to restaurants and other caterers as well
as for retail sale Measurement issues relating to the
nutritional labelling of foodstuffs are wellunderstood as voluntary declarations dependupon chemical analysis of the finishedfoodstuff Apart from the requirement fornutritional declarations the determination ofmeat (via total nitrogen) fat carbohydrateand moisture contents for example havetraditionally been an important part of thequality control of food manufacturingHowever the emphasis in food manu-facturing has been moving away from qualitycontrol towards quality assurance by bettercontrol of ingredients and processes This
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
VAM and the measurementissues related to QUID
8 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
spirit is seen in the QUID amendment inthat declarations of ingredients must for themost part be based upon the weight of theingredient added in the recipe at the so-called lsquomixing-bowlrsquo stage This is perhapsthe first challenge to be addressed since inmany manufacturing processes the lsquomixing-bowlrsquo is more of a concept than a realitywith ingredients sometimes being addedthroughout the process for example saucesto the final packaged product
The VAM principles and QUID
The six VAM principles are listed insidethe front cover of this Bulletin and are aninstrument of the UK National Measure-ment System These principles weredesigned for chemical testing laboratoriesand their relationship with testing thereforebeing well understood When testing foodproducts to determine the concentration of volatile ingredients eg alcohol testlaboratories will need to have the VAMprinciples firmly in mind since these aredesigned for such activities One easy way toensure this is to use a test laboratory that isaccredited by UKAS specifically for this teston a defined food matrix or otherwise toISO Guide 25 or EN 45001 Alternativelythe laboratory should be audited by acompetent person to ensure that it isfulfilling the requirements of the VAMprinciples This article examines howapplicable the spirit of the VAM principlesare to the wider measurement issues posedby QUID It explores the relationshipbetween the VAM principles and the lsquomixingbowlrsquo examines them in relation to theinterpretation of data then considers theenforcement of the QUID Directive
Measurement for a QUID ndashDo you measure-up
1 The lsquomixing-bowlrsquoManufacturers need a system of
accurately measuring and recording theweights of ingredients added at any stage ofthe process as well as enabling them tocompensate for processing losses They willneed such records not only for their ownquality assurance requirements but also as ameans of supporting a declaration given on aparticular unit of a product at point-of-saleImplicit in this is the need for consistentand traceable measurements of weight and a
meticulous system of recording such dataThey will need to determine the content ofcertain volatile ingredients in the finishedproduct analytically It can therefore beargued that many of the VAM principlesform a good basis for judging themeasurement challenges with respect to thelsquomixing-bowlrsquo ingredients It is interestingtherefore to consider how these principlesmight relate to QUID
The first VAM principle relates to thepurpose for which the measurement isneeded It is important to decide howprecise the measurement needs to be andwhether the measurements being made areaccurate enough or perhaps already moreaccurate and precise than is necessary Anoperative weighing large amounts of aningredient eg meat will find it easier tomake accurate additions to a bulk than whensmall amounts of say an additive inconcentrated form is put in This is easier todispense accurately if an additive is supplieddispersed in a lsquobulking agentrsquo Suchspecifications will depend on the situationand need to be agreed in advance This willbe imperative in deciding whether the
measurement instruments eg weighingmachine already in place are appropriate
The second principle involves assessingmeasurement instruments against this agreedspecification The precision of an analyticalbalance will obviously not be required forweighing meat However all instrumentshave their own range of uncertainty ofmeasurement and this must not approach orexceed the overall precision required in theagreed specification Accuracy anduncertainty are both determined throughcalibration and it is therefore important todetermine whether appropriate calibration isbeing carried out
To address the third principle it isimportant that operatives understand theabove mentioned requirements and havebeen properly trained in the use of theinstruments Routine checks of theircontinuing competence should ideally bemade through the weighing of check batchesof already known weight
The fourth principle is best tackled byan internal audit by a Quality DepartmentOperatives should be observed carrying outthese operations at defined regular intervals
9 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
The traditional calculation of meatcontent is based upon the determination oftotal nitrogen content multiplied by anapproved constant Corrections are thenmade for other nitrogen containingcomponents eg collagen soya proteinmilk protein excess connective tissueSome fat can then be added in for the calculation of total meat QUIDdeclarations from the lsquomixing bowlrsquo willalmost certainly differ from those arisingfrom calculations made in this way fromanalytical data by virtue of the fact thatMember States of the European Unionhave different definitions of meat (there isalso another mechanism by which thisdisparity might occur involving nutritionaldeclarations of protein ndash see below) Suchdefinitions range from all striated muscle inGermany predominantly muscle and somefat in the UK to considerable inclusions ofoffal in some other Member States SomeMember States do not define meat at allThus the raw ingredient will vary inquality and chemical composition Thevariable water content of fresh meat willalso be an issue here as will be its nitrogenfactor It would seem to be of greatimportance that QUID declarations formeat content are harmonised across the EU
The harmonisation of QUIDdeclarations for meat may depend on aconsistent definition of meat as aningredient The European Union hasproduced its own definition but so farMember States have been unable to agreeto this Various national regulationscurrently allow manufacturers tolsquoconstructrsquo a lsquomeatrsquo content by the additionof different parts of the carcass which mayinclude Mechanically Recovered Meat(MRM) The extent to which this canhappen will therefore vary greatly from oneMember State to another How this willaffect the movement of products betweenMember States of the EU is unclear sincethe issue of how to lsquoQUIDrsquo products forexport remains to be properly resolved Itwould appear that products with QUIDdeclarations made at point-of-productionin accordance with the NationalRegulations defining meat must beaccepted in all Member States This has
the potential to confuse the customerattempting to make comparisons betweendifferent products at point-of-sale orindeed at home after purchase
Declared percentage meat content willtherefore reflect differing ingredientsranging from pure muscle or lean meat atone extreme to a mixture of other parts ofthe carcass including fat skin and rindThere is also some feeling that rather thanhaving an EU wide legal definition of meatthere should be a requirement forpercentages of individual cuts of meat orother parts of the carcass to be declaredConsumers would know exactly what theyare eating and how this relates to theirown perception about what meat is Thiswould also help them to make a priceversus quality assessment of the productenabling manufacturers to produce lsquoup- ordown-marketrsquo products to suit the varyinglsquovalue for moneyrsquo perceptions In somecases this approach would require theabolition of Compositional RegulationsWhichever approach is taken a keyelement of this debate centres aroundwhether better analytical methods shouldbe developed for detecting and quantifyingthese different types of lsquomeatrsquo allowingverification of the ingredients used inmanufacture Certainly lsquoconstructedrsquo meatcontents might only be verified analytically
Normally QUID declarations will befor a typical quantity of an ingredientrounded to the nearest whole numberreflecting the producerrsquos normalmanufacturing variations in accordancewith good manufacturing practice Anexception to this is where the labellingplaces special emphasis on an ingredient incases where the food is alreadycharacterised by the presence of thatingredient Here a minimum content mustbe declared which might be legallyprescribed if a Compositional Regulationapplies An example might be where thepork is particularly emphasised in cannedlsquopork sausagersquo Conversely if the labellingemphasises a low level of an ingredientthen a declaration of maximum contentmust be given An example here might be ifthe low level of fat is emphasised in a spread
Continued on page 10
The meat content challengeCalibration and traceability of
measurement are also about ensuring that aweight of x kilogrammes represents the sameamount of ingredient as it does in anotherfactory down the road It will if the fifthVAM principle is adhered to
Finally the sixth VAM principlerequires quality assurance and qualitycontrol procedures In this context qualityassurance involves having appropriatewritten standard operating procedures andproper records of calibration and weighingsof ingredients to prove that all actions werewithin specifications
2 Interpretation of information from measurementAnother possible application of the
VAM principles is in the conversion of testdata into useful information Perhaps one ofthe biggest consequences of QUID is that inaddressing the quantitative issues relating tofood ingredients declarations it also raisesthe issue of the quality of ingredients andtheir impact in the interpretation of testdata Since ingredients of varying quality willalso differ in their composition someconcern has been expressed bymanufacturers about whether lsquolike will becompared with likersquo when consumerscompare different products with identicalQUID declarations Another way that thismight also become apparent as an anomalyto the consumer is that it is also feasible that two otherwise identical products with the same QUID declarations mighthave significantly different nutritionaldeclarations and vice versa
Nowhere is this more apparent than in theissue of meat content where very specificmeasurement issues are raised Here therequirement is to measure the level of ananalyte and convert this into a value for meatcontent This is an interpretative step that alsorequires a database from which appropriateconversion factors can be established andused By way of example we have examinedthe meat content issue in more detail (seeldquoThe Meat Challengerdquo [right])
VAMWhat does all this have to do with the six
VAM principles The connection comes viathe fact that in all situations whereinterpretation of data is required to ascertaincompositional information or the level of aningredient an lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relation-ship is required that can be likened to asecondary calibration graph This is thelsquographrsquo that can be drawn showing therelationship between the level of the chosenanalyte and the componentingredient of interest which is to be quantified (seeFigure 1) The slope of this lsquographrsquo willdiffer for the individual cuts of meatdifferent parts of the carcass and for MRMfor example Appropriate corrections tovalues read from the lsquographrsquo need to bemade for collagen content because of itscontribution to the measured value for totalnitrogen Also the relationship between thevalues read from the lsquographrsquo and the weightof meat added to the mixing-bowl will needa level of understanding to allow a sensibleinterpretation to be made These issuesraised for meat are also similarly evident forother areas of food analysis such as fruitjuice content or milk content They indicatehow difficult it is for food analysts to drawthis lsquographrsquo with respect to the range offactors that need to be taken into account
Interpretative skills cannot currently becovered within the scope of accreditation by
UKAS because accreditation currentlyrelates to the making of a test measurementnot to the interpretation of the measurementresult It is now being argued that theyshould be given the economic importance ofthe opinions being expressed daily bylaboratories on test reports The adoption ofISO 17025 will in future allow the reportingof opinions and interpretations to beaccredited This means that all aspects of theQuality System will need to be extended tocover interpretative skills These will includestandard operating procedures methodprotocols the databases and relationshipsbetween test data and an interpretationbeing given by that laboratory staffexperience qualifications and trainingrecords etc Many laboratories may not beaware of these forthcoming changes or of theimplications to their quality systemsTherefore an extension of the VAMprinciples to include the interpretation oftest data would assist laboratories with theirpreparations for the accreditation of services requiring the provision of opinionsin test reports
How might this be done
The first VAM principle might
encourage us to ascertain whether the need
is to interpret test data to confirm a QUID
or establish the relationship between this
declaration and a nutritional declaration or a
compositional requirement
1 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
Relationship between the predicted level of marker analyte and ingredient concentration L = level of analyte found Ldl = maximum level of analyte found in the ingredient DL = detection limit of ingredient L = level of analyte found Imin= minimum level of ingredient Imax= maximum level of ingredient A = average content of ingredient
Figure 1
Continued from page 9This complex situation is com-
pounded by another requirement thatdeclarations calculated by weight fromthe recipe at the mixing-bowl stage mustnot have included in the calculation anywater or volatile ingredients lost duringprocessing It is interesting to considerthe complications that could thus arisewith the meat content declaration
Water losses during processing canbe extremely variable Additionallyseparating fat which is often skimmedoff might not take place to a consistentdegree Here then is the othermechanism by which an anomalybetween a nutritional declaration and aQUID will occur This is the issue ofhow for example the protein content ina finished product will relate to a meatQUID The departure from theestablished practice of relating meatcontent to the nitrogen content of rawmeat for the purpose of labellingdeclarations will mean that differentproducts with the same QUID for say ameat ingredient may have substantiallydifferent protein declarations even whenthere is obviously no other source ofprotein present There is potential herealso to confuse the consumer who maywonder how the meat from onemanufacturer is giving him more or lessprotein than the meat from another Inthe short term manufacturers canpresumably avoid this issue by omittingnutritional labelling from their packagingThe whole issue will however need to beresolved if the UKrsquos suggestion to theEuropean Union to make nutritionallabelling compulsory goes ahead Thiswill provide a challenge for theenforcement authorities who areresponsible for enforcing both parts ofthe legislation and will presumably stillneed to relate analytically derived proteinand calculated meat contents to theQUID for meat It is likely that thereconciliation of these values will requiremuch input from analytical chemists
For the second VAM principle one
needs to ask if the databases available as
well as the methods for using this data to
prepare the lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relationship
are fit-for-purpose Have these been properly
tested MAFF (the UK Ministry of
Agriculture Fisheries and Food) have been
trying to address this issue by funding
research work under the auspices of the
RSC Analytical Methods Committee on the
composition of red meat chicken and
scampi but more information on the
composition of other raw materials such as
turkey meat and salmon is needed In 1998
proposals were invited to conduct
collaborative studies to achieve this involving
financial support partly from MAFF and
from industry Similarly in 1999 proposals
were called for to determine the composition
of commercially important fish species
MAFF clearly see a need for these data to
enable analytical checks to be made on the
content of meat or fish in final products in
order to implement QUID This differs from
another view sometimes expressed that
factory inspection alone would be sufficient
for enforcement purposes (see below)
MAFF has also been trying to address
the fitness-for-purpose issue with respect to
other interpretative issues Last year it
called for the development of analytical
methods for the determination of plant-
based ingredients with respect to the
implementation of QUID As with meat-
based products implementation of QUID
might be difficult in the many cases where a
legal definition for a plant-based product
does not exist Analytical chemists may well
be involved in the process of establishing
such legal definitions as well as in developing
methods for the determination of these
ingredients The establishment of legal
definitions for food ingredients is however a
contentious issue for some sectors of the
food industry especially the meat sector
Are the staff interpreting analytical data
qualified and competent for this task as is
required by the third VAM principle A
member of staff might be highly competent
at all the technical aspects of making a test
measurement This does not necessarily
mean that they understand the underlying
scientific issues sufficiently to form an
opinion about those test data It is evident
that generally more highly qualified and
experienced scientific staff will be required
to interpret data and give the customer an
opinion It is likely that most customers
would expect this The fourth VAM principle might require
laboratory audits and assessments foraccreditation to add interpretative skills tothose of the measurement of an analyte Thismight require a substantial extension oflaboratory audit and review protocolsbefitting the much more specialist functionof the laboratory justified by the addedfinancial value that providing such servicespresumably brings to that laboratory
It is clear that measurements of meat
content in one location in Europe cannot be
consistent with those made elsewhere since
Europe has not yet agreed a legal definition
for meat The fifth VAM principle would
require laboratories across Europe to be
preparing their lsquoAuthenticity Calibration
Relationshiprsquo in the same way Obviously
they cannot be doing this
Finally it is unlikely in many cases that
well defined quality control and quality
assurance procedures will exist for the
interpretation of test data as would be
required by the sixth VAM principle
Accreditation by UKAS does not currently
extend beyond the measurement of
the analyte
Perhaps VAM should now raise
this standard
Enforcement of QUID
Do we need testing to enforce QUIDand are the VAM principles relevant FoodLaw applies to products at point-of-saleThis means that enforcement will relate to aparticular unit taken from a retail outlet by aTrading Standards Officer One obviousmeans of enforcement is to test the sampleif an appropriate test exists The majordrawback to this approach is that analyticalchemists do not always have an appropriatetest that they can use If this approach istaken the sample is divided into threeportions one is sent to a public analyst andone can be analysed by a test laboratoryappointed by the lsquoownersrsquo of the sample Incases of dispute LGC is often required toanalyse the third portion in its role as theofficial UK referee laboratory under theprovisions of the Food Safety Act 1990
Trading Standards Officers also havethe powers they need to enter factories toenforce Food Law They would need torelate their observations in the factory to aunit of product previously purchased from aretailer This means that they would not onlyneed to audit the manufacturing process butwould also need to examine productionrecords relating to the batch from which thatunit of product originated in order to ensureproper lsquocalibrationrsquo
The first issue that arises concernsenforcement of imported productsObviously Trading Standards Officers willnot normally be able to inspect overseasproducers This approach would rely upon asystem of networking with similarenforcement bodies in other states Recentexperiences have shown that enforcement by this route can be a long-winded process Secondly factory inspection is a time-consuming process and it is debatableas to whether or not local authorities havethe resources to do this effectively In bothcases it would be easier if the informationcould be gained by testing the end productas is done for enforcement of nutritionallabelling declarations
Herein lies the measurement challenge tothe analytical chemistry profession Todevelop appropriate tests through technologytransfer and innovation then to validate themin a manner that includes the interpretativestages required to deliver an opinion to thecompetent authority All this must be inaccordance with the appropriate VAMprinciples so ensuring fitness-for-purposeFinally to ensure that everyone irrespectiveof geographical location is applying theseprocedures in such a manner as to achieveequivalent data and its interpretation
REFERENCES
1 Directive 974EC (1997) lsquoOn the
approximation of the laws of the
Member States relating to the labelling
presentation and advertising of
foodstuffsrsquo Official Journal of the
European Communities L43 21ndash23
2 The Food Labell ing (Amendment)
Regulations 1998 SI 19981398
3 The Food Labelling Regulations 1996
SI 19961499
1 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
1 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Ken Webb andMike SargentLGC
Mass spectrometry is widely regarded asthe technique of choice for an
extensive range of demanding analyticalmeasurement applications because it offers apowerful combination of accuracysensitivity specificity versatility and speedIt is frequently used for both theidentification and quantitation of traceimpurities an application of particularimportance to regulatory or forensicapplications Indeed mass spectrometry israpidly becoming the preferred detectionsystem for many gas or liquid chromat-ographic separations used in these fieldsbecause of its perceived capability to provideunequivocal identification of the targetanalyte In addition it is widely believed thatsimpler or more rapid chromatographicseparations can suffice due to the greaterpower of a mass spectrometric detector in ensuring that the signal monitoredoriginates from the analyte and not aninterfering species
The routine identification andmeasurement of compounds using massspectrometry can however lead toconflicting requirements particularly whereadditional compromises are made in theinterest of speed and economyIdentification is normally achieved bymonitoring a number of structurallysignificant ions of a compound whereas forsensitivity purposes accurate quantitation isoften carried out by monitoring only oneion Consequently there can be a number ofdifferent ways of carrying out identificationand quantitation ranging from full scans tomonitoring a single ion A satisfactorybalance must be achieved between thenumber of ions monitored and optimumsensitivity Moreover it is essential that theactual ions chosen for monitoring are
selected with a knowledge of potentialproblems which may arise For example thesame ion could result from fragmentation ofanother possibly similar compound or thesignal may overlap that from a different iondue to inadequate mass resolution of thespectrometer In many cases the optimumchoice of ion for certainty of identificationwill require expert knowledge of massspectrometry the characteristics of theseparation techniques and the chemistry ofthe analyte and sample This expertise is notalways available particularly in routinescreening applications and concern has arisen regarding the consequences ofmis-identification particularly where legalaction may be taken on the basis of theanalytical result
Official guidelines or criteria
As a result of this concern severalorganisations have produced guidelines orcriteria for selection of ions to be monitoredin critical applications One example isconfirmation of residues of growthpromoting agents illegally used in thefattening of cattle12 within the EuropeanUnion (EU) The EU criteria2 state that fourions should be measured the intensity ofwhich should deviate by no more than plusmn10in electron ionisation (EI) mode from acorresponding standard It is interesting tonote that for use as a screening methodsingle ion monitoring of the most abundantdiagnostic ion is specified The requirementto monitor four ions for the confirmation ofidentity may seem somewhat rigorousparticularly as these criteria are based onlsquoexpert opinionrsquo rather than on evaluation ofanalytical data from confirmatory analysis1It has been found in practice that thesecriteria are proving difficult to meet forseveral analytes especially where some ofthe diagnostic ions are of low mass orrelatively low intensity3 The consequence ofthis is that a relatively high number of falsenegative results could be obtained in theroutine inspection for the abuse of growthpromoters Ideally the number of false
negative results should be minimal howeverwith the EU criteria of four diagnostic ionsthis is not believed to be the case3Consequently work is currently underway3with the aim of providing a statisticallyfounded strategy to determine the criteriaapplicable to mass spectrometric data so asto achieve optimisation of false positive andfalse negative results in these analyses
Systematic studies of ion-monitoring criteria
The above example highlights the need
for and lack of systematic studies of the
number of ions which should be monitored
to confirm identity4 One of the few
published examples5 was the investigation of
the number of ions (in EI mode) that must
be monitored to produce an unambiguous
identification of a given compound In this
study an estimate was made of the minimum
number of ions it was necessary to monitor
so as to produce an unambiguous
identification of diethylstilboestrol (DES)
using low resolution mass spectrometry
DES is an ideal compound for such a study
since it exhibits an abundant molecular ion
and has a number of structurally significant
fragment ions Using a database of 30000
spectra it was found that searching the
database for three ions all with appropriate
intensity limits produced only one match
DES It was considered that a realistic
relative intensity variation for the ions
monitored based on a standard EI
spectrum would be plusmn5 although this was
recognised as being flexible If additional
specificity is present such as GC retention
time then the intensity variation could be
expanded beyond these limitsIt was recommended5 that for
identification purposes three or morecharacteristic ions should be monitored tobe present within an acceptable ratio Thisstudy5 was published in 1978 and a modernversion of this approach using an updatedmass spectral library (of unknown origin)containing some 270000 spectra was
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
The reliability of mass spec foridentification purposes
1 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
published in 1997 by the same author6 Theresult again showed that three characteristicions with reasonably tight specifications forrelative intensities are required to uniquelyselect DES from the larger database
An extended systematic study7 of anumber of compounds of analytical interestwas carried out at LGC in 1998 as part ofthe VAM programme using similar criteriato those in the 1997 study The compoundswere chosen to be representative of theforensic and agro-chemical fields whereproper identification is particularlyimportant Results for one of thecompounds malathion (an organo-phosphorous pesticide) are shown in Table1 This table shows the monitoring of up tothree characteristic ions of malathion (molwt 330) In addition the relative intensitiesof the ions monitored are also taken intoaccount This is done by setting an lsquointensitywindowrsquo for each ion based on the ionintensities from a reference spectrum plus orminus 20 Table 1 also shows exampleswhere the relative intensities are not takeninto account (ie window is 1-100) As theidentification criteria are made morestringent the number of matches decreasesquickly to the point where threecharacteristic ions with the correct relativeintensities (within plusmn20) uniquely identifiesmalathion The results of this extended studysupport those of the previous work on DES56
and show that monitoring three characteristicions of a compound with appropriate relativeintensity specifications is sufficient touniquely select the given compound from acomprehensive mass spectral library Thisnew study highlighted the importance thatthe chosen ions include the molecular ionand that moderately specific ion intensityranges are used
The lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo formolecular identification
Work such as that outlined above led tothe establishment of the lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo forelectron impact spectra568 In addition to thepresence of three characteristic ions thecriteria also specify that the relative intensitiesof the ions are within plusmn10 of the ratiosobserved from a standard If additionalspecificity is present such as achromatographic retention time then theintensity variation could be expanded beyondthese limits The 3 ion criterion is the onlybroadly recognised standard for unambiguousanalyte identification8 for all types ofionisation Although alternatives have beenproposed no other standard is so universallyrecognised as the best means of minimisingthe risk of a false-positive identification8
Current VAMrecommendations
Suggested identification criteria when
using GC-MS and LC-MS are given
below and are based on the 3-ion criteria
described above
1 The criterion of chromatographic
retention time should be used in
conjunction with mass spectral criteria
for confirmation of identity In general
the retention time of an analyte should
be within plusmn2 of a reference standard
2 Under conditions of electron ionisation
at low mass spectral resolution at least
three characteristic diagnostic ions
should be present one of which should
preferably be the molecular ion The
relative intensity of these diagnostic ions
should match those of a reference
standard to within a margin of plusmn20
3 When using chemical ionisation theguideline as at 2 should be followed butwith an acceptable margin on ionintensity ratios of plusmn25
Tandem mass spectrometrycriteria
In the case of tandem mass spectrometry(MS-MS) linked to a chromatographicsystem MS-MS itself confers considerablespecificity in compound identification It hasbeen suggested6 in this case thatconfirmation of identity requires observationof a precursor ion representing the intactmolecule (or a closely related fragment)plus one structurally significant product ionobserved at the same chromatographicretention time However in view of theincreasing use of chromatography-MS-MSto shorten clean up and analysis times manyinterferences could be present in sampleextracts It is likely that these may not beresolved from the analyte of interest Underthese circumstances when detection is byMS-MS it would be prudent forconfirmation of identity to be based onobservation of two structurally relatedproduct ions from one precursor ion (ideallythe molecular ion)
Relaxation of criteria
There are also circumstances where it isconsidered that the 3-ion criteria could berelaxed Such circumstances could includethe case where the matrix to be analysed hasbeen well characterised in the past and theprocedure is used for rapid pre-screening ofa large number of samples Another case isthat of dosing experiments using a specificcompound where it is clear that the compoundwill be present The determination of
Masses monitored
Mass Intensity Mass Intensity Mass Intensity No of matchingrange () range () range () compounds
330 1-100 1922
330 1-100 173 1-100 816
330 1-100 173 1-100 125 1-100 128
330 1-40 1753
330 1-40 173 1-100 735
330 1-40 173 1-100 125 1-100 111
330 1-40 173 60-100 10
330 1-40 173 60-100 125 60-100 1
Table 1 Results from spectral library matching study on malathion7
1 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
lysergide (LSD) in urine by LC-MS9
illustrates this point Normally for forensicpurposes three ions are monitored toinclude the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324 and thecharacteristic fragment ions at mz 223 and197 If LSD is known to be present throughdosing experiments then monitoring twoions to include the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324and the mz 223 ion is sufficient forestablishing its presence In this particularcase monitoring only two ions would alsobring about a considerable increase insensitivity of the procedure The limit ofquantitation (LOQ) of this procedure whenmonitoring three ions is 05 ngml As canbe seen from Figure 1 the 197 daltons ion ofLSD has only a 10ndash15 intensity relative tothe base peak Consequently if only twoions were monitored (mz 223 and 324) thelimit of detection would be improved by afactor of five to 01 ngml (the mz 223 ionhas an intensity relative to the base peak ofsome five times that of the mz 197 ion)Hence adopting this approach would bebeneficial particularly if measurements werebeing carried out at or near the LOQ
Conclusions
Clearly no single set of criteria canencompass all eventualities Considerationmust be given to fitness for purpose and ascientific judgement based on analyticalrequirements must be made However inorder for scientific data to be acceptablebetween organisations some form ofharmonisation is necessary Ideally thiswould incorporate the results of a systematicintercomparison utilising perhaps compoundsof a similar nature and a suitable databaseThis article is an attempt to set the scene for
further discussion of an important subject
REFERENCES
1 De Ruig W G Stephany R W and
Dijkstra G J Assoc Off Anal Chem
72487ndash490 1989
2 EEC directive 93256 No L 11864
(1993)
3 Van Rhijn H A and Van de Voet H
Advances Mass Spectrom 14 CD
ROM ndash WeOr09 1998 (Abstract only)
4 Burlingame A L Boyd R K and Gaskell
S J Anal Chem 70 647Rndash716R 1998
5 Sphon J A J Assoc Off Anal Chem
61 1247ndash1252 1978
6 Baldwin R Bethem R A Boyd R K
Budde W L Cairns T Gibbons R D
Henion J D Kaiser M A Lewis D L
Matusik J E Sphon J A Stephany R
and Trubey R K J Am Soc Mass
Spectrom 8 1180ndash1190 1997
7 VAM Report LGCVAM1998010
Optimisation of the number of ions
which are acceptable for identifying
different chemical species using
GC-MS (1998)
8 Bethem R A and Boyd R K J Am Soc
Mass Spectrom 9 643ndash648 1998
9 White S A Kidd A S and Webb K S J
Forensic Sci 44 375ndash3791999
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Electrospray mass spectrum and structure of LSD
David Booker
AEA Technology
Environment
Trends in air quality legislation
Three independent scientific committeeswithin the UK have published reports123
indicating concern over the health effects ofparticle exposure These concerns have givenrise to a debate on the need for additional
legislation to further reduce particulateemission levels One of these committees1
concluded that it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal link betweenparticulate exposure and acute (and chronic)health effects However this statement isqualified by the recognition that there is a
Ultrafine particles and air quality control
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 6: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
6 V A M B U L L E T I N
temperatures of enrichment broths and theselective agars used in the IMS procedureArtificially inoculated E coli O157 in arange of foods were tested and methodsvalidated on samples containing naturallyoccurring E coli O157 To show methodsensitivity under extreme circumstances thespiked studies used low numbers (lt1g) ofphysiologically stressed target bacteria in the presence of high numbers ofundamaged background micro-organismsFoods of known association with E coliO157 were studied minced (ground) beefwas tested initially with subsequentvalidations performed on cheese apple juiceand pepperoni A summary of the results isshown in Table 1 All tests were performedusing cocktails of 4 or 5 strains of E coliO157 to minimise the effect of singleatypical strains To physiologically stress E coli O157 the cocktail wasi) inoculated into mince and subjected to
a series of freezethaw cycles added tofresh mince (containing high numbers ofnon-E coli O157) and tested as indicated
ii) inoculated into a high salt (135 wv)low pH (49) low temperature (5degC)broth and spread on the surface ofpepperoni samples
iii) inoculated into apple juice and stored at 4degC for ten days prior to transferringto apple juice for testing
iv) surface spread onto cheese and stored at 4degC before testing Results show quite clearly the beneficial
effect of elevated temperature which appearsto inhibit competing microflora The use of
cefixime and cefsulodin is widespread inIMS enrichments (brotha) but at thereduced concentration of 25 (brothd) theyappeared to have little effect and recovery ofE coli O157 was similar to brothb Someantimcrobials used in these techniques canbe inhibitory to E coli O1573 (MacRae et al1997) and therefore they should be usedwith caution The International Organisationfor Standardisation4 favour mTSB+N at42degC but in this comparison it was lessefficient than BPW-V pH 70
Selective agars chosen for comparisonincluded several based on sorbitolMacConkey The selective additions ofcefixime and potassium tellurite favour Ecoli O157 isolation This medium has thedisadvantage of being unable to distinguishsorbitol fermenting E coli O157 fromcommensal E coli which are uncommon inthe UK but found regularly in otherEuropean countries Commercially availablechromogenic agars based on alternativebiochemical reactions were included whichwould also support the growth of E coliO157 strains inhibited by cefixime andtellurite Incubations were at 37degC exceptfor SD-39 which was at 42degC The resultsare presented in Table 2
The results indicate the superiority of Rainbow agar which showed very little growth from non-target bacteriamaking recognition of E coli O157 easyUnfortunately it is rather expensive forroutine use and therefore for economicalreasons this laboratory plates the immuno-beads equally onto CTSMAC (agarg) and
Chromagar (agark) which performed well asindicated in Table 2
Validation of methods was done on twofoods with naturally occurring E coli O157which were available in reasonably largeamounts during the course of this studyLevels of target bacteria were found to below (data not shown) but their physiologicalstatus was unknown Three enrichmentbroths were comparedi) BPW-VCC 37degC used in original
IMS protocolsii) mTSB-N 42degC the ISO enrichment brothiii) BPW-V 42degC optimum as shown
in Table 1The results indicated the superiority of
BPW-V incubated at 42degC The other twoenrichments tested failed to recover E coliO157 in replicate tests which might indicatethe presence of sub-lethally damaged cells inthe foods tested Beads were plated ontoCTSMAC and Chromagar
In the light of these results thislaboratory routinely screens foods for E coliO157 by enriching in BPW-V at 42degC andplating the beads onto CTSMAC andChromagar incubated at 37degC It is worthnoting that this method showed greaterrecoveries of target cells than the proposedISO method
E coli O157 is by far the most common
G U E S T C O L U M N
Enrichment medium 37degC 40degC 42degC
BPW-VCCa poor poor good
BPW-V pH 70b poor very good excellent
BPW-V pH 60c poor NT good
BPW-V + 14 C+Cd poor very good excellent
mTSB+Ne poor good very good
EC medium + Nf poor NT good
a BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) + cefixime (005 mgl) + cefsulodin (10 mgl) b Buffered peptone water (BPW) + vancomycin (8 mgl) pH 70c BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) pH 60d BPW + vancomycin (8 mgl) + cefixime (00125 mgl) + cefsulodin (25 mgl) e Tryptone soya broth + bile salts (15 gl) + novobiocin (20 mgl)f EC medium + novobiocin (20 mgl)
NT ndash Not tested
Table 1 Recovery of E coli O157 from food by different IMSenrichment treatments at different temperatures
g Cefixime tellurite sorbitol MacConkeycefixime 005 mgl potassium tellurite25 mgl
h Sorbitol MacConkeyi Sorbitol MacConkey + cefixime and
tellurite at one third normal strengthj Sorbitol MacConkey + cefixime and
tellurite at two thirds normal strengthk CHROMagarTM O157 isolation mediuml Quality Life Sciences E coli O157
isolation mediumm Biolog RainbowTM E coli O157
isolation medium
ndash Indicates zero recovery
Selective agar Rating
CTSMACg very good
SMACh poor
SMAC + 13 CTi poor
SMAC + 23 CTj poor
CHROMagarTMk very good
SD-39l ndash
RainbowTMm excellent
Table 2 Comparison of E coliO157 selective agars
7 V A M B U L L E T I N
G U E S T C O L U M N
EHEC isolated in the UK but this is not thecase elsewhere in the world Serotypes O26O111 O103 and O145 are regularly isolatedin other countries and have been listed byWHO as amongst the lsquotop fiversquo CommercialIMS systems are available only for serotype
O157 and while it is relatively easy to labelbeads with antibodies to any EHEC theprotocols for optimum isolation remainunknown at this time This highlights theneed for continued research in this area offood microbiology
REFERENCES
1 Pennington T H The Pennington Group
Report on the circumstances leading to
the 1996 outbreak of infection with E
coli O157 in Central Scotland the
implications for food safety and the
lessons to be learned Edinburgh The
Stationery Office UK 1997
2 Chapman P A Wright D J and Siddons
C A A comparison of immunomagnetic
separation and direct culture for
the isolation of verocytotoxin ndash
producing Escherichia coli O157 from
bovine faeces J Med Microbiol 40
424ndash427 1994
3 MacRae M Rebate T Johnston M and
Ogden I D The sensitivity of Escherichia
coli O157 to some antimicrobials by
conventional and conductance assays
L Appl Microbiol 25 135ndash137 1997
4 Anonymous Draft International
Standard 16654 Microbiology of food
and animal feeding stuffs ndash Horizontal
method for the detection of Escherichia
coli O157 British Standards Institute
London 1999
Philip Slackand PeterFarnell LGC
Introduction
The Quantitative Ingredients DeclarationAmendment12 is one of the most
radical amendments to the part of the FoodLabelling Regulations3 (covering the bulkcomposition of foods) since the FoodLabelling Regulations of 1984 Apart from
foods to which specific compositionalrequirements apply food law up to now onlyrequired ingredients to be listed on the label Where no specific compositionalrequirements apply the Regulationsprescribe the format for the nutritionallabelling of foodstuffs so that foodmanufacturers could voluntarily declare food macro-components of nutritionalsignificance such as meat and fat contentSince 14 February 2000 labelling of foodproducts must now include a QuantitativeIngredients Declaration (QUID) TheRegulations also cover the supply of food to restaurants and other caterers as well
as for retail sale Measurement issues relating to the
nutritional labelling of foodstuffs are wellunderstood as voluntary declarations dependupon chemical analysis of the finishedfoodstuff Apart from the requirement fornutritional declarations the determination ofmeat (via total nitrogen) fat carbohydrateand moisture contents for example havetraditionally been an important part of thequality control of food manufacturingHowever the emphasis in food manu-facturing has been moving away from qualitycontrol towards quality assurance by bettercontrol of ingredients and processes This
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
VAM and the measurementissues related to QUID
8 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
spirit is seen in the QUID amendment inthat declarations of ingredients must for themost part be based upon the weight of theingredient added in the recipe at the so-called lsquomixing-bowlrsquo stage This is perhapsthe first challenge to be addressed since inmany manufacturing processes the lsquomixing-bowlrsquo is more of a concept than a realitywith ingredients sometimes being addedthroughout the process for example saucesto the final packaged product
The VAM principles and QUID
The six VAM principles are listed insidethe front cover of this Bulletin and are aninstrument of the UK National Measure-ment System These principles weredesigned for chemical testing laboratoriesand their relationship with testing thereforebeing well understood When testing foodproducts to determine the concentration of volatile ingredients eg alcohol testlaboratories will need to have the VAMprinciples firmly in mind since these aredesigned for such activities One easy way toensure this is to use a test laboratory that isaccredited by UKAS specifically for this teston a defined food matrix or otherwise toISO Guide 25 or EN 45001 Alternativelythe laboratory should be audited by acompetent person to ensure that it isfulfilling the requirements of the VAMprinciples This article examines howapplicable the spirit of the VAM principlesare to the wider measurement issues posedby QUID It explores the relationshipbetween the VAM principles and the lsquomixingbowlrsquo examines them in relation to theinterpretation of data then considers theenforcement of the QUID Directive
Measurement for a QUID ndashDo you measure-up
1 The lsquomixing-bowlrsquoManufacturers need a system of
accurately measuring and recording theweights of ingredients added at any stage ofthe process as well as enabling them tocompensate for processing losses They willneed such records not only for their ownquality assurance requirements but also as ameans of supporting a declaration given on aparticular unit of a product at point-of-saleImplicit in this is the need for consistentand traceable measurements of weight and a
meticulous system of recording such dataThey will need to determine the content ofcertain volatile ingredients in the finishedproduct analytically It can therefore beargued that many of the VAM principlesform a good basis for judging themeasurement challenges with respect to thelsquomixing-bowlrsquo ingredients It is interestingtherefore to consider how these principlesmight relate to QUID
The first VAM principle relates to thepurpose for which the measurement isneeded It is important to decide howprecise the measurement needs to be andwhether the measurements being made areaccurate enough or perhaps already moreaccurate and precise than is necessary Anoperative weighing large amounts of aningredient eg meat will find it easier tomake accurate additions to a bulk than whensmall amounts of say an additive inconcentrated form is put in This is easier todispense accurately if an additive is supplieddispersed in a lsquobulking agentrsquo Suchspecifications will depend on the situationand need to be agreed in advance This willbe imperative in deciding whether the
measurement instruments eg weighingmachine already in place are appropriate
The second principle involves assessingmeasurement instruments against this agreedspecification The precision of an analyticalbalance will obviously not be required forweighing meat However all instrumentshave their own range of uncertainty ofmeasurement and this must not approach orexceed the overall precision required in theagreed specification Accuracy anduncertainty are both determined throughcalibration and it is therefore important todetermine whether appropriate calibration isbeing carried out
To address the third principle it isimportant that operatives understand theabove mentioned requirements and havebeen properly trained in the use of theinstruments Routine checks of theircontinuing competence should ideally bemade through the weighing of check batchesof already known weight
The fourth principle is best tackled byan internal audit by a Quality DepartmentOperatives should be observed carrying outthese operations at defined regular intervals
9 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
The traditional calculation of meatcontent is based upon the determination oftotal nitrogen content multiplied by anapproved constant Corrections are thenmade for other nitrogen containingcomponents eg collagen soya proteinmilk protein excess connective tissueSome fat can then be added in for the calculation of total meat QUIDdeclarations from the lsquomixing bowlrsquo willalmost certainly differ from those arisingfrom calculations made in this way fromanalytical data by virtue of the fact thatMember States of the European Unionhave different definitions of meat (there isalso another mechanism by which thisdisparity might occur involving nutritionaldeclarations of protein ndash see below) Suchdefinitions range from all striated muscle inGermany predominantly muscle and somefat in the UK to considerable inclusions ofoffal in some other Member States SomeMember States do not define meat at allThus the raw ingredient will vary inquality and chemical composition Thevariable water content of fresh meat willalso be an issue here as will be its nitrogenfactor It would seem to be of greatimportance that QUID declarations formeat content are harmonised across the EU
The harmonisation of QUIDdeclarations for meat may depend on aconsistent definition of meat as aningredient The European Union hasproduced its own definition but so farMember States have been unable to agreeto this Various national regulationscurrently allow manufacturers tolsquoconstructrsquo a lsquomeatrsquo content by the additionof different parts of the carcass which mayinclude Mechanically Recovered Meat(MRM) The extent to which this canhappen will therefore vary greatly from oneMember State to another How this willaffect the movement of products betweenMember States of the EU is unclear sincethe issue of how to lsquoQUIDrsquo products forexport remains to be properly resolved Itwould appear that products with QUIDdeclarations made at point-of-productionin accordance with the NationalRegulations defining meat must beaccepted in all Member States This has
the potential to confuse the customerattempting to make comparisons betweendifferent products at point-of-sale orindeed at home after purchase
Declared percentage meat content willtherefore reflect differing ingredientsranging from pure muscle or lean meat atone extreme to a mixture of other parts ofthe carcass including fat skin and rindThere is also some feeling that rather thanhaving an EU wide legal definition of meatthere should be a requirement forpercentages of individual cuts of meat orother parts of the carcass to be declaredConsumers would know exactly what theyare eating and how this relates to theirown perception about what meat is Thiswould also help them to make a priceversus quality assessment of the productenabling manufacturers to produce lsquoup- ordown-marketrsquo products to suit the varyinglsquovalue for moneyrsquo perceptions In somecases this approach would require theabolition of Compositional RegulationsWhichever approach is taken a keyelement of this debate centres aroundwhether better analytical methods shouldbe developed for detecting and quantifyingthese different types of lsquomeatrsquo allowingverification of the ingredients used inmanufacture Certainly lsquoconstructedrsquo meatcontents might only be verified analytically
Normally QUID declarations will befor a typical quantity of an ingredientrounded to the nearest whole numberreflecting the producerrsquos normalmanufacturing variations in accordancewith good manufacturing practice Anexception to this is where the labellingplaces special emphasis on an ingredient incases where the food is alreadycharacterised by the presence of thatingredient Here a minimum content mustbe declared which might be legallyprescribed if a Compositional Regulationapplies An example might be where thepork is particularly emphasised in cannedlsquopork sausagersquo Conversely if the labellingemphasises a low level of an ingredientthen a declaration of maximum contentmust be given An example here might be ifthe low level of fat is emphasised in a spread
Continued on page 10
The meat content challengeCalibration and traceability of
measurement are also about ensuring that aweight of x kilogrammes represents the sameamount of ingredient as it does in anotherfactory down the road It will if the fifthVAM principle is adhered to
Finally the sixth VAM principlerequires quality assurance and qualitycontrol procedures In this context qualityassurance involves having appropriatewritten standard operating procedures andproper records of calibration and weighingsof ingredients to prove that all actions werewithin specifications
2 Interpretation of information from measurementAnother possible application of the
VAM principles is in the conversion of testdata into useful information Perhaps one ofthe biggest consequences of QUID is that inaddressing the quantitative issues relating tofood ingredients declarations it also raisesthe issue of the quality of ingredients andtheir impact in the interpretation of testdata Since ingredients of varying quality willalso differ in their composition someconcern has been expressed bymanufacturers about whether lsquolike will becompared with likersquo when consumerscompare different products with identicalQUID declarations Another way that thismight also become apparent as an anomalyto the consumer is that it is also feasible that two otherwise identical products with the same QUID declarations mighthave significantly different nutritionaldeclarations and vice versa
Nowhere is this more apparent than in theissue of meat content where very specificmeasurement issues are raised Here therequirement is to measure the level of ananalyte and convert this into a value for meatcontent This is an interpretative step that alsorequires a database from which appropriateconversion factors can be established andused By way of example we have examinedthe meat content issue in more detail (seeldquoThe Meat Challengerdquo [right])
VAMWhat does all this have to do with the six
VAM principles The connection comes viathe fact that in all situations whereinterpretation of data is required to ascertaincompositional information or the level of aningredient an lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relation-ship is required that can be likened to asecondary calibration graph This is thelsquographrsquo that can be drawn showing therelationship between the level of the chosenanalyte and the componentingredient of interest which is to be quantified (seeFigure 1) The slope of this lsquographrsquo willdiffer for the individual cuts of meatdifferent parts of the carcass and for MRMfor example Appropriate corrections tovalues read from the lsquographrsquo need to bemade for collagen content because of itscontribution to the measured value for totalnitrogen Also the relationship between thevalues read from the lsquographrsquo and the weightof meat added to the mixing-bowl will needa level of understanding to allow a sensibleinterpretation to be made These issuesraised for meat are also similarly evident forother areas of food analysis such as fruitjuice content or milk content They indicatehow difficult it is for food analysts to drawthis lsquographrsquo with respect to the range offactors that need to be taken into account
Interpretative skills cannot currently becovered within the scope of accreditation by
UKAS because accreditation currentlyrelates to the making of a test measurementnot to the interpretation of the measurementresult It is now being argued that theyshould be given the economic importance ofthe opinions being expressed daily bylaboratories on test reports The adoption ofISO 17025 will in future allow the reportingof opinions and interpretations to beaccredited This means that all aspects of theQuality System will need to be extended tocover interpretative skills These will includestandard operating procedures methodprotocols the databases and relationshipsbetween test data and an interpretationbeing given by that laboratory staffexperience qualifications and trainingrecords etc Many laboratories may not beaware of these forthcoming changes or of theimplications to their quality systemsTherefore an extension of the VAMprinciples to include the interpretation oftest data would assist laboratories with theirpreparations for the accreditation of services requiring the provision of opinionsin test reports
How might this be done
The first VAM principle might
encourage us to ascertain whether the need
is to interpret test data to confirm a QUID
or establish the relationship between this
declaration and a nutritional declaration or a
compositional requirement
1 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
Relationship between the predicted level of marker analyte and ingredient concentration L = level of analyte found Ldl = maximum level of analyte found in the ingredient DL = detection limit of ingredient L = level of analyte found Imin= minimum level of ingredient Imax= maximum level of ingredient A = average content of ingredient
Figure 1
Continued from page 9This complex situation is com-
pounded by another requirement thatdeclarations calculated by weight fromthe recipe at the mixing-bowl stage mustnot have included in the calculation anywater or volatile ingredients lost duringprocessing It is interesting to considerthe complications that could thus arisewith the meat content declaration
Water losses during processing canbe extremely variable Additionallyseparating fat which is often skimmedoff might not take place to a consistentdegree Here then is the othermechanism by which an anomalybetween a nutritional declaration and aQUID will occur This is the issue ofhow for example the protein content ina finished product will relate to a meatQUID The departure from theestablished practice of relating meatcontent to the nitrogen content of rawmeat for the purpose of labellingdeclarations will mean that differentproducts with the same QUID for say ameat ingredient may have substantiallydifferent protein declarations even whenthere is obviously no other source ofprotein present There is potential herealso to confuse the consumer who maywonder how the meat from onemanufacturer is giving him more or lessprotein than the meat from another Inthe short term manufacturers canpresumably avoid this issue by omittingnutritional labelling from their packagingThe whole issue will however need to beresolved if the UKrsquos suggestion to theEuropean Union to make nutritionallabelling compulsory goes ahead Thiswill provide a challenge for theenforcement authorities who areresponsible for enforcing both parts ofthe legislation and will presumably stillneed to relate analytically derived proteinand calculated meat contents to theQUID for meat It is likely that thereconciliation of these values will requiremuch input from analytical chemists
For the second VAM principle one
needs to ask if the databases available as
well as the methods for using this data to
prepare the lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relationship
are fit-for-purpose Have these been properly
tested MAFF (the UK Ministry of
Agriculture Fisheries and Food) have been
trying to address this issue by funding
research work under the auspices of the
RSC Analytical Methods Committee on the
composition of red meat chicken and
scampi but more information on the
composition of other raw materials such as
turkey meat and salmon is needed In 1998
proposals were invited to conduct
collaborative studies to achieve this involving
financial support partly from MAFF and
from industry Similarly in 1999 proposals
were called for to determine the composition
of commercially important fish species
MAFF clearly see a need for these data to
enable analytical checks to be made on the
content of meat or fish in final products in
order to implement QUID This differs from
another view sometimes expressed that
factory inspection alone would be sufficient
for enforcement purposes (see below)
MAFF has also been trying to address
the fitness-for-purpose issue with respect to
other interpretative issues Last year it
called for the development of analytical
methods for the determination of plant-
based ingredients with respect to the
implementation of QUID As with meat-
based products implementation of QUID
might be difficult in the many cases where a
legal definition for a plant-based product
does not exist Analytical chemists may well
be involved in the process of establishing
such legal definitions as well as in developing
methods for the determination of these
ingredients The establishment of legal
definitions for food ingredients is however a
contentious issue for some sectors of the
food industry especially the meat sector
Are the staff interpreting analytical data
qualified and competent for this task as is
required by the third VAM principle A
member of staff might be highly competent
at all the technical aspects of making a test
measurement This does not necessarily
mean that they understand the underlying
scientific issues sufficiently to form an
opinion about those test data It is evident
that generally more highly qualified and
experienced scientific staff will be required
to interpret data and give the customer an
opinion It is likely that most customers
would expect this The fourth VAM principle might require
laboratory audits and assessments foraccreditation to add interpretative skills tothose of the measurement of an analyte Thismight require a substantial extension oflaboratory audit and review protocolsbefitting the much more specialist functionof the laboratory justified by the addedfinancial value that providing such servicespresumably brings to that laboratory
It is clear that measurements of meat
content in one location in Europe cannot be
consistent with those made elsewhere since
Europe has not yet agreed a legal definition
for meat The fifth VAM principle would
require laboratories across Europe to be
preparing their lsquoAuthenticity Calibration
Relationshiprsquo in the same way Obviously
they cannot be doing this
Finally it is unlikely in many cases that
well defined quality control and quality
assurance procedures will exist for the
interpretation of test data as would be
required by the sixth VAM principle
Accreditation by UKAS does not currently
extend beyond the measurement of
the analyte
Perhaps VAM should now raise
this standard
Enforcement of QUID
Do we need testing to enforce QUIDand are the VAM principles relevant FoodLaw applies to products at point-of-saleThis means that enforcement will relate to aparticular unit taken from a retail outlet by aTrading Standards Officer One obviousmeans of enforcement is to test the sampleif an appropriate test exists The majordrawback to this approach is that analyticalchemists do not always have an appropriatetest that they can use If this approach istaken the sample is divided into threeportions one is sent to a public analyst andone can be analysed by a test laboratoryappointed by the lsquoownersrsquo of the sample Incases of dispute LGC is often required toanalyse the third portion in its role as theofficial UK referee laboratory under theprovisions of the Food Safety Act 1990
Trading Standards Officers also havethe powers they need to enter factories toenforce Food Law They would need torelate their observations in the factory to aunit of product previously purchased from aretailer This means that they would not onlyneed to audit the manufacturing process butwould also need to examine productionrecords relating to the batch from which thatunit of product originated in order to ensureproper lsquocalibrationrsquo
The first issue that arises concernsenforcement of imported productsObviously Trading Standards Officers willnot normally be able to inspect overseasproducers This approach would rely upon asystem of networking with similarenforcement bodies in other states Recentexperiences have shown that enforcement by this route can be a long-winded process Secondly factory inspection is a time-consuming process and it is debatableas to whether or not local authorities havethe resources to do this effectively In bothcases it would be easier if the informationcould be gained by testing the end productas is done for enforcement of nutritionallabelling declarations
Herein lies the measurement challenge tothe analytical chemistry profession Todevelop appropriate tests through technologytransfer and innovation then to validate themin a manner that includes the interpretativestages required to deliver an opinion to thecompetent authority All this must be inaccordance with the appropriate VAMprinciples so ensuring fitness-for-purposeFinally to ensure that everyone irrespectiveof geographical location is applying theseprocedures in such a manner as to achieveequivalent data and its interpretation
REFERENCES
1 Directive 974EC (1997) lsquoOn the
approximation of the laws of the
Member States relating to the labelling
presentation and advertising of
foodstuffsrsquo Official Journal of the
European Communities L43 21ndash23
2 The Food Labell ing (Amendment)
Regulations 1998 SI 19981398
3 The Food Labelling Regulations 1996
SI 19961499
1 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
1 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Ken Webb andMike SargentLGC
Mass spectrometry is widely regarded asthe technique of choice for an
extensive range of demanding analyticalmeasurement applications because it offers apowerful combination of accuracysensitivity specificity versatility and speedIt is frequently used for both theidentification and quantitation of traceimpurities an application of particularimportance to regulatory or forensicapplications Indeed mass spectrometry israpidly becoming the preferred detectionsystem for many gas or liquid chromat-ographic separations used in these fieldsbecause of its perceived capability to provideunequivocal identification of the targetanalyte In addition it is widely believed thatsimpler or more rapid chromatographicseparations can suffice due to the greaterpower of a mass spectrometric detector in ensuring that the signal monitoredoriginates from the analyte and not aninterfering species
The routine identification andmeasurement of compounds using massspectrometry can however lead toconflicting requirements particularly whereadditional compromises are made in theinterest of speed and economyIdentification is normally achieved bymonitoring a number of structurallysignificant ions of a compound whereas forsensitivity purposes accurate quantitation isoften carried out by monitoring only oneion Consequently there can be a number ofdifferent ways of carrying out identificationand quantitation ranging from full scans tomonitoring a single ion A satisfactorybalance must be achieved between thenumber of ions monitored and optimumsensitivity Moreover it is essential that theactual ions chosen for monitoring are
selected with a knowledge of potentialproblems which may arise For example thesame ion could result from fragmentation ofanother possibly similar compound or thesignal may overlap that from a different iondue to inadequate mass resolution of thespectrometer In many cases the optimumchoice of ion for certainty of identificationwill require expert knowledge of massspectrometry the characteristics of theseparation techniques and the chemistry ofthe analyte and sample This expertise is notalways available particularly in routinescreening applications and concern has arisen regarding the consequences ofmis-identification particularly where legalaction may be taken on the basis of theanalytical result
Official guidelines or criteria
As a result of this concern severalorganisations have produced guidelines orcriteria for selection of ions to be monitoredin critical applications One example isconfirmation of residues of growthpromoting agents illegally used in thefattening of cattle12 within the EuropeanUnion (EU) The EU criteria2 state that fourions should be measured the intensity ofwhich should deviate by no more than plusmn10in electron ionisation (EI) mode from acorresponding standard It is interesting tonote that for use as a screening methodsingle ion monitoring of the most abundantdiagnostic ion is specified The requirementto monitor four ions for the confirmation ofidentity may seem somewhat rigorousparticularly as these criteria are based onlsquoexpert opinionrsquo rather than on evaluation ofanalytical data from confirmatory analysis1It has been found in practice that thesecriteria are proving difficult to meet forseveral analytes especially where some ofthe diagnostic ions are of low mass orrelatively low intensity3 The consequence ofthis is that a relatively high number of falsenegative results could be obtained in theroutine inspection for the abuse of growthpromoters Ideally the number of false
negative results should be minimal howeverwith the EU criteria of four diagnostic ionsthis is not believed to be the case3Consequently work is currently underway3with the aim of providing a statisticallyfounded strategy to determine the criteriaapplicable to mass spectrometric data so asto achieve optimisation of false positive andfalse negative results in these analyses
Systematic studies of ion-monitoring criteria
The above example highlights the need
for and lack of systematic studies of the
number of ions which should be monitored
to confirm identity4 One of the few
published examples5 was the investigation of
the number of ions (in EI mode) that must
be monitored to produce an unambiguous
identification of a given compound In this
study an estimate was made of the minimum
number of ions it was necessary to monitor
so as to produce an unambiguous
identification of diethylstilboestrol (DES)
using low resolution mass spectrometry
DES is an ideal compound for such a study
since it exhibits an abundant molecular ion
and has a number of structurally significant
fragment ions Using a database of 30000
spectra it was found that searching the
database for three ions all with appropriate
intensity limits produced only one match
DES It was considered that a realistic
relative intensity variation for the ions
monitored based on a standard EI
spectrum would be plusmn5 although this was
recognised as being flexible If additional
specificity is present such as GC retention
time then the intensity variation could be
expanded beyond these limitsIt was recommended5 that for
identification purposes three or morecharacteristic ions should be monitored tobe present within an acceptable ratio Thisstudy5 was published in 1978 and a modernversion of this approach using an updatedmass spectral library (of unknown origin)containing some 270000 spectra was
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
The reliability of mass spec foridentification purposes
1 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
published in 1997 by the same author6 Theresult again showed that three characteristicions with reasonably tight specifications forrelative intensities are required to uniquelyselect DES from the larger database
An extended systematic study7 of anumber of compounds of analytical interestwas carried out at LGC in 1998 as part ofthe VAM programme using similar criteriato those in the 1997 study The compoundswere chosen to be representative of theforensic and agro-chemical fields whereproper identification is particularlyimportant Results for one of thecompounds malathion (an organo-phosphorous pesticide) are shown in Table1 This table shows the monitoring of up tothree characteristic ions of malathion (molwt 330) In addition the relative intensitiesof the ions monitored are also taken intoaccount This is done by setting an lsquointensitywindowrsquo for each ion based on the ionintensities from a reference spectrum plus orminus 20 Table 1 also shows exampleswhere the relative intensities are not takeninto account (ie window is 1-100) As theidentification criteria are made morestringent the number of matches decreasesquickly to the point where threecharacteristic ions with the correct relativeintensities (within plusmn20) uniquely identifiesmalathion The results of this extended studysupport those of the previous work on DES56
and show that monitoring three characteristicions of a compound with appropriate relativeintensity specifications is sufficient touniquely select the given compound from acomprehensive mass spectral library Thisnew study highlighted the importance thatthe chosen ions include the molecular ionand that moderately specific ion intensityranges are used
The lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo formolecular identification
Work such as that outlined above led tothe establishment of the lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo forelectron impact spectra568 In addition to thepresence of three characteristic ions thecriteria also specify that the relative intensitiesof the ions are within plusmn10 of the ratiosobserved from a standard If additionalspecificity is present such as achromatographic retention time then theintensity variation could be expanded beyondthese limits The 3 ion criterion is the onlybroadly recognised standard for unambiguousanalyte identification8 for all types ofionisation Although alternatives have beenproposed no other standard is so universallyrecognised as the best means of minimisingthe risk of a false-positive identification8
Current VAMrecommendations
Suggested identification criteria when
using GC-MS and LC-MS are given
below and are based on the 3-ion criteria
described above
1 The criterion of chromatographic
retention time should be used in
conjunction with mass spectral criteria
for confirmation of identity In general
the retention time of an analyte should
be within plusmn2 of a reference standard
2 Under conditions of electron ionisation
at low mass spectral resolution at least
three characteristic diagnostic ions
should be present one of which should
preferably be the molecular ion The
relative intensity of these diagnostic ions
should match those of a reference
standard to within a margin of plusmn20
3 When using chemical ionisation theguideline as at 2 should be followed butwith an acceptable margin on ionintensity ratios of plusmn25
Tandem mass spectrometrycriteria
In the case of tandem mass spectrometry(MS-MS) linked to a chromatographicsystem MS-MS itself confers considerablespecificity in compound identification It hasbeen suggested6 in this case thatconfirmation of identity requires observationof a precursor ion representing the intactmolecule (or a closely related fragment)plus one structurally significant product ionobserved at the same chromatographicretention time However in view of theincreasing use of chromatography-MS-MSto shorten clean up and analysis times manyinterferences could be present in sampleextracts It is likely that these may not beresolved from the analyte of interest Underthese circumstances when detection is byMS-MS it would be prudent forconfirmation of identity to be based onobservation of two structurally relatedproduct ions from one precursor ion (ideallythe molecular ion)
Relaxation of criteria
There are also circumstances where it isconsidered that the 3-ion criteria could berelaxed Such circumstances could includethe case where the matrix to be analysed hasbeen well characterised in the past and theprocedure is used for rapid pre-screening ofa large number of samples Another case isthat of dosing experiments using a specificcompound where it is clear that the compoundwill be present The determination of
Masses monitored
Mass Intensity Mass Intensity Mass Intensity No of matchingrange () range () range () compounds
330 1-100 1922
330 1-100 173 1-100 816
330 1-100 173 1-100 125 1-100 128
330 1-40 1753
330 1-40 173 1-100 735
330 1-40 173 1-100 125 1-100 111
330 1-40 173 60-100 10
330 1-40 173 60-100 125 60-100 1
Table 1 Results from spectral library matching study on malathion7
1 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
lysergide (LSD) in urine by LC-MS9
illustrates this point Normally for forensicpurposes three ions are monitored toinclude the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324 and thecharacteristic fragment ions at mz 223 and197 If LSD is known to be present throughdosing experiments then monitoring twoions to include the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324and the mz 223 ion is sufficient forestablishing its presence In this particularcase monitoring only two ions would alsobring about a considerable increase insensitivity of the procedure The limit ofquantitation (LOQ) of this procedure whenmonitoring three ions is 05 ngml As canbe seen from Figure 1 the 197 daltons ion ofLSD has only a 10ndash15 intensity relative tothe base peak Consequently if only twoions were monitored (mz 223 and 324) thelimit of detection would be improved by afactor of five to 01 ngml (the mz 223 ionhas an intensity relative to the base peak ofsome five times that of the mz 197 ion)Hence adopting this approach would bebeneficial particularly if measurements werebeing carried out at or near the LOQ
Conclusions
Clearly no single set of criteria canencompass all eventualities Considerationmust be given to fitness for purpose and ascientific judgement based on analyticalrequirements must be made However inorder for scientific data to be acceptablebetween organisations some form ofharmonisation is necessary Ideally thiswould incorporate the results of a systematicintercomparison utilising perhaps compoundsof a similar nature and a suitable databaseThis article is an attempt to set the scene for
further discussion of an important subject
REFERENCES
1 De Ruig W G Stephany R W and
Dijkstra G J Assoc Off Anal Chem
72487ndash490 1989
2 EEC directive 93256 No L 11864
(1993)
3 Van Rhijn H A and Van de Voet H
Advances Mass Spectrom 14 CD
ROM ndash WeOr09 1998 (Abstract only)
4 Burlingame A L Boyd R K and Gaskell
S J Anal Chem 70 647Rndash716R 1998
5 Sphon J A J Assoc Off Anal Chem
61 1247ndash1252 1978
6 Baldwin R Bethem R A Boyd R K
Budde W L Cairns T Gibbons R D
Henion J D Kaiser M A Lewis D L
Matusik J E Sphon J A Stephany R
and Trubey R K J Am Soc Mass
Spectrom 8 1180ndash1190 1997
7 VAM Report LGCVAM1998010
Optimisation of the number of ions
which are acceptable for identifying
different chemical species using
GC-MS (1998)
8 Bethem R A and Boyd R K J Am Soc
Mass Spectrom 9 643ndash648 1998
9 White S A Kidd A S and Webb K S J
Forensic Sci 44 375ndash3791999
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Electrospray mass spectrum and structure of LSD
David Booker
AEA Technology
Environment
Trends in air quality legislation
Three independent scientific committeeswithin the UK have published reports123
indicating concern over the health effects ofparticle exposure These concerns have givenrise to a debate on the need for additional
legislation to further reduce particulateemission levels One of these committees1
concluded that it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal link betweenparticulate exposure and acute (and chronic)health effects However this statement isqualified by the recognition that there is a
Ultrafine particles and air quality control
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 7: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
7 V A M B U L L E T I N
G U E S T C O L U M N
EHEC isolated in the UK but this is not thecase elsewhere in the world Serotypes O26O111 O103 and O145 are regularly isolatedin other countries and have been listed byWHO as amongst the lsquotop fiversquo CommercialIMS systems are available only for serotype
O157 and while it is relatively easy to labelbeads with antibodies to any EHEC theprotocols for optimum isolation remainunknown at this time This highlights theneed for continued research in this area offood microbiology
REFERENCES
1 Pennington T H The Pennington Group
Report on the circumstances leading to
the 1996 outbreak of infection with E
coli O157 in Central Scotland the
implications for food safety and the
lessons to be learned Edinburgh The
Stationery Office UK 1997
2 Chapman P A Wright D J and Siddons
C A A comparison of immunomagnetic
separation and direct culture for
the isolation of verocytotoxin ndash
producing Escherichia coli O157 from
bovine faeces J Med Microbiol 40
424ndash427 1994
3 MacRae M Rebate T Johnston M and
Ogden I D The sensitivity of Escherichia
coli O157 to some antimicrobials by
conventional and conductance assays
L Appl Microbiol 25 135ndash137 1997
4 Anonymous Draft International
Standard 16654 Microbiology of food
and animal feeding stuffs ndash Horizontal
method for the detection of Escherichia
coli O157 British Standards Institute
London 1999
Philip Slackand PeterFarnell LGC
Introduction
The Quantitative Ingredients DeclarationAmendment12 is one of the most
radical amendments to the part of the FoodLabelling Regulations3 (covering the bulkcomposition of foods) since the FoodLabelling Regulations of 1984 Apart from
foods to which specific compositionalrequirements apply food law up to now onlyrequired ingredients to be listed on the label Where no specific compositionalrequirements apply the Regulationsprescribe the format for the nutritionallabelling of foodstuffs so that foodmanufacturers could voluntarily declare food macro-components of nutritionalsignificance such as meat and fat contentSince 14 February 2000 labelling of foodproducts must now include a QuantitativeIngredients Declaration (QUID) TheRegulations also cover the supply of food to restaurants and other caterers as well
as for retail sale Measurement issues relating to the
nutritional labelling of foodstuffs are wellunderstood as voluntary declarations dependupon chemical analysis of the finishedfoodstuff Apart from the requirement fornutritional declarations the determination ofmeat (via total nitrogen) fat carbohydrateand moisture contents for example havetraditionally been an important part of thequality control of food manufacturingHowever the emphasis in food manu-facturing has been moving away from qualitycontrol towards quality assurance by bettercontrol of ingredients and processes This
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
VAM and the measurementissues related to QUID
8 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
spirit is seen in the QUID amendment inthat declarations of ingredients must for themost part be based upon the weight of theingredient added in the recipe at the so-called lsquomixing-bowlrsquo stage This is perhapsthe first challenge to be addressed since inmany manufacturing processes the lsquomixing-bowlrsquo is more of a concept than a realitywith ingredients sometimes being addedthroughout the process for example saucesto the final packaged product
The VAM principles and QUID
The six VAM principles are listed insidethe front cover of this Bulletin and are aninstrument of the UK National Measure-ment System These principles weredesigned for chemical testing laboratoriesand their relationship with testing thereforebeing well understood When testing foodproducts to determine the concentration of volatile ingredients eg alcohol testlaboratories will need to have the VAMprinciples firmly in mind since these aredesigned for such activities One easy way toensure this is to use a test laboratory that isaccredited by UKAS specifically for this teston a defined food matrix or otherwise toISO Guide 25 or EN 45001 Alternativelythe laboratory should be audited by acompetent person to ensure that it isfulfilling the requirements of the VAMprinciples This article examines howapplicable the spirit of the VAM principlesare to the wider measurement issues posedby QUID It explores the relationshipbetween the VAM principles and the lsquomixingbowlrsquo examines them in relation to theinterpretation of data then considers theenforcement of the QUID Directive
Measurement for a QUID ndashDo you measure-up
1 The lsquomixing-bowlrsquoManufacturers need a system of
accurately measuring and recording theweights of ingredients added at any stage ofthe process as well as enabling them tocompensate for processing losses They willneed such records not only for their ownquality assurance requirements but also as ameans of supporting a declaration given on aparticular unit of a product at point-of-saleImplicit in this is the need for consistentand traceable measurements of weight and a
meticulous system of recording such dataThey will need to determine the content ofcertain volatile ingredients in the finishedproduct analytically It can therefore beargued that many of the VAM principlesform a good basis for judging themeasurement challenges with respect to thelsquomixing-bowlrsquo ingredients It is interestingtherefore to consider how these principlesmight relate to QUID
The first VAM principle relates to thepurpose for which the measurement isneeded It is important to decide howprecise the measurement needs to be andwhether the measurements being made areaccurate enough or perhaps already moreaccurate and precise than is necessary Anoperative weighing large amounts of aningredient eg meat will find it easier tomake accurate additions to a bulk than whensmall amounts of say an additive inconcentrated form is put in This is easier todispense accurately if an additive is supplieddispersed in a lsquobulking agentrsquo Suchspecifications will depend on the situationand need to be agreed in advance This willbe imperative in deciding whether the
measurement instruments eg weighingmachine already in place are appropriate
The second principle involves assessingmeasurement instruments against this agreedspecification The precision of an analyticalbalance will obviously not be required forweighing meat However all instrumentshave their own range of uncertainty ofmeasurement and this must not approach orexceed the overall precision required in theagreed specification Accuracy anduncertainty are both determined throughcalibration and it is therefore important todetermine whether appropriate calibration isbeing carried out
To address the third principle it isimportant that operatives understand theabove mentioned requirements and havebeen properly trained in the use of theinstruments Routine checks of theircontinuing competence should ideally bemade through the weighing of check batchesof already known weight
The fourth principle is best tackled byan internal audit by a Quality DepartmentOperatives should be observed carrying outthese operations at defined regular intervals
9 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
The traditional calculation of meatcontent is based upon the determination oftotal nitrogen content multiplied by anapproved constant Corrections are thenmade for other nitrogen containingcomponents eg collagen soya proteinmilk protein excess connective tissueSome fat can then be added in for the calculation of total meat QUIDdeclarations from the lsquomixing bowlrsquo willalmost certainly differ from those arisingfrom calculations made in this way fromanalytical data by virtue of the fact thatMember States of the European Unionhave different definitions of meat (there isalso another mechanism by which thisdisparity might occur involving nutritionaldeclarations of protein ndash see below) Suchdefinitions range from all striated muscle inGermany predominantly muscle and somefat in the UK to considerable inclusions ofoffal in some other Member States SomeMember States do not define meat at allThus the raw ingredient will vary inquality and chemical composition Thevariable water content of fresh meat willalso be an issue here as will be its nitrogenfactor It would seem to be of greatimportance that QUID declarations formeat content are harmonised across the EU
The harmonisation of QUIDdeclarations for meat may depend on aconsistent definition of meat as aningredient The European Union hasproduced its own definition but so farMember States have been unable to agreeto this Various national regulationscurrently allow manufacturers tolsquoconstructrsquo a lsquomeatrsquo content by the additionof different parts of the carcass which mayinclude Mechanically Recovered Meat(MRM) The extent to which this canhappen will therefore vary greatly from oneMember State to another How this willaffect the movement of products betweenMember States of the EU is unclear sincethe issue of how to lsquoQUIDrsquo products forexport remains to be properly resolved Itwould appear that products with QUIDdeclarations made at point-of-productionin accordance with the NationalRegulations defining meat must beaccepted in all Member States This has
the potential to confuse the customerattempting to make comparisons betweendifferent products at point-of-sale orindeed at home after purchase
Declared percentage meat content willtherefore reflect differing ingredientsranging from pure muscle or lean meat atone extreme to a mixture of other parts ofthe carcass including fat skin and rindThere is also some feeling that rather thanhaving an EU wide legal definition of meatthere should be a requirement forpercentages of individual cuts of meat orother parts of the carcass to be declaredConsumers would know exactly what theyare eating and how this relates to theirown perception about what meat is Thiswould also help them to make a priceversus quality assessment of the productenabling manufacturers to produce lsquoup- ordown-marketrsquo products to suit the varyinglsquovalue for moneyrsquo perceptions In somecases this approach would require theabolition of Compositional RegulationsWhichever approach is taken a keyelement of this debate centres aroundwhether better analytical methods shouldbe developed for detecting and quantifyingthese different types of lsquomeatrsquo allowingverification of the ingredients used inmanufacture Certainly lsquoconstructedrsquo meatcontents might only be verified analytically
Normally QUID declarations will befor a typical quantity of an ingredientrounded to the nearest whole numberreflecting the producerrsquos normalmanufacturing variations in accordancewith good manufacturing practice Anexception to this is where the labellingplaces special emphasis on an ingredient incases where the food is alreadycharacterised by the presence of thatingredient Here a minimum content mustbe declared which might be legallyprescribed if a Compositional Regulationapplies An example might be where thepork is particularly emphasised in cannedlsquopork sausagersquo Conversely if the labellingemphasises a low level of an ingredientthen a declaration of maximum contentmust be given An example here might be ifthe low level of fat is emphasised in a spread
Continued on page 10
The meat content challengeCalibration and traceability of
measurement are also about ensuring that aweight of x kilogrammes represents the sameamount of ingredient as it does in anotherfactory down the road It will if the fifthVAM principle is adhered to
Finally the sixth VAM principlerequires quality assurance and qualitycontrol procedures In this context qualityassurance involves having appropriatewritten standard operating procedures andproper records of calibration and weighingsof ingredients to prove that all actions werewithin specifications
2 Interpretation of information from measurementAnother possible application of the
VAM principles is in the conversion of testdata into useful information Perhaps one ofthe biggest consequences of QUID is that inaddressing the quantitative issues relating tofood ingredients declarations it also raisesthe issue of the quality of ingredients andtheir impact in the interpretation of testdata Since ingredients of varying quality willalso differ in their composition someconcern has been expressed bymanufacturers about whether lsquolike will becompared with likersquo when consumerscompare different products with identicalQUID declarations Another way that thismight also become apparent as an anomalyto the consumer is that it is also feasible that two otherwise identical products with the same QUID declarations mighthave significantly different nutritionaldeclarations and vice versa
Nowhere is this more apparent than in theissue of meat content where very specificmeasurement issues are raised Here therequirement is to measure the level of ananalyte and convert this into a value for meatcontent This is an interpretative step that alsorequires a database from which appropriateconversion factors can be established andused By way of example we have examinedthe meat content issue in more detail (seeldquoThe Meat Challengerdquo [right])
VAMWhat does all this have to do with the six
VAM principles The connection comes viathe fact that in all situations whereinterpretation of data is required to ascertaincompositional information or the level of aningredient an lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relation-ship is required that can be likened to asecondary calibration graph This is thelsquographrsquo that can be drawn showing therelationship between the level of the chosenanalyte and the componentingredient of interest which is to be quantified (seeFigure 1) The slope of this lsquographrsquo willdiffer for the individual cuts of meatdifferent parts of the carcass and for MRMfor example Appropriate corrections tovalues read from the lsquographrsquo need to bemade for collagen content because of itscontribution to the measured value for totalnitrogen Also the relationship between thevalues read from the lsquographrsquo and the weightof meat added to the mixing-bowl will needa level of understanding to allow a sensibleinterpretation to be made These issuesraised for meat are also similarly evident forother areas of food analysis such as fruitjuice content or milk content They indicatehow difficult it is for food analysts to drawthis lsquographrsquo with respect to the range offactors that need to be taken into account
Interpretative skills cannot currently becovered within the scope of accreditation by
UKAS because accreditation currentlyrelates to the making of a test measurementnot to the interpretation of the measurementresult It is now being argued that theyshould be given the economic importance ofthe opinions being expressed daily bylaboratories on test reports The adoption ofISO 17025 will in future allow the reportingof opinions and interpretations to beaccredited This means that all aspects of theQuality System will need to be extended tocover interpretative skills These will includestandard operating procedures methodprotocols the databases and relationshipsbetween test data and an interpretationbeing given by that laboratory staffexperience qualifications and trainingrecords etc Many laboratories may not beaware of these forthcoming changes or of theimplications to their quality systemsTherefore an extension of the VAMprinciples to include the interpretation oftest data would assist laboratories with theirpreparations for the accreditation of services requiring the provision of opinionsin test reports
How might this be done
The first VAM principle might
encourage us to ascertain whether the need
is to interpret test data to confirm a QUID
or establish the relationship between this
declaration and a nutritional declaration or a
compositional requirement
1 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
Relationship between the predicted level of marker analyte and ingredient concentration L = level of analyte found Ldl = maximum level of analyte found in the ingredient DL = detection limit of ingredient L = level of analyte found Imin= minimum level of ingredient Imax= maximum level of ingredient A = average content of ingredient
Figure 1
Continued from page 9This complex situation is com-
pounded by another requirement thatdeclarations calculated by weight fromthe recipe at the mixing-bowl stage mustnot have included in the calculation anywater or volatile ingredients lost duringprocessing It is interesting to considerthe complications that could thus arisewith the meat content declaration
Water losses during processing canbe extremely variable Additionallyseparating fat which is often skimmedoff might not take place to a consistentdegree Here then is the othermechanism by which an anomalybetween a nutritional declaration and aQUID will occur This is the issue ofhow for example the protein content ina finished product will relate to a meatQUID The departure from theestablished practice of relating meatcontent to the nitrogen content of rawmeat for the purpose of labellingdeclarations will mean that differentproducts with the same QUID for say ameat ingredient may have substantiallydifferent protein declarations even whenthere is obviously no other source ofprotein present There is potential herealso to confuse the consumer who maywonder how the meat from onemanufacturer is giving him more or lessprotein than the meat from another Inthe short term manufacturers canpresumably avoid this issue by omittingnutritional labelling from their packagingThe whole issue will however need to beresolved if the UKrsquos suggestion to theEuropean Union to make nutritionallabelling compulsory goes ahead Thiswill provide a challenge for theenforcement authorities who areresponsible for enforcing both parts ofthe legislation and will presumably stillneed to relate analytically derived proteinand calculated meat contents to theQUID for meat It is likely that thereconciliation of these values will requiremuch input from analytical chemists
For the second VAM principle one
needs to ask if the databases available as
well as the methods for using this data to
prepare the lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relationship
are fit-for-purpose Have these been properly
tested MAFF (the UK Ministry of
Agriculture Fisheries and Food) have been
trying to address this issue by funding
research work under the auspices of the
RSC Analytical Methods Committee on the
composition of red meat chicken and
scampi but more information on the
composition of other raw materials such as
turkey meat and salmon is needed In 1998
proposals were invited to conduct
collaborative studies to achieve this involving
financial support partly from MAFF and
from industry Similarly in 1999 proposals
were called for to determine the composition
of commercially important fish species
MAFF clearly see a need for these data to
enable analytical checks to be made on the
content of meat or fish in final products in
order to implement QUID This differs from
another view sometimes expressed that
factory inspection alone would be sufficient
for enforcement purposes (see below)
MAFF has also been trying to address
the fitness-for-purpose issue with respect to
other interpretative issues Last year it
called for the development of analytical
methods for the determination of plant-
based ingredients with respect to the
implementation of QUID As with meat-
based products implementation of QUID
might be difficult in the many cases where a
legal definition for a plant-based product
does not exist Analytical chemists may well
be involved in the process of establishing
such legal definitions as well as in developing
methods for the determination of these
ingredients The establishment of legal
definitions for food ingredients is however a
contentious issue for some sectors of the
food industry especially the meat sector
Are the staff interpreting analytical data
qualified and competent for this task as is
required by the third VAM principle A
member of staff might be highly competent
at all the technical aspects of making a test
measurement This does not necessarily
mean that they understand the underlying
scientific issues sufficiently to form an
opinion about those test data It is evident
that generally more highly qualified and
experienced scientific staff will be required
to interpret data and give the customer an
opinion It is likely that most customers
would expect this The fourth VAM principle might require
laboratory audits and assessments foraccreditation to add interpretative skills tothose of the measurement of an analyte Thismight require a substantial extension oflaboratory audit and review protocolsbefitting the much more specialist functionof the laboratory justified by the addedfinancial value that providing such servicespresumably brings to that laboratory
It is clear that measurements of meat
content in one location in Europe cannot be
consistent with those made elsewhere since
Europe has not yet agreed a legal definition
for meat The fifth VAM principle would
require laboratories across Europe to be
preparing their lsquoAuthenticity Calibration
Relationshiprsquo in the same way Obviously
they cannot be doing this
Finally it is unlikely in many cases that
well defined quality control and quality
assurance procedures will exist for the
interpretation of test data as would be
required by the sixth VAM principle
Accreditation by UKAS does not currently
extend beyond the measurement of
the analyte
Perhaps VAM should now raise
this standard
Enforcement of QUID
Do we need testing to enforce QUIDand are the VAM principles relevant FoodLaw applies to products at point-of-saleThis means that enforcement will relate to aparticular unit taken from a retail outlet by aTrading Standards Officer One obviousmeans of enforcement is to test the sampleif an appropriate test exists The majordrawback to this approach is that analyticalchemists do not always have an appropriatetest that they can use If this approach istaken the sample is divided into threeportions one is sent to a public analyst andone can be analysed by a test laboratoryappointed by the lsquoownersrsquo of the sample Incases of dispute LGC is often required toanalyse the third portion in its role as theofficial UK referee laboratory under theprovisions of the Food Safety Act 1990
Trading Standards Officers also havethe powers they need to enter factories toenforce Food Law They would need torelate their observations in the factory to aunit of product previously purchased from aretailer This means that they would not onlyneed to audit the manufacturing process butwould also need to examine productionrecords relating to the batch from which thatunit of product originated in order to ensureproper lsquocalibrationrsquo
The first issue that arises concernsenforcement of imported productsObviously Trading Standards Officers willnot normally be able to inspect overseasproducers This approach would rely upon asystem of networking with similarenforcement bodies in other states Recentexperiences have shown that enforcement by this route can be a long-winded process Secondly factory inspection is a time-consuming process and it is debatableas to whether or not local authorities havethe resources to do this effectively In bothcases it would be easier if the informationcould be gained by testing the end productas is done for enforcement of nutritionallabelling declarations
Herein lies the measurement challenge tothe analytical chemistry profession Todevelop appropriate tests through technologytransfer and innovation then to validate themin a manner that includes the interpretativestages required to deliver an opinion to thecompetent authority All this must be inaccordance with the appropriate VAMprinciples so ensuring fitness-for-purposeFinally to ensure that everyone irrespectiveof geographical location is applying theseprocedures in such a manner as to achieveequivalent data and its interpretation
REFERENCES
1 Directive 974EC (1997) lsquoOn the
approximation of the laws of the
Member States relating to the labelling
presentation and advertising of
foodstuffsrsquo Official Journal of the
European Communities L43 21ndash23
2 The Food Labell ing (Amendment)
Regulations 1998 SI 19981398
3 The Food Labelling Regulations 1996
SI 19961499
1 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
1 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Ken Webb andMike SargentLGC
Mass spectrometry is widely regarded asthe technique of choice for an
extensive range of demanding analyticalmeasurement applications because it offers apowerful combination of accuracysensitivity specificity versatility and speedIt is frequently used for both theidentification and quantitation of traceimpurities an application of particularimportance to regulatory or forensicapplications Indeed mass spectrometry israpidly becoming the preferred detectionsystem for many gas or liquid chromat-ographic separations used in these fieldsbecause of its perceived capability to provideunequivocal identification of the targetanalyte In addition it is widely believed thatsimpler or more rapid chromatographicseparations can suffice due to the greaterpower of a mass spectrometric detector in ensuring that the signal monitoredoriginates from the analyte and not aninterfering species
The routine identification andmeasurement of compounds using massspectrometry can however lead toconflicting requirements particularly whereadditional compromises are made in theinterest of speed and economyIdentification is normally achieved bymonitoring a number of structurallysignificant ions of a compound whereas forsensitivity purposes accurate quantitation isoften carried out by monitoring only oneion Consequently there can be a number ofdifferent ways of carrying out identificationand quantitation ranging from full scans tomonitoring a single ion A satisfactorybalance must be achieved between thenumber of ions monitored and optimumsensitivity Moreover it is essential that theactual ions chosen for monitoring are
selected with a knowledge of potentialproblems which may arise For example thesame ion could result from fragmentation ofanother possibly similar compound or thesignal may overlap that from a different iondue to inadequate mass resolution of thespectrometer In many cases the optimumchoice of ion for certainty of identificationwill require expert knowledge of massspectrometry the characteristics of theseparation techniques and the chemistry ofthe analyte and sample This expertise is notalways available particularly in routinescreening applications and concern has arisen regarding the consequences ofmis-identification particularly where legalaction may be taken on the basis of theanalytical result
Official guidelines or criteria
As a result of this concern severalorganisations have produced guidelines orcriteria for selection of ions to be monitoredin critical applications One example isconfirmation of residues of growthpromoting agents illegally used in thefattening of cattle12 within the EuropeanUnion (EU) The EU criteria2 state that fourions should be measured the intensity ofwhich should deviate by no more than plusmn10in electron ionisation (EI) mode from acorresponding standard It is interesting tonote that for use as a screening methodsingle ion monitoring of the most abundantdiagnostic ion is specified The requirementto monitor four ions for the confirmation ofidentity may seem somewhat rigorousparticularly as these criteria are based onlsquoexpert opinionrsquo rather than on evaluation ofanalytical data from confirmatory analysis1It has been found in practice that thesecriteria are proving difficult to meet forseveral analytes especially where some ofthe diagnostic ions are of low mass orrelatively low intensity3 The consequence ofthis is that a relatively high number of falsenegative results could be obtained in theroutine inspection for the abuse of growthpromoters Ideally the number of false
negative results should be minimal howeverwith the EU criteria of four diagnostic ionsthis is not believed to be the case3Consequently work is currently underway3with the aim of providing a statisticallyfounded strategy to determine the criteriaapplicable to mass spectrometric data so asto achieve optimisation of false positive andfalse negative results in these analyses
Systematic studies of ion-monitoring criteria
The above example highlights the need
for and lack of systematic studies of the
number of ions which should be monitored
to confirm identity4 One of the few
published examples5 was the investigation of
the number of ions (in EI mode) that must
be monitored to produce an unambiguous
identification of a given compound In this
study an estimate was made of the minimum
number of ions it was necessary to monitor
so as to produce an unambiguous
identification of diethylstilboestrol (DES)
using low resolution mass spectrometry
DES is an ideal compound for such a study
since it exhibits an abundant molecular ion
and has a number of structurally significant
fragment ions Using a database of 30000
spectra it was found that searching the
database for three ions all with appropriate
intensity limits produced only one match
DES It was considered that a realistic
relative intensity variation for the ions
monitored based on a standard EI
spectrum would be plusmn5 although this was
recognised as being flexible If additional
specificity is present such as GC retention
time then the intensity variation could be
expanded beyond these limitsIt was recommended5 that for
identification purposes three or morecharacteristic ions should be monitored tobe present within an acceptable ratio Thisstudy5 was published in 1978 and a modernversion of this approach using an updatedmass spectral library (of unknown origin)containing some 270000 spectra was
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
The reliability of mass spec foridentification purposes
1 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
published in 1997 by the same author6 Theresult again showed that three characteristicions with reasonably tight specifications forrelative intensities are required to uniquelyselect DES from the larger database
An extended systematic study7 of anumber of compounds of analytical interestwas carried out at LGC in 1998 as part ofthe VAM programme using similar criteriato those in the 1997 study The compoundswere chosen to be representative of theforensic and agro-chemical fields whereproper identification is particularlyimportant Results for one of thecompounds malathion (an organo-phosphorous pesticide) are shown in Table1 This table shows the monitoring of up tothree characteristic ions of malathion (molwt 330) In addition the relative intensitiesof the ions monitored are also taken intoaccount This is done by setting an lsquointensitywindowrsquo for each ion based on the ionintensities from a reference spectrum plus orminus 20 Table 1 also shows exampleswhere the relative intensities are not takeninto account (ie window is 1-100) As theidentification criteria are made morestringent the number of matches decreasesquickly to the point where threecharacteristic ions with the correct relativeintensities (within plusmn20) uniquely identifiesmalathion The results of this extended studysupport those of the previous work on DES56
and show that monitoring three characteristicions of a compound with appropriate relativeintensity specifications is sufficient touniquely select the given compound from acomprehensive mass spectral library Thisnew study highlighted the importance thatthe chosen ions include the molecular ionand that moderately specific ion intensityranges are used
The lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo formolecular identification
Work such as that outlined above led tothe establishment of the lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo forelectron impact spectra568 In addition to thepresence of three characteristic ions thecriteria also specify that the relative intensitiesof the ions are within plusmn10 of the ratiosobserved from a standard If additionalspecificity is present such as achromatographic retention time then theintensity variation could be expanded beyondthese limits The 3 ion criterion is the onlybroadly recognised standard for unambiguousanalyte identification8 for all types ofionisation Although alternatives have beenproposed no other standard is so universallyrecognised as the best means of minimisingthe risk of a false-positive identification8
Current VAMrecommendations
Suggested identification criteria when
using GC-MS and LC-MS are given
below and are based on the 3-ion criteria
described above
1 The criterion of chromatographic
retention time should be used in
conjunction with mass spectral criteria
for confirmation of identity In general
the retention time of an analyte should
be within plusmn2 of a reference standard
2 Under conditions of electron ionisation
at low mass spectral resolution at least
three characteristic diagnostic ions
should be present one of which should
preferably be the molecular ion The
relative intensity of these diagnostic ions
should match those of a reference
standard to within a margin of plusmn20
3 When using chemical ionisation theguideline as at 2 should be followed butwith an acceptable margin on ionintensity ratios of plusmn25
Tandem mass spectrometrycriteria
In the case of tandem mass spectrometry(MS-MS) linked to a chromatographicsystem MS-MS itself confers considerablespecificity in compound identification It hasbeen suggested6 in this case thatconfirmation of identity requires observationof a precursor ion representing the intactmolecule (or a closely related fragment)plus one structurally significant product ionobserved at the same chromatographicretention time However in view of theincreasing use of chromatography-MS-MSto shorten clean up and analysis times manyinterferences could be present in sampleextracts It is likely that these may not beresolved from the analyte of interest Underthese circumstances when detection is byMS-MS it would be prudent forconfirmation of identity to be based onobservation of two structurally relatedproduct ions from one precursor ion (ideallythe molecular ion)
Relaxation of criteria
There are also circumstances where it isconsidered that the 3-ion criteria could berelaxed Such circumstances could includethe case where the matrix to be analysed hasbeen well characterised in the past and theprocedure is used for rapid pre-screening ofa large number of samples Another case isthat of dosing experiments using a specificcompound where it is clear that the compoundwill be present The determination of
Masses monitored
Mass Intensity Mass Intensity Mass Intensity No of matchingrange () range () range () compounds
330 1-100 1922
330 1-100 173 1-100 816
330 1-100 173 1-100 125 1-100 128
330 1-40 1753
330 1-40 173 1-100 735
330 1-40 173 1-100 125 1-100 111
330 1-40 173 60-100 10
330 1-40 173 60-100 125 60-100 1
Table 1 Results from spectral library matching study on malathion7
1 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
lysergide (LSD) in urine by LC-MS9
illustrates this point Normally for forensicpurposes three ions are monitored toinclude the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324 and thecharacteristic fragment ions at mz 223 and197 If LSD is known to be present throughdosing experiments then monitoring twoions to include the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324and the mz 223 ion is sufficient forestablishing its presence In this particularcase monitoring only two ions would alsobring about a considerable increase insensitivity of the procedure The limit ofquantitation (LOQ) of this procedure whenmonitoring three ions is 05 ngml As canbe seen from Figure 1 the 197 daltons ion ofLSD has only a 10ndash15 intensity relative tothe base peak Consequently if only twoions were monitored (mz 223 and 324) thelimit of detection would be improved by afactor of five to 01 ngml (the mz 223 ionhas an intensity relative to the base peak ofsome five times that of the mz 197 ion)Hence adopting this approach would bebeneficial particularly if measurements werebeing carried out at or near the LOQ
Conclusions
Clearly no single set of criteria canencompass all eventualities Considerationmust be given to fitness for purpose and ascientific judgement based on analyticalrequirements must be made However inorder for scientific data to be acceptablebetween organisations some form ofharmonisation is necessary Ideally thiswould incorporate the results of a systematicintercomparison utilising perhaps compoundsof a similar nature and a suitable databaseThis article is an attempt to set the scene for
further discussion of an important subject
REFERENCES
1 De Ruig W G Stephany R W and
Dijkstra G J Assoc Off Anal Chem
72487ndash490 1989
2 EEC directive 93256 No L 11864
(1993)
3 Van Rhijn H A and Van de Voet H
Advances Mass Spectrom 14 CD
ROM ndash WeOr09 1998 (Abstract only)
4 Burlingame A L Boyd R K and Gaskell
S J Anal Chem 70 647Rndash716R 1998
5 Sphon J A J Assoc Off Anal Chem
61 1247ndash1252 1978
6 Baldwin R Bethem R A Boyd R K
Budde W L Cairns T Gibbons R D
Henion J D Kaiser M A Lewis D L
Matusik J E Sphon J A Stephany R
and Trubey R K J Am Soc Mass
Spectrom 8 1180ndash1190 1997
7 VAM Report LGCVAM1998010
Optimisation of the number of ions
which are acceptable for identifying
different chemical species using
GC-MS (1998)
8 Bethem R A and Boyd R K J Am Soc
Mass Spectrom 9 643ndash648 1998
9 White S A Kidd A S and Webb K S J
Forensic Sci 44 375ndash3791999
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Electrospray mass spectrum and structure of LSD
David Booker
AEA Technology
Environment
Trends in air quality legislation
Three independent scientific committeeswithin the UK have published reports123
indicating concern over the health effects ofparticle exposure These concerns have givenrise to a debate on the need for additional
legislation to further reduce particulateemission levels One of these committees1
concluded that it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal link betweenparticulate exposure and acute (and chronic)health effects However this statement isqualified by the recognition that there is a
Ultrafine particles and air quality control
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 8: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
8 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
spirit is seen in the QUID amendment inthat declarations of ingredients must for themost part be based upon the weight of theingredient added in the recipe at the so-called lsquomixing-bowlrsquo stage This is perhapsthe first challenge to be addressed since inmany manufacturing processes the lsquomixing-bowlrsquo is more of a concept than a realitywith ingredients sometimes being addedthroughout the process for example saucesto the final packaged product
The VAM principles and QUID
The six VAM principles are listed insidethe front cover of this Bulletin and are aninstrument of the UK National Measure-ment System These principles weredesigned for chemical testing laboratoriesand their relationship with testing thereforebeing well understood When testing foodproducts to determine the concentration of volatile ingredients eg alcohol testlaboratories will need to have the VAMprinciples firmly in mind since these aredesigned for such activities One easy way toensure this is to use a test laboratory that isaccredited by UKAS specifically for this teston a defined food matrix or otherwise toISO Guide 25 or EN 45001 Alternativelythe laboratory should be audited by acompetent person to ensure that it isfulfilling the requirements of the VAMprinciples This article examines howapplicable the spirit of the VAM principlesare to the wider measurement issues posedby QUID It explores the relationshipbetween the VAM principles and the lsquomixingbowlrsquo examines them in relation to theinterpretation of data then considers theenforcement of the QUID Directive
Measurement for a QUID ndashDo you measure-up
1 The lsquomixing-bowlrsquoManufacturers need a system of
accurately measuring and recording theweights of ingredients added at any stage ofthe process as well as enabling them tocompensate for processing losses They willneed such records not only for their ownquality assurance requirements but also as ameans of supporting a declaration given on aparticular unit of a product at point-of-saleImplicit in this is the need for consistentand traceable measurements of weight and a
meticulous system of recording such dataThey will need to determine the content ofcertain volatile ingredients in the finishedproduct analytically It can therefore beargued that many of the VAM principlesform a good basis for judging themeasurement challenges with respect to thelsquomixing-bowlrsquo ingredients It is interestingtherefore to consider how these principlesmight relate to QUID
The first VAM principle relates to thepurpose for which the measurement isneeded It is important to decide howprecise the measurement needs to be andwhether the measurements being made areaccurate enough or perhaps already moreaccurate and precise than is necessary Anoperative weighing large amounts of aningredient eg meat will find it easier tomake accurate additions to a bulk than whensmall amounts of say an additive inconcentrated form is put in This is easier todispense accurately if an additive is supplieddispersed in a lsquobulking agentrsquo Suchspecifications will depend on the situationand need to be agreed in advance This willbe imperative in deciding whether the
measurement instruments eg weighingmachine already in place are appropriate
The second principle involves assessingmeasurement instruments against this agreedspecification The precision of an analyticalbalance will obviously not be required forweighing meat However all instrumentshave their own range of uncertainty ofmeasurement and this must not approach orexceed the overall precision required in theagreed specification Accuracy anduncertainty are both determined throughcalibration and it is therefore important todetermine whether appropriate calibration isbeing carried out
To address the third principle it isimportant that operatives understand theabove mentioned requirements and havebeen properly trained in the use of theinstruments Routine checks of theircontinuing competence should ideally bemade through the weighing of check batchesof already known weight
The fourth principle is best tackled byan internal audit by a Quality DepartmentOperatives should be observed carrying outthese operations at defined regular intervals
9 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
The traditional calculation of meatcontent is based upon the determination oftotal nitrogen content multiplied by anapproved constant Corrections are thenmade for other nitrogen containingcomponents eg collagen soya proteinmilk protein excess connective tissueSome fat can then be added in for the calculation of total meat QUIDdeclarations from the lsquomixing bowlrsquo willalmost certainly differ from those arisingfrom calculations made in this way fromanalytical data by virtue of the fact thatMember States of the European Unionhave different definitions of meat (there isalso another mechanism by which thisdisparity might occur involving nutritionaldeclarations of protein ndash see below) Suchdefinitions range from all striated muscle inGermany predominantly muscle and somefat in the UK to considerable inclusions ofoffal in some other Member States SomeMember States do not define meat at allThus the raw ingredient will vary inquality and chemical composition Thevariable water content of fresh meat willalso be an issue here as will be its nitrogenfactor It would seem to be of greatimportance that QUID declarations formeat content are harmonised across the EU
The harmonisation of QUIDdeclarations for meat may depend on aconsistent definition of meat as aningredient The European Union hasproduced its own definition but so farMember States have been unable to agreeto this Various national regulationscurrently allow manufacturers tolsquoconstructrsquo a lsquomeatrsquo content by the additionof different parts of the carcass which mayinclude Mechanically Recovered Meat(MRM) The extent to which this canhappen will therefore vary greatly from oneMember State to another How this willaffect the movement of products betweenMember States of the EU is unclear sincethe issue of how to lsquoQUIDrsquo products forexport remains to be properly resolved Itwould appear that products with QUIDdeclarations made at point-of-productionin accordance with the NationalRegulations defining meat must beaccepted in all Member States This has
the potential to confuse the customerattempting to make comparisons betweendifferent products at point-of-sale orindeed at home after purchase
Declared percentage meat content willtherefore reflect differing ingredientsranging from pure muscle or lean meat atone extreme to a mixture of other parts ofthe carcass including fat skin and rindThere is also some feeling that rather thanhaving an EU wide legal definition of meatthere should be a requirement forpercentages of individual cuts of meat orother parts of the carcass to be declaredConsumers would know exactly what theyare eating and how this relates to theirown perception about what meat is Thiswould also help them to make a priceversus quality assessment of the productenabling manufacturers to produce lsquoup- ordown-marketrsquo products to suit the varyinglsquovalue for moneyrsquo perceptions In somecases this approach would require theabolition of Compositional RegulationsWhichever approach is taken a keyelement of this debate centres aroundwhether better analytical methods shouldbe developed for detecting and quantifyingthese different types of lsquomeatrsquo allowingverification of the ingredients used inmanufacture Certainly lsquoconstructedrsquo meatcontents might only be verified analytically
Normally QUID declarations will befor a typical quantity of an ingredientrounded to the nearest whole numberreflecting the producerrsquos normalmanufacturing variations in accordancewith good manufacturing practice Anexception to this is where the labellingplaces special emphasis on an ingredient incases where the food is alreadycharacterised by the presence of thatingredient Here a minimum content mustbe declared which might be legallyprescribed if a Compositional Regulationapplies An example might be where thepork is particularly emphasised in cannedlsquopork sausagersquo Conversely if the labellingemphasises a low level of an ingredientthen a declaration of maximum contentmust be given An example here might be ifthe low level of fat is emphasised in a spread
Continued on page 10
The meat content challengeCalibration and traceability of
measurement are also about ensuring that aweight of x kilogrammes represents the sameamount of ingredient as it does in anotherfactory down the road It will if the fifthVAM principle is adhered to
Finally the sixth VAM principlerequires quality assurance and qualitycontrol procedures In this context qualityassurance involves having appropriatewritten standard operating procedures andproper records of calibration and weighingsof ingredients to prove that all actions werewithin specifications
2 Interpretation of information from measurementAnother possible application of the
VAM principles is in the conversion of testdata into useful information Perhaps one ofthe biggest consequences of QUID is that inaddressing the quantitative issues relating tofood ingredients declarations it also raisesthe issue of the quality of ingredients andtheir impact in the interpretation of testdata Since ingredients of varying quality willalso differ in their composition someconcern has been expressed bymanufacturers about whether lsquolike will becompared with likersquo when consumerscompare different products with identicalQUID declarations Another way that thismight also become apparent as an anomalyto the consumer is that it is also feasible that two otherwise identical products with the same QUID declarations mighthave significantly different nutritionaldeclarations and vice versa
Nowhere is this more apparent than in theissue of meat content where very specificmeasurement issues are raised Here therequirement is to measure the level of ananalyte and convert this into a value for meatcontent This is an interpretative step that alsorequires a database from which appropriateconversion factors can be established andused By way of example we have examinedthe meat content issue in more detail (seeldquoThe Meat Challengerdquo [right])
VAMWhat does all this have to do with the six
VAM principles The connection comes viathe fact that in all situations whereinterpretation of data is required to ascertaincompositional information or the level of aningredient an lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relation-ship is required that can be likened to asecondary calibration graph This is thelsquographrsquo that can be drawn showing therelationship between the level of the chosenanalyte and the componentingredient of interest which is to be quantified (seeFigure 1) The slope of this lsquographrsquo willdiffer for the individual cuts of meatdifferent parts of the carcass and for MRMfor example Appropriate corrections tovalues read from the lsquographrsquo need to bemade for collagen content because of itscontribution to the measured value for totalnitrogen Also the relationship between thevalues read from the lsquographrsquo and the weightof meat added to the mixing-bowl will needa level of understanding to allow a sensibleinterpretation to be made These issuesraised for meat are also similarly evident forother areas of food analysis such as fruitjuice content or milk content They indicatehow difficult it is for food analysts to drawthis lsquographrsquo with respect to the range offactors that need to be taken into account
Interpretative skills cannot currently becovered within the scope of accreditation by
UKAS because accreditation currentlyrelates to the making of a test measurementnot to the interpretation of the measurementresult It is now being argued that theyshould be given the economic importance ofthe opinions being expressed daily bylaboratories on test reports The adoption ofISO 17025 will in future allow the reportingof opinions and interpretations to beaccredited This means that all aspects of theQuality System will need to be extended tocover interpretative skills These will includestandard operating procedures methodprotocols the databases and relationshipsbetween test data and an interpretationbeing given by that laboratory staffexperience qualifications and trainingrecords etc Many laboratories may not beaware of these forthcoming changes or of theimplications to their quality systemsTherefore an extension of the VAMprinciples to include the interpretation oftest data would assist laboratories with theirpreparations for the accreditation of services requiring the provision of opinionsin test reports
How might this be done
The first VAM principle might
encourage us to ascertain whether the need
is to interpret test data to confirm a QUID
or establish the relationship between this
declaration and a nutritional declaration or a
compositional requirement
1 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
Relationship between the predicted level of marker analyte and ingredient concentration L = level of analyte found Ldl = maximum level of analyte found in the ingredient DL = detection limit of ingredient L = level of analyte found Imin= minimum level of ingredient Imax= maximum level of ingredient A = average content of ingredient
Figure 1
Continued from page 9This complex situation is com-
pounded by another requirement thatdeclarations calculated by weight fromthe recipe at the mixing-bowl stage mustnot have included in the calculation anywater or volatile ingredients lost duringprocessing It is interesting to considerthe complications that could thus arisewith the meat content declaration
Water losses during processing canbe extremely variable Additionallyseparating fat which is often skimmedoff might not take place to a consistentdegree Here then is the othermechanism by which an anomalybetween a nutritional declaration and aQUID will occur This is the issue ofhow for example the protein content ina finished product will relate to a meatQUID The departure from theestablished practice of relating meatcontent to the nitrogen content of rawmeat for the purpose of labellingdeclarations will mean that differentproducts with the same QUID for say ameat ingredient may have substantiallydifferent protein declarations even whenthere is obviously no other source ofprotein present There is potential herealso to confuse the consumer who maywonder how the meat from onemanufacturer is giving him more or lessprotein than the meat from another Inthe short term manufacturers canpresumably avoid this issue by omittingnutritional labelling from their packagingThe whole issue will however need to beresolved if the UKrsquos suggestion to theEuropean Union to make nutritionallabelling compulsory goes ahead Thiswill provide a challenge for theenforcement authorities who areresponsible for enforcing both parts ofthe legislation and will presumably stillneed to relate analytically derived proteinand calculated meat contents to theQUID for meat It is likely that thereconciliation of these values will requiremuch input from analytical chemists
For the second VAM principle one
needs to ask if the databases available as
well as the methods for using this data to
prepare the lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relationship
are fit-for-purpose Have these been properly
tested MAFF (the UK Ministry of
Agriculture Fisheries and Food) have been
trying to address this issue by funding
research work under the auspices of the
RSC Analytical Methods Committee on the
composition of red meat chicken and
scampi but more information on the
composition of other raw materials such as
turkey meat and salmon is needed In 1998
proposals were invited to conduct
collaborative studies to achieve this involving
financial support partly from MAFF and
from industry Similarly in 1999 proposals
were called for to determine the composition
of commercially important fish species
MAFF clearly see a need for these data to
enable analytical checks to be made on the
content of meat or fish in final products in
order to implement QUID This differs from
another view sometimes expressed that
factory inspection alone would be sufficient
for enforcement purposes (see below)
MAFF has also been trying to address
the fitness-for-purpose issue with respect to
other interpretative issues Last year it
called for the development of analytical
methods for the determination of plant-
based ingredients with respect to the
implementation of QUID As with meat-
based products implementation of QUID
might be difficult in the many cases where a
legal definition for a plant-based product
does not exist Analytical chemists may well
be involved in the process of establishing
such legal definitions as well as in developing
methods for the determination of these
ingredients The establishment of legal
definitions for food ingredients is however a
contentious issue for some sectors of the
food industry especially the meat sector
Are the staff interpreting analytical data
qualified and competent for this task as is
required by the third VAM principle A
member of staff might be highly competent
at all the technical aspects of making a test
measurement This does not necessarily
mean that they understand the underlying
scientific issues sufficiently to form an
opinion about those test data It is evident
that generally more highly qualified and
experienced scientific staff will be required
to interpret data and give the customer an
opinion It is likely that most customers
would expect this The fourth VAM principle might require
laboratory audits and assessments foraccreditation to add interpretative skills tothose of the measurement of an analyte Thismight require a substantial extension oflaboratory audit and review protocolsbefitting the much more specialist functionof the laboratory justified by the addedfinancial value that providing such servicespresumably brings to that laboratory
It is clear that measurements of meat
content in one location in Europe cannot be
consistent with those made elsewhere since
Europe has not yet agreed a legal definition
for meat The fifth VAM principle would
require laboratories across Europe to be
preparing their lsquoAuthenticity Calibration
Relationshiprsquo in the same way Obviously
they cannot be doing this
Finally it is unlikely in many cases that
well defined quality control and quality
assurance procedures will exist for the
interpretation of test data as would be
required by the sixth VAM principle
Accreditation by UKAS does not currently
extend beyond the measurement of
the analyte
Perhaps VAM should now raise
this standard
Enforcement of QUID
Do we need testing to enforce QUIDand are the VAM principles relevant FoodLaw applies to products at point-of-saleThis means that enforcement will relate to aparticular unit taken from a retail outlet by aTrading Standards Officer One obviousmeans of enforcement is to test the sampleif an appropriate test exists The majordrawback to this approach is that analyticalchemists do not always have an appropriatetest that they can use If this approach istaken the sample is divided into threeportions one is sent to a public analyst andone can be analysed by a test laboratoryappointed by the lsquoownersrsquo of the sample Incases of dispute LGC is often required toanalyse the third portion in its role as theofficial UK referee laboratory under theprovisions of the Food Safety Act 1990
Trading Standards Officers also havethe powers they need to enter factories toenforce Food Law They would need torelate their observations in the factory to aunit of product previously purchased from aretailer This means that they would not onlyneed to audit the manufacturing process butwould also need to examine productionrecords relating to the batch from which thatunit of product originated in order to ensureproper lsquocalibrationrsquo
The first issue that arises concernsenforcement of imported productsObviously Trading Standards Officers willnot normally be able to inspect overseasproducers This approach would rely upon asystem of networking with similarenforcement bodies in other states Recentexperiences have shown that enforcement by this route can be a long-winded process Secondly factory inspection is a time-consuming process and it is debatableas to whether or not local authorities havethe resources to do this effectively In bothcases it would be easier if the informationcould be gained by testing the end productas is done for enforcement of nutritionallabelling declarations
Herein lies the measurement challenge tothe analytical chemistry profession Todevelop appropriate tests through technologytransfer and innovation then to validate themin a manner that includes the interpretativestages required to deliver an opinion to thecompetent authority All this must be inaccordance with the appropriate VAMprinciples so ensuring fitness-for-purposeFinally to ensure that everyone irrespectiveof geographical location is applying theseprocedures in such a manner as to achieveequivalent data and its interpretation
REFERENCES
1 Directive 974EC (1997) lsquoOn the
approximation of the laws of the
Member States relating to the labelling
presentation and advertising of
foodstuffsrsquo Official Journal of the
European Communities L43 21ndash23
2 The Food Labell ing (Amendment)
Regulations 1998 SI 19981398
3 The Food Labelling Regulations 1996
SI 19961499
1 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
1 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Ken Webb andMike SargentLGC
Mass spectrometry is widely regarded asthe technique of choice for an
extensive range of demanding analyticalmeasurement applications because it offers apowerful combination of accuracysensitivity specificity versatility and speedIt is frequently used for both theidentification and quantitation of traceimpurities an application of particularimportance to regulatory or forensicapplications Indeed mass spectrometry israpidly becoming the preferred detectionsystem for many gas or liquid chromat-ographic separations used in these fieldsbecause of its perceived capability to provideunequivocal identification of the targetanalyte In addition it is widely believed thatsimpler or more rapid chromatographicseparations can suffice due to the greaterpower of a mass spectrometric detector in ensuring that the signal monitoredoriginates from the analyte and not aninterfering species
The routine identification andmeasurement of compounds using massspectrometry can however lead toconflicting requirements particularly whereadditional compromises are made in theinterest of speed and economyIdentification is normally achieved bymonitoring a number of structurallysignificant ions of a compound whereas forsensitivity purposes accurate quantitation isoften carried out by monitoring only oneion Consequently there can be a number ofdifferent ways of carrying out identificationand quantitation ranging from full scans tomonitoring a single ion A satisfactorybalance must be achieved between thenumber of ions monitored and optimumsensitivity Moreover it is essential that theactual ions chosen for monitoring are
selected with a knowledge of potentialproblems which may arise For example thesame ion could result from fragmentation ofanother possibly similar compound or thesignal may overlap that from a different iondue to inadequate mass resolution of thespectrometer In many cases the optimumchoice of ion for certainty of identificationwill require expert knowledge of massspectrometry the characteristics of theseparation techniques and the chemistry ofthe analyte and sample This expertise is notalways available particularly in routinescreening applications and concern has arisen regarding the consequences ofmis-identification particularly where legalaction may be taken on the basis of theanalytical result
Official guidelines or criteria
As a result of this concern severalorganisations have produced guidelines orcriteria for selection of ions to be monitoredin critical applications One example isconfirmation of residues of growthpromoting agents illegally used in thefattening of cattle12 within the EuropeanUnion (EU) The EU criteria2 state that fourions should be measured the intensity ofwhich should deviate by no more than plusmn10in electron ionisation (EI) mode from acorresponding standard It is interesting tonote that for use as a screening methodsingle ion monitoring of the most abundantdiagnostic ion is specified The requirementto monitor four ions for the confirmation ofidentity may seem somewhat rigorousparticularly as these criteria are based onlsquoexpert opinionrsquo rather than on evaluation ofanalytical data from confirmatory analysis1It has been found in practice that thesecriteria are proving difficult to meet forseveral analytes especially where some ofthe diagnostic ions are of low mass orrelatively low intensity3 The consequence ofthis is that a relatively high number of falsenegative results could be obtained in theroutine inspection for the abuse of growthpromoters Ideally the number of false
negative results should be minimal howeverwith the EU criteria of four diagnostic ionsthis is not believed to be the case3Consequently work is currently underway3with the aim of providing a statisticallyfounded strategy to determine the criteriaapplicable to mass spectrometric data so asto achieve optimisation of false positive andfalse negative results in these analyses
Systematic studies of ion-monitoring criteria
The above example highlights the need
for and lack of systematic studies of the
number of ions which should be monitored
to confirm identity4 One of the few
published examples5 was the investigation of
the number of ions (in EI mode) that must
be monitored to produce an unambiguous
identification of a given compound In this
study an estimate was made of the minimum
number of ions it was necessary to monitor
so as to produce an unambiguous
identification of diethylstilboestrol (DES)
using low resolution mass spectrometry
DES is an ideal compound for such a study
since it exhibits an abundant molecular ion
and has a number of structurally significant
fragment ions Using a database of 30000
spectra it was found that searching the
database for three ions all with appropriate
intensity limits produced only one match
DES It was considered that a realistic
relative intensity variation for the ions
monitored based on a standard EI
spectrum would be plusmn5 although this was
recognised as being flexible If additional
specificity is present such as GC retention
time then the intensity variation could be
expanded beyond these limitsIt was recommended5 that for
identification purposes three or morecharacteristic ions should be monitored tobe present within an acceptable ratio Thisstudy5 was published in 1978 and a modernversion of this approach using an updatedmass spectral library (of unknown origin)containing some 270000 spectra was
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
The reliability of mass spec foridentification purposes
1 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
published in 1997 by the same author6 Theresult again showed that three characteristicions with reasonably tight specifications forrelative intensities are required to uniquelyselect DES from the larger database
An extended systematic study7 of anumber of compounds of analytical interestwas carried out at LGC in 1998 as part ofthe VAM programme using similar criteriato those in the 1997 study The compoundswere chosen to be representative of theforensic and agro-chemical fields whereproper identification is particularlyimportant Results for one of thecompounds malathion (an organo-phosphorous pesticide) are shown in Table1 This table shows the monitoring of up tothree characteristic ions of malathion (molwt 330) In addition the relative intensitiesof the ions monitored are also taken intoaccount This is done by setting an lsquointensitywindowrsquo for each ion based on the ionintensities from a reference spectrum plus orminus 20 Table 1 also shows exampleswhere the relative intensities are not takeninto account (ie window is 1-100) As theidentification criteria are made morestringent the number of matches decreasesquickly to the point where threecharacteristic ions with the correct relativeintensities (within plusmn20) uniquely identifiesmalathion The results of this extended studysupport those of the previous work on DES56
and show that monitoring three characteristicions of a compound with appropriate relativeintensity specifications is sufficient touniquely select the given compound from acomprehensive mass spectral library Thisnew study highlighted the importance thatthe chosen ions include the molecular ionand that moderately specific ion intensityranges are used
The lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo formolecular identification
Work such as that outlined above led tothe establishment of the lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo forelectron impact spectra568 In addition to thepresence of three characteristic ions thecriteria also specify that the relative intensitiesof the ions are within plusmn10 of the ratiosobserved from a standard If additionalspecificity is present such as achromatographic retention time then theintensity variation could be expanded beyondthese limits The 3 ion criterion is the onlybroadly recognised standard for unambiguousanalyte identification8 for all types ofionisation Although alternatives have beenproposed no other standard is so universallyrecognised as the best means of minimisingthe risk of a false-positive identification8
Current VAMrecommendations
Suggested identification criteria when
using GC-MS and LC-MS are given
below and are based on the 3-ion criteria
described above
1 The criterion of chromatographic
retention time should be used in
conjunction with mass spectral criteria
for confirmation of identity In general
the retention time of an analyte should
be within plusmn2 of a reference standard
2 Under conditions of electron ionisation
at low mass spectral resolution at least
three characteristic diagnostic ions
should be present one of which should
preferably be the molecular ion The
relative intensity of these diagnostic ions
should match those of a reference
standard to within a margin of plusmn20
3 When using chemical ionisation theguideline as at 2 should be followed butwith an acceptable margin on ionintensity ratios of plusmn25
Tandem mass spectrometrycriteria
In the case of tandem mass spectrometry(MS-MS) linked to a chromatographicsystem MS-MS itself confers considerablespecificity in compound identification It hasbeen suggested6 in this case thatconfirmation of identity requires observationof a precursor ion representing the intactmolecule (or a closely related fragment)plus one structurally significant product ionobserved at the same chromatographicretention time However in view of theincreasing use of chromatography-MS-MSto shorten clean up and analysis times manyinterferences could be present in sampleextracts It is likely that these may not beresolved from the analyte of interest Underthese circumstances when detection is byMS-MS it would be prudent forconfirmation of identity to be based onobservation of two structurally relatedproduct ions from one precursor ion (ideallythe molecular ion)
Relaxation of criteria
There are also circumstances where it isconsidered that the 3-ion criteria could berelaxed Such circumstances could includethe case where the matrix to be analysed hasbeen well characterised in the past and theprocedure is used for rapid pre-screening ofa large number of samples Another case isthat of dosing experiments using a specificcompound where it is clear that the compoundwill be present The determination of
Masses monitored
Mass Intensity Mass Intensity Mass Intensity No of matchingrange () range () range () compounds
330 1-100 1922
330 1-100 173 1-100 816
330 1-100 173 1-100 125 1-100 128
330 1-40 1753
330 1-40 173 1-100 735
330 1-40 173 1-100 125 1-100 111
330 1-40 173 60-100 10
330 1-40 173 60-100 125 60-100 1
Table 1 Results from spectral library matching study on malathion7
1 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
lysergide (LSD) in urine by LC-MS9
illustrates this point Normally for forensicpurposes three ions are monitored toinclude the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324 and thecharacteristic fragment ions at mz 223 and197 If LSD is known to be present throughdosing experiments then monitoring twoions to include the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324and the mz 223 ion is sufficient forestablishing its presence In this particularcase monitoring only two ions would alsobring about a considerable increase insensitivity of the procedure The limit ofquantitation (LOQ) of this procedure whenmonitoring three ions is 05 ngml As canbe seen from Figure 1 the 197 daltons ion ofLSD has only a 10ndash15 intensity relative tothe base peak Consequently if only twoions were monitored (mz 223 and 324) thelimit of detection would be improved by afactor of five to 01 ngml (the mz 223 ionhas an intensity relative to the base peak ofsome five times that of the mz 197 ion)Hence adopting this approach would bebeneficial particularly if measurements werebeing carried out at or near the LOQ
Conclusions
Clearly no single set of criteria canencompass all eventualities Considerationmust be given to fitness for purpose and ascientific judgement based on analyticalrequirements must be made However inorder for scientific data to be acceptablebetween organisations some form ofharmonisation is necessary Ideally thiswould incorporate the results of a systematicintercomparison utilising perhaps compoundsof a similar nature and a suitable databaseThis article is an attempt to set the scene for
further discussion of an important subject
REFERENCES
1 De Ruig W G Stephany R W and
Dijkstra G J Assoc Off Anal Chem
72487ndash490 1989
2 EEC directive 93256 No L 11864
(1993)
3 Van Rhijn H A and Van de Voet H
Advances Mass Spectrom 14 CD
ROM ndash WeOr09 1998 (Abstract only)
4 Burlingame A L Boyd R K and Gaskell
S J Anal Chem 70 647Rndash716R 1998
5 Sphon J A J Assoc Off Anal Chem
61 1247ndash1252 1978
6 Baldwin R Bethem R A Boyd R K
Budde W L Cairns T Gibbons R D
Henion J D Kaiser M A Lewis D L
Matusik J E Sphon J A Stephany R
and Trubey R K J Am Soc Mass
Spectrom 8 1180ndash1190 1997
7 VAM Report LGCVAM1998010
Optimisation of the number of ions
which are acceptable for identifying
different chemical species using
GC-MS (1998)
8 Bethem R A and Boyd R K J Am Soc
Mass Spectrom 9 643ndash648 1998
9 White S A Kidd A S and Webb K S J
Forensic Sci 44 375ndash3791999
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Electrospray mass spectrum and structure of LSD
David Booker
AEA Technology
Environment
Trends in air quality legislation
Three independent scientific committeeswithin the UK have published reports123
indicating concern over the health effects ofparticle exposure These concerns have givenrise to a debate on the need for additional
legislation to further reduce particulateemission levels One of these committees1
concluded that it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal link betweenparticulate exposure and acute (and chronic)health effects However this statement isqualified by the recognition that there is a
Ultrafine particles and air quality control
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 9: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
9 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
The traditional calculation of meatcontent is based upon the determination oftotal nitrogen content multiplied by anapproved constant Corrections are thenmade for other nitrogen containingcomponents eg collagen soya proteinmilk protein excess connective tissueSome fat can then be added in for the calculation of total meat QUIDdeclarations from the lsquomixing bowlrsquo willalmost certainly differ from those arisingfrom calculations made in this way fromanalytical data by virtue of the fact thatMember States of the European Unionhave different definitions of meat (there isalso another mechanism by which thisdisparity might occur involving nutritionaldeclarations of protein ndash see below) Suchdefinitions range from all striated muscle inGermany predominantly muscle and somefat in the UK to considerable inclusions ofoffal in some other Member States SomeMember States do not define meat at allThus the raw ingredient will vary inquality and chemical composition Thevariable water content of fresh meat willalso be an issue here as will be its nitrogenfactor It would seem to be of greatimportance that QUID declarations formeat content are harmonised across the EU
The harmonisation of QUIDdeclarations for meat may depend on aconsistent definition of meat as aningredient The European Union hasproduced its own definition but so farMember States have been unable to agreeto this Various national regulationscurrently allow manufacturers tolsquoconstructrsquo a lsquomeatrsquo content by the additionof different parts of the carcass which mayinclude Mechanically Recovered Meat(MRM) The extent to which this canhappen will therefore vary greatly from oneMember State to another How this willaffect the movement of products betweenMember States of the EU is unclear sincethe issue of how to lsquoQUIDrsquo products forexport remains to be properly resolved Itwould appear that products with QUIDdeclarations made at point-of-productionin accordance with the NationalRegulations defining meat must beaccepted in all Member States This has
the potential to confuse the customerattempting to make comparisons betweendifferent products at point-of-sale orindeed at home after purchase
Declared percentage meat content willtherefore reflect differing ingredientsranging from pure muscle or lean meat atone extreme to a mixture of other parts ofthe carcass including fat skin and rindThere is also some feeling that rather thanhaving an EU wide legal definition of meatthere should be a requirement forpercentages of individual cuts of meat orother parts of the carcass to be declaredConsumers would know exactly what theyare eating and how this relates to theirown perception about what meat is Thiswould also help them to make a priceversus quality assessment of the productenabling manufacturers to produce lsquoup- ordown-marketrsquo products to suit the varyinglsquovalue for moneyrsquo perceptions In somecases this approach would require theabolition of Compositional RegulationsWhichever approach is taken a keyelement of this debate centres aroundwhether better analytical methods shouldbe developed for detecting and quantifyingthese different types of lsquomeatrsquo allowingverification of the ingredients used inmanufacture Certainly lsquoconstructedrsquo meatcontents might only be verified analytically
Normally QUID declarations will befor a typical quantity of an ingredientrounded to the nearest whole numberreflecting the producerrsquos normalmanufacturing variations in accordancewith good manufacturing practice Anexception to this is where the labellingplaces special emphasis on an ingredient incases where the food is alreadycharacterised by the presence of thatingredient Here a minimum content mustbe declared which might be legallyprescribed if a Compositional Regulationapplies An example might be where thepork is particularly emphasised in cannedlsquopork sausagersquo Conversely if the labellingemphasises a low level of an ingredientthen a declaration of maximum contentmust be given An example here might be ifthe low level of fat is emphasised in a spread
Continued on page 10
The meat content challengeCalibration and traceability of
measurement are also about ensuring that aweight of x kilogrammes represents the sameamount of ingredient as it does in anotherfactory down the road It will if the fifthVAM principle is adhered to
Finally the sixth VAM principlerequires quality assurance and qualitycontrol procedures In this context qualityassurance involves having appropriatewritten standard operating procedures andproper records of calibration and weighingsof ingredients to prove that all actions werewithin specifications
2 Interpretation of information from measurementAnother possible application of the
VAM principles is in the conversion of testdata into useful information Perhaps one ofthe biggest consequences of QUID is that inaddressing the quantitative issues relating tofood ingredients declarations it also raisesthe issue of the quality of ingredients andtheir impact in the interpretation of testdata Since ingredients of varying quality willalso differ in their composition someconcern has been expressed bymanufacturers about whether lsquolike will becompared with likersquo when consumerscompare different products with identicalQUID declarations Another way that thismight also become apparent as an anomalyto the consumer is that it is also feasible that two otherwise identical products with the same QUID declarations mighthave significantly different nutritionaldeclarations and vice versa
Nowhere is this more apparent than in theissue of meat content where very specificmeasurement issues are raised Here therequirement is to measure the level of ananalyte and convert this into a value for meatcontent This is an interpretative step that alsorequires a database from which appropriateconversion factors can be established andused By way of example we have examinedthe meat content issue in more detail (seeldquoThe Meat Challengerdquo [right])
VAMWhat does all this have to do with the six
VAM principles The connection comes viathe fact that in all situations whereinterpretation of data is required to ascertaincompositional information or the level of aningredient an lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relation-ship is required that can be likened to asecondary calibration graph This is thelsquographrsquo that can be drawn showing therelationship between the level of the chosenanalyte and the componentingredient of interest which is to be quantified (seeFigure 1) The slope of this lsquographrsquo willdiffer for the individual cuts of meatdifferent parts of the carcass and for MRMfor example Appropriate corrections tovalues read from the lsquographrsquo need to bemade for collagen content because of itscontribution to the measured value for totalnitrogen Also the relationship between thevalues read from the lsquographrsquo and the weightof meat added to the mixing-bowl will needa level of understanding to allow a sensibleinterpretation to be made These issuesraised for meat are also similarly evident forother areas of food analysis such as fruitjuice content or milk content They indicatehow difficult it is for food analysts to drawthis lsquographrsquo with respect to the range offactors that need to be taken into account
Interpretative skills cannot currently becovered within the scope of accreditation by
UKAS because accreditation currentlyrelates to the making of a test measurementnot to the interpretation of the measurementresult It is now being argued that theyshould be given the economic importance ofthe opinions being expressed daily bylaboratories on test reports The adoption ofISO 17025 will in future allow the reportingof opinions and interpretations to beaccredited This means that all aspects of theQuality System will need to be extended tocover interpretative skills These will includestandard operating procedures methodprotocols the databases and relationshipsbetween test data and an interpretationbeing given by that laboratory staffexperience qualifications and trainingrecords etc Many laboratories may not beaware of these forthcoming changes or of theimplications to their quality systemsTherefore an extension of the VAMprinciples to include the interpretation oftest data would assist laboratories with theirpreparations for the accreditation of services requiring the provision of opinionsin test reports
How might this be done
The first VAM principle might
encourage us to ascertain whether the need
is to interpret test data to confirm a QUID
or establish the relationship between this
declaration and a nutritional declaration or a
compositional requirement
1 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
Relationship between the predicted level of marker analyte and ingredient concentration L = level of analyte found Ldl = maximum level of analyte found in the ingredient DL = detection limit of ingredient L = level of analyte found Imin= minimum level of ingredient Imax= maximum level of ingredient A = average content of ingredient
Figure 1
Continued from page 9This complex situation is com-
pounded by another requirement thatdeclarations calculated by weight fromthe recipe at the mixing-bowl stage mustnot have included in the calculation anywater or volatile ingredients lost duringprocessing It is interesting to considerthe complications that could thus arisewith the meat content declaration
Water losses during processing canbe extremely variable Additionallyseparating fat which is often skimmedoff might not take place to a consistentdegree Here then is the othermechanism by which an anomalybetween a nutritional declaration and aQUID will occur This is the issue ofhow for example the protein content ina finished product will relate to a meatQUID The departure from theestablished practice of relating meatcontent to the nitrogen content of rawmeat for the purpose of labellingdeclarations will mean that differentproducts with the same QUID for say ameat ingredient may have substantiallydifferent protein declarations even whenthere is obviously no other source ofprotein present There is potential herealso to confuse the consumer who maywonder how the meat from onemanufacturer is giving him more or lessprotein than the meat from another Inthe short term manufacturers canpresumably avoid this issue by omittingnutritional labelling from their packagingThe whole issue will however need to beresolved if the UKrsquos suggestion to theEuropean Union to make nutritionallabelling compulsory goes ahead Thiswill provide a challenge for theenforcement authorities who areresponsible for enforcing both parts ofthe legislation and will presumably stillneed to relate analytically derived proteinand calculated meat contents to theQUID for meat It is likely that thereconciliation of these values will requiremuch input from analytical chemists
For the second VAM principle one
needs to ask if the databases available as
well as the methods for using this data to
prepare the lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relationship
are fit-for-purpose Have these been properly
tested MAFF (the UK Ministry of
Agriculture Fisheries and Food) have been
trying to address this issue by funding
research work under the auspices of the
RSC Analytical Methods Committee on the
composition of red meat chicken and
scampi but more information on the
composition of other raw materials such as
turkey meat and salmon is needed In 1998
proposals were invited to conduct
collaborative studies to achieve this involving
financial support partly from MAFF and
from industry Similarly in 1999 proposals
were called for to determine the composition
of commercially important fish species
MAFF clearly see a need for these data to
enable analytical checks to be made on the
content of meat or fish in final products in
order to implement QUID This differs from
another view sometimes expressed that
factory inspection alone would be sufficient
for enforcement purposes (see below)
MAFF has also been trying to address
the fitness-for-purpose issue with respect to
other interpretative issues Last year it
called for the development of analytical
methods for the determination of plant-
based ingredients with respect to the
implementation of QUID As with meat-
based products implementation of QUID
might be difficult in the many cases where a
legal definition for a plant-based product
does not exist Analytical chemists may well
be involved in the process of establishing
such legal definitions as well as in developing
methods for the determination of these
ingredients The establishment of legal
definitions for food ingredients is however a
contentious issue for some sectors of the
food industry especially the meat sector
Are the staff interpreting analytical data
qualified and competent for this task as is
required by the third VAM principle A
member of staff might be highly competent
at all the technical aspects of making a test
measurement This does not necessarily
mean that they understand the underlying
scientific issues sufficiently to form an
opinion about those test data It is evident
that generally more highly qualified and
experienced scientific staff will be required
to interpret data and give the customer an
opinion It is likely that most customers
would expect this The fourth VAM principle might require
laboratory audits and assessments foraccreditation to add interpretative skills tothose of the measurement of an analyte Thismight require a substantial extension oflaboratory audit and review protocolsbefitting the much more specialist functionof the laboratory justified by the addedfinancial value that providing such servicespresumably brings to that laboratory
It is clear that measurements of meat
content in one location in Europe cannot be
consistent with those made elsewhere since
Europe has not yet agreed a legal definition
for meat The fifth VAM principle would
require laboratories across Europe to be
preparing their lsquoAuthenticity Calibration
Relationshiprsquo in the same way Obviously
they cannot be doing this
Finally it is unlikely in many cases that
well defined quality control and quality
assurance procedures will exist for the
interpretation of test data as would be
required by the sixth VAM principle
Accreditation by UKAS does not currently
extend beyond the measurement of
the analyte
Perhaps VAM should now raise
this standard
Enforcement of QUID
Do we need testing to enforce QUIDand are the VAM principles relevant FoodLaw applies to products at point-of-saleThis means that enforcement will relate to aparticular unit taken from a retail outlet by aTrading Standards Officer One obviousmeans of enforcement is to test the sampleif an appropriate test exists The majordrawback to this approach is that analyticalchemists do not always have an appropriatetest that they can use If this approach istaken the sample is divided into threeportions one is sent to a public analyst andone can be analysed by a test laboratoryappointed by the lsquoownersrsquo of the sample Incases of dispute LGC is often required toanalyse the third portion in its role as theofficial UK referee laboratory under theprovisions of the Food Safety Act 1990
Trading Standards Officers also havethe powers they need to enter factories toenforce Food Law They would need torelate their observations in the factory to aunit of product previously purchased from aretailer This means that they would not onlyneed to audit the manufacturing process butwould also need to examine productionrecords relating to the batch from which thatunit of product originated in order to ensureproper lsquocalibrationrsquo
The first issue that arises concernsenforcement of imported productsObviously Trading Standards Officers willnot normally be able to inspect overseasproducers This approach would rely upon asystem of networking with similarenforcement bodies in other states Recentexperiences have shown that enforcement by this route can be a long-winded process Secondly factory inspection is a time-consuming process and it is debatableas to whether or not local authorities havethe resources to do this effectively In bothcases it would be easier if the informationcould be gained by testing the end productas is done for enforcement of nutritionallabelling declarations
Herein lies the measurement challenge tothe analytical chemistry profession Todevelop appropriate tests through technologytransfer and innovation then to validate themin a manner that includes the interpretativestages required to deliver an opinion to thecompetent authority All this must be inaccordance with the appropriate VAMprinciples so ensuring fitness-for-purposeFinally to ensure that everyone irrespectiveof geographical location is applying theseprocedures in such a manner as to achieveequivalent data and its interpretation
REFERENCES
1 Directive 974EC (1997) lsquoOn the
approximation of the laws of the
Member States relating to the labelling
presentation and advertising of
foodstuffsrsquo Official Journal of the
European Communities L43 21ndash23
2 The Food Labell ing (Amendment)
Regulations 1998 SI 19981398
3 The Food Labelling Regulations 1996
SI 19961499
1 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
1 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Ken Webb andMike SargentLGC
Mass spectrometry is widely regarded asthe technique of choice for an
extensive range of demanding analyticalmeasurement applications because it offers apowerful combination of accuracysensitivity specificity versatility and speedIt is frequently used for both theidentification and quantitation of traceimpurities an application of particularimportance to regulatory or forensicapplications Indeed mass spectrometry israpidly becoming the preferred detectionsystem for many gas or liquid chromat-ographic separations used in these fieldsbecause of its perceived capability to provideunequivocal identification of the targetanalyte In addition it is widely believed thatsimpler or more rapid chromatographicseparations can suffice due to the greaterpower of a mass spectrometric detector in ensuring that the signal monitoredoriginates from the analyte and not aninterfering species
The routine identification andmeasurement of compounds using massspectrometry can however lead toconflicting requirements particularly whereadditional compromises are made in theinterest of speed and economyIdentification is normally achieved bymonitoring a number of structurallysignificant ions of a compound whereas forsensitivity purposes accurate quantitation isoften carried out by monitoring only oneion Consequently there can be a number ofdifferent ways of carrying out identificationand quantitation ranging from full scans tomonitoring a single ion A satisfactorybalance must be achieved between thenumber of ions monitored and optimumsensitivity Moreover it is essential that theactual ions chosen for monitoring are
selected with a knowledge of potentialproblems which may arise For example thesame ion could result from fragmentation ofanother possibly similar compound or thesignal may overlap that from a different iondue to inadequate mass resolution of thespectrometer In many cases the optimumchoice of ion for certainty of identificationwill require expert knowledge of massspectrometry the characteristics of theseparation techniques and the chemistry ofthe analyte and sample This expertise is notalways available particularly in routinescreening applications and concern has arisen regarding the consequences ofmis-identification particularly where legalaction may be taken on the basis of theanalytical result
Official guidelines or criteria
As a result of this concern severalorganisations have produced guidelines orcriteria for selection of ions to be monitoredin critical applications One example isconfirmation of residues of growthpromoting agents illegally used in thefattening of cattle12 within the EuropeanUnion (EU) The EU criteria2 state that fourions should be measured the intensity ofwhich should deviate by no more than plusmn10in electron ionisation (EI) mode from acorresponding standard It is interesting tonote that for use as a screening methodsingle ion monitoring of the most abundantdiagnostic ion is specified The requirementto monitor four ions for the confirmation ofidentity may seem somewhat rigorousparticularly as these criteria are based onlsquoexpert opinionrsquo rather than on evaluation ofanalytical data from confirmatory analysis1It has been found in practice that thesecriteria are proving difficult to meet forseveral analytes especially where some ofthe diagnostic ions are of low mass orrelatively low intensity3 The consequence ofthis is that a relatively high number of falsenegative results could be obtained in theroutine inspection for the abuse of growthpromoters Ideally the number of false
negative results should be minimal howeverwith the EU criteria of four diagnostic ionsthis is not believed to be the case3Consequently work is currently underway3with the aim of providing a statisticallyfounded strategy to determine the criteriaapplicable to mass spectrometric data so asto achieve optimisation of false positive andfalse negative results in these analyses
Systematic studies of ion-monitoring criteria
The above example highlights the need
for and lack of systematic studies of the
number of ions which should be monitored
to confirm identity4 One of the few
published examples5 was the investigation of
the number of ions (in EI mode) that must
be monitored to produce an unambiguous
identification of a given compound In this
study an estimate was made of the minimum
number of ions it was necessary to monitor
so as to produce an unambiguous
identification of diethylstilboestrol (DES)
using low resolution mass spectrometry
DES is an ideal compound for such a study
since it exhibits an abundant molecular ion
and has a number of structurally significant
fragment ions Using a database of 30000
spectra it was found that searching the
database for three ions all with appropriate
intensity limits produced only one match
DES It was considered that a realistic
relative intensity variation for the ions
monitored based on a standard EI
spectrum would be plusmn5 although this was
recognised as being flexible If additional
specificity is present such as GC retention
time then the intensity variation could be
expanded beyond these limitsIt was recommended5 that for
identification purposes three or morecharacteristic ions should be monitored tobe present within an acceptable ratio Thisstudy5 was published in 1978 and a modernversion of this approach using an updatedmass spectral library (of unknown origin)containing some 270000 spectra was
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
The reliability of mass spec foridentification purposes
1 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
published in 1997 by the same author6 Theresult again showed that three characteristicions with reasonably tight specifications forrelative intensities are required to uniquelyselect DES from the larger database
An extended systematic study7 of anumber of compounds of analytical interestwas carried out at LGC in 1998 as part ofthe VAM programme using similar criteriato those in the 1997 study The compoundswere chosen to be representative of theforensic and agro-chemical fields whereproper identification is particularlyimportant Results for one of thecompounds malathion (an organo-phosphorous pesticide) are shown in Table1 This table shows the monitoring of up tothree characteristic ions of malathion (molwt 330) In addition the relative intensitiesof the ions monitored are also taken intoaccount This is done by setting an lsquointensitywindowrsquo for each ion based on the ionintensities from a reference spectrum plus orminus 20 Table 1 also shows exampleswhere the relative intensities are not takeninto account (ie window is 1-100) As theidentification criteria are made morestringent the number of matches decreasesquickly to the point where threecharacteristic ions with the correct relativeintensities (within plusmn20) uniquely identifiesmalathion The results of this extended studysupport those of the previous work on DES56
and show that monitoring three characteristicions of a compound with appropriate relativeintensity specifications is sufficient touniquely select the given compound from acomprehensive mass spectral library Thisnew study highlighted the importance thatthe chosen ions include the molecular ionand that moderately specific ion intensityranges are used
The lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo formolecular identification
Work such as that outlined above led tothe establishment of the lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo forelectron impact spectra568 In addition to thepresence of three characteristic ions thecriteria also specify that the relative intensitiesof the ions are within plusmn10 of the ratiosobserved from a standard If additionalspecificity is present such as achromatographic retention time then theintensity variation could be expanded beyondthese limits The 3 ion criterion is the onlybroadly recognised standard for unambiguousanalyte identification8 for all types ofionisation Although alternatives have beenproposed no other standard is so universallyrecognised as the best means of minimisingthe risk of a false-positive identification8
Current VAMrecommendations
Suggested identification criteria when
using GC-MS and LC-MS are given
below and are based on the 3-ion criteria
described above
1 The criterion of chromatographic
retention time should be used in
conjunction with mass spectral criteria
for confirmation of identity In general
the retention time of an analyte should
be within plusmn2 of a reference standard
2 Under conditions of electron ionisation
at low mass spectral resolution at least
three characteristic diagnostic ions
should be present one of which should
preferably be the molecular ion The
relative intensity of these diagnostic ions
should match those of a reference
standard to within a margin of plusmn20
3 When using chemical ionisation theguideline as at 2 should be followed butwith an acceptable margin on ionintensity ratios of plusmn25
Tandem mass spectrometrycriteria
In the case of tandem mass spectrometry(MS-MS) linked to a chromatographicsystem MS-MS itself confers considerablespecificity in compound identification It hasbeen suggested6 in this case thatconfirmation of identity requires observationof a precursor ion representing the intactmolecule (or a closely related fragment)plus one structurally significant product ionobserved at the same chromatographicretention time However in view of theincreasing use of chromatography-MS-MSto shorten clean up and analysis times manyinterferences could be present in sampleextracts It is likely that these may not beresolved from the analyte of interest Underthese circumstances when detection is byMS-MS it would be prudent forconfirmation of identity to be based onobservation of two structurally relatedproduct ions from one precursor ion (ideallythe molecular ion)
Relaxation of criteria
There are also circumstances where it isconsidered that the 3-ion criteria could berelaxed Such circumstances could includethe case where the matrix to be analysed hasbeen well characterised in the past and theprocedure is used for rapid pre-screening ofa large number of samples Another case isthat of dosing experiments using a specificcompound where it is clear that the compoundwill be present The determination of
Masses monitored
Mass Intensity Mass Intensity Mass Intensity No of matchingrange () range () range () compounds
330 1-100 1922
330 1-100 173 1-100 816
330 1-100 173 1-100 125 1-100 128
330 1-40 1753
330 1-40 173 1-100 735
330 1-40 173 1-100 125 1-100 111
330 1-40 173 60-100 10
330 1-40 173 60-100 125 60-100 1
Table 1 Results from spectral library matching study on malathion7
1 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
lysergide (LSD) in urine by LC-MS9
illustrates this point Normally for forensicpurposes three ions are monitored toinclude the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324 and thecharacteristic fragment ions at mz 223 and197 If LSD is known to be present throughdosing experiments then monitoring twoions to include the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324and the mz 223 ion is sufficient forestablishing its presence In this particularcase monitoring only two ions would alsobring about a considerable increase insensitivity of the procedure The limit ofquantitation (LOQ) of this procedure whenmonitoring three ions is 05 ngml As canbe seen from Figure 1 the 197 daltons ion ofLSD has only a 10ndash15 intensity relative tothe base peak Consequently if only twoions were monitored (mz 223 and 324) thelimit of detection would be improved by afactor of five to 01 ngml (the mz 223 ionhas an intensity relative to the base peak ofsome five times that of the mz 197 ion)Hence adopting this approach would bebeneficial particularly if measurements werebeing carried out at or near the LOQ
Conclusions
Clearly no single set of criteria canencompass all eventualities Considerationmust be given to fitness for purpose and ascientific judgement based on analyticalrequirements must be made However inorder for scientific data to be acceptablebetween organisations some form ofharmonisation is necessary Ideally thiswould incorporate the results of a systematicintercomparison utilising perhaps compoundsof a similar nature and a suitable databaseThis article is an attempt to set the scene for
further discussion of an important subject
REFERENCES
1 De Ruig W G Stephany R W and
Dijkstra G J Assoc Off Anal Chem
72487ndash490 1989
2 EEC directive 93256 No L 11864
(1993)
3 Van Rhijn H A and Van de Voet H
Advances Mass Spectrom 14 CD
ROM ndash WeOr09 1998 (Abstract only)
4 Burlingame A L Boyd R K and Gaskell
S J Anal Chem 70 647Rndash716R 1998
5 Sphon J A J Assoc Off Anal Chem
61 1247ndash1252 1978
6 Baldwin R Bethem R A Boyd R K
Budde W L Cairns T Gibbons R D
Henion J D Kaiser M A Lewis D L
Matusik J E Sphon J A Stephany R
and Trubey R K J Am Soc Mass
Spectrom 8 1180ndash1190 1997
7 VAM Report LGCVAM1998010
Optimisation of the number of ions
which are acceptable for identifying
different chemical species using
GC-MS (1998)
8 Bethem R A and Boyd R K J Am Soc
Mass Spectrom 9 643ndash648 1998
9 White S A Kidd A S and Webb K S J
Forensic Sci 44 375ndash3791999
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Electrospray mass spectrum and structure of LSD
David Booker
AEA Technology
Environment
Trends in air quality legislation
Three independent scientific committeeswithin the UK have published reports123
indicating concern over the health effects ofparticle exposure These concerns have givenrise to a debate on the need for additional
legislation to further reduce particulateemission levels One of these committees1
concluded that it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal link betweenparticulate exposure and acute (and chronic)health effects However this statement isqualified by the recognition that there is a
Ultrafine particles and air quality control
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 10: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
VAMWhat does all this have to do with the six
VAM principles The connection comes viathe fact that in all situations whereinterpretation of data is required to ascertaincompositional information or the level of aningredient an lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relation-ship is required that can be likened to asecondary calibration graph This is thelsquographrsquo that can be drawn showing therelationship between the level of the chosenanalyte and the componentingredient of interest which is to be quantified (seeFigure 1) The slope of this lsquographrsquo willdiffer for the individual cuts of meatdifferent parts of the carcass and for MRMfor example Appropriate corrections tovalues read from the lsquographrsquo need to bemade for collagen content because of itscontribution to the measured value for totalnitrogen Also the relationship between thevalues read from the lsquographrsquo and the weightof meat added to the mixing-bowl will needa level of understanding to allow a sensibleinterpretation to be made These issuesraised for meat are also similarly evident forother areas of food analysis such as fruitjuice content or milk content They indicatehow difficult it is for food analysts to drawthis lsquographrsquo with respect to the range offactors that need to be taken into account
Interpretative skills cannot currently becovered within the scope of accreditation by
UKAS because accreditation currentlyrelates to the making of a test measurementnot to the interpretation of the measurementresult It is now being argued that theyshould be given the economic importance ofthe opinions being expressed daily bylaboratories on test reports The adoption ofISO 17025 will in future allow the reportingof opinions and interpretations to beaccredited This means that all aspects of theQuality System will need to be extended tocover interpretative skills These will includestandard operating procedures methodprotocols the databases and relationshipsbetween test data and an interpretationbeing given by that laboratory staffexperience qualifications and trainingrecords etc Many laboratories may not beaware of these forthcoming changes or of theimplications to their quality systemsTherefore an extension of the VAMprinciples to include the interpretation oftest data would assist laboratories with theirpreparations for the accreditation of services requiring the provision of opinionsin test reports
How might this be done
The first VAM principle might
encourage us to ascertain whether the need
is to interpret test data to confirm a QUID
or establish the relationship between this
declaration and a nutritional declaration or a
compositional requirement
1 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
Relationship between the predicted level of marker analyte and ingredient concentration L = level of analyte found Ldl = maximum level of analyte found in the ingredient DL = detection limit of ingredient L = level of analyte found Imin= minimum level of ingredient Imax= maximum level of ingredient A = average content of ingredient
Figure 1
Continued from page 9This complex situation is com-
pounded by another requirement thatdeclarations calculated by weight fromthe recipe at the mixing-bowl stage mustnot have included in the calculation anywater or volatile ingredients lost duringprocessing It is interesting to considerthe complications that could thus arisewith the meat content declaration
Water losses during processing canbe extremely variable Additionallyseparating fat which is often skimmedoff might not take place to a consistentdegree Here then is the othermechanism by which an anomalybetween a nutritional declaration and aQUID will occur This is the issue ofhow for example the protein content ina finished product will relate to a meatQUID The departure from theestablished practice of relating meatcontent to the nitrogen content of rawmeat for the purpose of labellingdeclarations will mean that differentproducts with the same QUID for say ameat ingredient may have substantiallydifferent protein declarations even whenthere is obviously no other source ofprotein present There is potential herealso to confuse the consumer who maywonder how the meat from onemanufacturer is giving him more or lessprotein than the meat from another Inthe short term manufacturers canpresumably avoid this issue by omittingnutritional labelling from their packagingThe whole issue will however need to beresolved if the UKrsquos suggestion to theEuropean Union to make nutritionallabelling compulsory goes ahead Thiswill provide a challenge for theenforcement authorities who areresponsible for enforcing both parts ofthe legislation and will presumably stillneed to relate analytically derived proteinand calculated meat contents to theQUID for meat It is likely that thereconciliation of these values will requiremuch input from analytical chemists
For the second VAM principle one
needs to ask if the databases available as
well as the methods for using this data to
prepare the lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relationship
are fit-for-purpose Have these been properly
tested MAFF (the UK Ministry of
Agriculture Fisheries and Food) have been
trying to address this issue by funding
research work under the auspices of the
RSC Analytical Methods Committee on the
composition of red meat chicken and
scampi but more information on the
composition of other raw materials such as
turkey meat and salmon is needed In 1998
proposals were invited to conduct
collaborative studies to achieve this involving
financial support partly from MAFF and
from industry Similarly in 1999 proposals
were called for to determine the composition
of commercially important fish species
MAFF clearly see a need for these data to
enable analytical checks to be made on the
content of meat or fish in final products in
order to implement QUID This differs from
another view sometimes expressed that
factory inspection alone would be sufficient
for enforcement purposes (see below)
MAFF has also been trying to address
the fitness-for-purpose issue with respect to
other interpretative issues Last year it
called for the development of analytical
methods for the determination of plant-
based ingredients with respect to the
implementation of QUID As with meat-
based products implementation of QUID
might be difficult in the many cases where a
legal definition for a plant-based product
does not exist Analytical chemists may well
be involved in the process of establishing
such legal definitions as well as in developing
methods for the determination of these
ingredients The establishment of legal
definitions for food ingredients is however a
contentious issue for some sectors of the
food industry especially the meat sector
Are the staff interpreting analytical data
qualified and competent for this task as is
required by the third VAM principle A
member of staff might be highly competent
at all the technical aspects of making a test
measurement This does not necessarily
mean that they understand the underlying
scientific issues sufficiently to form an
opinion about those test data It is evident
that generally more highly qualified and
experienced scientific staff will be required
to interpret data and give the customer an
opinion It is likely that most customers
would expect this The fourth VAM principle might require
laboratory audits and assessments foraccreditation to add interpretative skills tothose of the measurement of an analyte Thismight require a substantial extension oflaboratory audit and review protocolsbefitting the much more specialist functionof the laboratory justified by the addedfinancial value that providing such servicespresumably brings to that laboratory
It is clear that measurements of meat
content in one location in Europe cannot be
consistent with those made elsewhere since
Europe has not yet agreed a legal definition
for meat The fifth VAM principle would
require laboratories across Europe to be
preparing their lsquoAuthenticity Calibration
Relationshiprsquo in the same way Obviously
they cannot be doing this
Finally it is unlikely in many cases that
well defined quality control and quality
assurance procedures will exist for the
interpretation of test data as would be
required by the sixth VAM principle
Accreditation by UKAS does not currently
extend beyond the measurement of
the analyte
Perhaps VAM should now raise
this standard
Enforcement of QUID
Do we need testing to enforce QUIDand are the VAM principles relevant FoodLaw applies to products at point-of-saleThis means that enforcement will relate to aparticular unit taken from a retail outlet by aTrading Standards Officer One obviousmeans of enforcement is to test the sampleif an appropriate test exists The majordrawback to this approach is that analyticalchemists do not always have an appropriatetest that they can use If this approach istaken the sample is divided into threeportions one is sent to a public analyst andone can be analysed by a test laboratoryappointed by the lsquoownersrsquo of the sample Incases of dispute LGC is often required toanalyse the third portion in its role as theofficial UK referee laboratory under theprovisions of the Food Safety Act 1990
Trading Standards Officers also havethe powers they need to enter factories toenforce Food Law They would need torelate their observations in the factory to aunit of product previously purchased from aretailer This means that they would not onlyneed to audit the manufacturing process butwould also need to examine productionrecords relating to the batch from which thatunit of product originated in order to ensureproper lsquocalibrationrsquo
The first issue that arises concernsenforcement of imported productsObviously Trading Standards Officers willnot normally be able to inspect overseasproducers This approach would rely upon asystem of networking with similarenforcement bodies in other states Recentexperiences have shown that enforcement by this route can be a long-winded process Secondly factory inspection is a time-consuming process and it is debatableas to whether or not local authorities havethe resources to do this effectively In bothcases it would be easier if the informationcould be gained by testing the end productas is done for enforcement of nutritionallabelling declarations
Herein lies the measurement challenge tothe analytical chemistry profession Todevelop appropriate tests through technologytransfer and innovation then to validate themin a manner that includes the interpretativestages required to deliver an opinion to thecompetent authority All this must be inaccordance with the appropriate VAMprinciples so ensuring fitness-for-purposeFinally to ensure that everyone irrespectiveof geographical location is applying theseprocedures in such a manner as to achieveequivalent data and its interpretation
REFERENCES
1 Directive 974EC (1997) lsquoOn the
approximation of the laws of the
Member States relating to the labelling
presentation and advertising of
foodstuffsrsquo Official Journal of the
European Communities L43 21ndash23
2 The Food Labell ing (Amendment)
Regulations 1998 SI 19981398
3 The Food Labelling Regulations 1996
SI 19961499
1 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
1 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Ken Webb andMike SargentLGC
Mass spectrometry is widely regarded asthe technique of choice for an
extensive range of demanding analyticalmeasurement applications because it offers apowerful combination of accuracysensitivity specificity versatility and speedIt is frequently used for both theidentification and quantitation of traceimpurities an application of particularimportance to regulatory or forensicapplications Indeed mass spectrometry israpidly becoming the preferred detectionsystem for many gas or liquid chromat-ographic separations used in these fieldsbecause of its perceived capability to provideunequivocal identification of the targetanalyte In addition it is widely believed thatsimpler or more rapid chromatographicseparations can suffice due to the greaterpower of a mass spectrometric detector in ensuring that the signal monitoredoriginates from the analyte and not aninterfering species
The routine identification andmeasurement of compounds using massspectrometry can however lead toconflicting requirements particularly whereadditional compromises are made in theinterest of speed and economyIdentification is normally achieved bymonitoring a number of structurallysignificant ions of a compound whereas forsensitivity purposes accurate quantitation isoften carried out by monitoring only oneion Consequently there can be a number ofdifferent ways of carrying out identificationand quantitation ranging from full scans tomonitoring a single ion A satisfactorybalance must be achieved between thenumber of ions monitored and optimumsensitivity Moreover it is essential that theactual ions chosen for monitoring are
selected with a knowledge of potentialproblems which may arise For example thesame ion could result from fragmentation ofanother possibly similar compound or thesignal may overlap that from a different iondue to inadequate mass resolution of thespectrometer In many cases the optimumchoice of ion for certainty of identificationwill require expert knowledge of massspectrometry the characteristics of theseparation techniques and the chemistry ofthe analyte and sample This expertise is notalways available particularly in routinescreening applications and concern has arisen regarding the consequences ofmis-identification particularly where legalaction may be taken on the basis of theanalytical result
Official guidelines or criteria
As a result of this concern severalorganisations have produced guidelines orcriteria for selection of ions to be monitoredin critical applications One example isconfirmation of residues of growthpromoting agents illegally used in thefattening of cattle12 within the EuropeanUnion (EU) The EU criteria2 state that fourions should be measured the intensity ofwhich should deviate by no more than plusmn10in electron ionisation (EI) mode from acorresponding standard It is interesting tonote that for use as a screening methodsingle ion monitoring of the most abundantdiagnostic ion is specified The requirementto monitor four ions for the confirmation ofidentity may seem somewhat rigorousparticularly as these criteria are based onlsquoexpert opinionrsquo rather than on evaluation ofanalytical data from confirmatory analysis1It has been found in practice that thesecriteria are proving difficult to meet forseveral analytes especially where some ofthe diagnostic ions are of low mass orrelatively low intensity3 The consequence ofthis is that a relatively high number of falsenegative results could be obtained in theroutine inspection for the abuse of growthpromoters Ideally the number of false
negative results should be minimal howeverwith the EU criteria of four diagnostic ionsthis is not believed to be the case3Consequently work is currently underway3with the aim of providing a statisticallyfounded strategy to determine the criteriaapplicable to mass spectrometric data so asto achieve optimisation of false positive andfalse negative results in these analyses
Systematic studies of ion-monitoring criteria
The above example highlights the need
for and lack of systematic studies of the
number of ions which should be monitored
to confirm identity4 One of the few
published examples5 was the investigation of
the number of ions (in EI mode) that must
be monitored to produce an unambiguous
identification of a given compound In this
study an estimate was made of the minimum
number of ions it was necessary to monitor
so as to produce an unambiguous
identification of diethylstilboestrol (DES)
using low resolution mass spectrometry
DES is an ideal compound for such a study
since it exhibits an abundant molecular ion
and has a number of structurally significant
fragment ions Using a database of 30000
spectra it was found that searching the
database for three ions all with appropriate
intensity limits produced only one match
DES It was considered that a realistic
relative intensity variation for the ions
monitored based on a standard EI
spectrum would be plusmn5 although this was
recognised as being flexible If additional
specificity is present such as GC retention
time then the intensity variation could be
expanded beyond these limitsIt was recommended5 that for
identification purposes three or morecharacteristic ions should be monitored tobe present within an acceptable ratio Thisstudy5 was published in 1978 and a modernversion of this approach using an updatedmass spectral library (of unknown origin)containing some 270000 spectra was
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
The reliability of mass spec foridentification purposes
1 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
published in 1997 by the same author6 Theresult again showed that three characteristicions with reasonably tight specifications forrelative intensities are required to uniquelyselect DES from the larger database
An extended systematic study7 of anumber of compounds of analytical interestwas carried out at LGC in 1998 as part ofthe VAM programme using similar criteriato those in the 1997 study The compoundswere chosen to be representative of theforensic and agro-chemical fields whereproper identification is particularlyimportant Results for one of thecompounds malathion (an organo-phosphorous pesticide) are shown in Table1 This table shows the monitoring of up tothree characteristic ions of malathion (molwt 330) In addition the relative intensitiesof the ions monitored are also taken intoaccount This is done by setting an lsquointensitywindowrsquo for each ion based on the ionintensities from a reference spectrum plus orminus 20 Table 1 also shows exampleswhere the relative intensities are not takeninto account (ie window is 1-100) As theidentification criteria are made morestringent the number of matches decreasesquickly to the point where threecharacteristic ions with the correct relativeintensities (within plusmn20) uniquely identifiesmalathion The results of this extended studysupport those of the previous work on DES56
and show that monitoring three characteristicions of a compound with appropriate relativeintensity specifications is sufficient touniquely select the given compound from acomprehensive mass spectral library Thisnew study highlighted the importance thatthe chosen ions include the molecular ionand that moderately specific ion intensityranges are used
The lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo formolecular identification
Work such as that outlined above led tothe establishment of the lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo forelectron impact spectra568 In addition to thepresence of three characteristic ions thecriteria also specify that the relative intensitiesof the ions are within plusmn10 of the ratiosobserved from a standard If additionalspecificity is present such as achromatographic retention time then theintensity variation could be expanded beyondthese limits The 3 ion criterion is the onlybroadly recognised standard for unambiguousanalyte identification8 for all types ofionisation Although alternatives have beenproposed no other standard is so universallyrecognised as the best means of minimisingthe risk of a false-positive identification8
Current VAMrecommendations
Suggested identification criteria when
using GC-MS and LC-MS are given
below and are based on the 3-ion criteria
described above
1 The criterion of chromatographic
retention time should be used in
conjunction with mass spectral criteria
for confirmation of identity In general
the retention time of an analyte should
be within plusmn2 of a reference standard
2 Under conditions of electron ionisation
at low mass spectral resolution at least
three characteristic diagnostic ions
should be present one of which should
preferably be the molecular ion The
relative intensity of these diagnostic ions
should match those of a reference
standard to within a margin of plusmn20
3 When using chemical ionisation theguideline as at 2 should be followed butwith an acceptable margin on ionintensity ratios of plusmn25
Tandem mass spectrometrycriteria
In the case of tandem mass spectrometry(MS-MS) linked to a chromatographicsystem MS-MS itself confers considerablespecificity in compound identification It hasbeen suggested6 in this case thatconfirmation of identity requires observationof a precursor ion representing the intactmolecule (or a closely related fragment)plus one structurally significant product ionobserved at the same chromatographicretention time However in view of theincreasing use of chromatography-MS-MSto shorten clean up and analysis times manyinterferences could be present in sampleextracts It is likely that these may not beresolved from the analyte of interest Underthese circumstances when detection is byMS-MS it would be prudent forconfirmation of identity to be based onobservation of two structurally relatedproduct ions from one precursor ion (ideallythe molecular ion)
Relaxation of criteria
There are also circumstances where it isconsidered that the 3-ion criteria could berelaxed Such circumstances could includethe case where the matrix to be analysed hasbeen well characterised in the past and theprocedure is used for rapid pre-screening ofa large number of samples Another case isthat of dosing experiments using a specificcompound where it is clear that the compoundwill be present The determination of
Masses monitored
Mass Intensity Mass Intensity Mass Intensity No of matchingrange () range () range () compounds
330 1-100 1922
330 1-100 173 1-100 816
330 1-100 173 1-100 125 1-100 128
330 1-40 1753
330 1-40 173 1-100 735
330 1-40 173 1-100 125 1-100 111
330 1-40 173 60-100 10
330 1-40 173 60-100 125 60-100 1
Table 1 Results from spectral library matching study on malathion7
1 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
lysergide (LSD) in urine by LC-MS9
illustrates this point Normally for forensicpurposes three ions are monitored toinclude the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324 and thecharacteristic fragment ions at mz 223 and197 If LSD is known to be present throughdosing experiments then monitoring twoions to include the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324and the mz 223 ion is sufficient forestablishing its presence In this particularcase monitoring only two ions would alsobring about a considerable increase insensitivity of the procedure The limit ofquantitation (LOQ) of this procedure whenmonitoring three ions is 05 ngml As canbe seen from Figure 1 the 197 daltons ion ofLSD has only a 10ndash15 intensity relative tothe base peak Consequently if only twoions were monitored (mz 223 and 324) thelimit of detection would be improved by afactor of five to 01 ngml (the mz 223 ionhas an intensity relative to the base peak ofsome five times that of the mz 197 ion)Hence adopting this approach would bebeneficial particularly if measurements werebeing carried out at or near the LOQ
Conclusions
Clearly no single set of criteria canencompass all eventualities Considerationmust be given to fitness for purpose and ascientific judgement based on analyticalrequirements must be made However inorder for scientific data to be acceptablebetween organisations some form ofharmonisation is necessary Ideally thiswould incorporate the results of a systematicintercomparison utilising perhaps compoundsof a similar nature and a suitable databaseThis article is an attempt to set the scene for
further discussion of an important subject
REFERENCES
1 De Ruig W G Stephany R W and
Dijkstra G J Assoc Off Anal Chem
72487ndash490 1989
2 EEC directive 93256 No L 11864
(1993)
3 Van Rhijn H A and Van de Voet H
Advances Mass Spectrom 14 CD
ROM ndash WeOr09 1998 (Abstract only)
4 Burlingame A L Boyd R K and Gaskell
S J Anal Chem 70 647Rndash716R 1998
5 Sphon J A J Assoc Off Anal Chem
61 1247ndash1252 1978
6 Baldwin R Bethem R A Boyd R K
Budde W L Cairns T Gibbons R D
Henion J D Kaiser M A Lewis D L
Matusik J E Sphon J A Stephany R
and Trubey R K J Am Soc Mass
Spectrom 8 1180ndash1190 1997
7 VAM Report LGCVAM1998010
Optimisation of the number of ions
which are acceptable for identifying
different chemical species using
GC-MS (1998)
8 Bethem R A and Boyd R K J Am Soc
Mass Spectrom 9 643ndash648 1998
9 White S A Kidd A S and Webb K S J
Forensic Sci 44 375ndash3791999
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Electrospray mass spectrum and structure of LSD
David Booker
AEA Technology
Environment
Trends in air quality legislation
Three independent scientific committeeswithin the UK have published reports123
indicating concern over the health effects ofparticle exposure These concerns have givenrise to a debate on the need for additional
legislation to further reduce particulateemission levels One of these committees1
concluded that it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal link betweenparticulate exposure and acute (and chronic)health effects However this statement isqualified by the recognition that there is a
Ultrafine particles and air quality control
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 11: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
For the second VAM principle one
needs to ask if the databases available as
well as the methods for using this data to
prepare the lsquoanalyteingredientrsquo relationship
are fit-for-purpose Have these been properly
tested MAFF (the UK Ministry of
Agriculture Fisheries and Food) have been
trying to address this issue by funding
research work under the auspices of the
RSC Analytical Methods Committee on the
composition of red meat chicken and
scampi but more information on the
composition of other raw materials such as
turkey meat and salmon is needed In 1998
proposals were invited to conduct
collaborative studies to achieve this involving
financial support partly from MAFF and
from industry Similarly in 1999 proposals
were called for to determine the composition
of commercially important fish species
MAFF clearly see a need for these data to
enable analytical checks to be made on the
content of meat or fish in final products in
order to implement QUID This differs from
another view sometimes expressed that
factory inspection alone would be sufficient
for enforcement purposes (see below)
MAFF has also been trying to address
the fitness-for-purpose issue with respect to
other interpretative issues Last year it
called for the development of analytical
methods for the determination of plant-
based ingredients with respect to the
implementation of QUID As with meat-
based products implementation of QUID
might be difficult in the many cases where a
legal definition for a plant-based product
does not exist Analytical chemists may well
be involved in the process of establishing
such legal definitions as well as in developing
methods for the determination of these
ingredients The establishment of legal
definitions for food ingredients is however a
contentious issue for some sectors of the
food industry especially the meat sector
Are the staff interpreting analytical data
qualified and competent for this task as is
required by the third VAM principle A
member of staff might be highly competent
at all the technical aspects of making a test
measurement This does not necessarily
mean that they understand the underlying
scientific issues sufficiently to form an
opinion about those test data It is evident
that generally more highly qualified and
experienced scientific staff will be required
to interpret data and give the customer an
opinion It is likely that most customers
would expect this The fourth VAM principle might require
laboratory audits and assessments foraccreditation to add interpretative skills tothose of the measurement of an analyte Thismight require a substantial extension oflaboratory audit and review protocolsbefitting the much more specialist functionof the laboratory justified by the addedfinancial value that providing such servicespresumably brings to that laboratory
It is clear that measurements of meat
content in one location in Europe cannot be
consistent with those made elsewhere since
Europe has not yet agreed a legal definition
for meat The fifth VAM principle would
require laboratories across Europe to be
preparing their lsquoAuthenticity Calibration
Relationshiprsquo in the same way Obviously
they cannot be doing this
Finally it is unlikely in many cases that
well defined quality control and quality
assurance procedures will exist for the
interpretation of test data as would be
required by the sixth VAM principle
Accreditation by UKAS does not currently
extend beyond the measurement of
the analyte
Perhaps VAM should now raise
this standard
Enforcement of QUID
Do we need testing to enforce QUIDand are the VAM principles relevant FoodLaw applies to products at point-of-saleThis means that enforcement will relate to aparticular unit taken from a retail outlet by aTrading Standards Officer One obviousmeans of enforcement is to test the sampleif an appropriate test exists The majordrawback to this approach is that analyticalchemists do not always have an appropriatetest that they can use If this approach istaken the sample is divided into threeportions one is sent to a public analyst andone can be analysed by a test laboratoryappointed by the lsquoownersrsquo of the sample Incases of dispute LGC is often required toanalyse the third portion in its role as theofficial UK referee laboratory under theprovisions of the Food Safety Act 1990
Trading Standards Officers also havethe powers they need to enter factories toenforce Food Law They would need torelate their observations in the factory to aunit of product previously purchased from aretailer This means that they would not onlyneed to audit the manufacturing process butwould also need to examine productionrecords relating to the batch from which thatunit of product originated in order to ensureproper lsquocalibrationrsquo
The first issue that arises concernsenforcement of imported productsObviously Trading Standards Officers willnot normally be able to inspect overseasproducers This approach would rely upon asystem of networking with similarenforcement bodies in other states Recentexperiences have shown that enforcement by this route can be a long-winded process Secondly factory inspection is a time-consuming process and it is debatableas to whether or not local authorities havethe resources to do this effectively In bothcases it would be easier if the informationcould be gained by testing the end productas is done for enforcement of nutritionallabelling declarations
Herein lies the measurement challenge tothe analytical chemistry profession Todevelop appropriate tests through technologytransfer and innovation then to validate themin a manner that includes the interpretativestages required to deliver an opinion to thecompetent authority All this must be inaccordance with the appropriate VAMprinciples so ensuring fitness-for-purposeFinally to ensure that everyone irrespectiveof geographical location is applying theseprocedures in such a manner as to achieveequivalent data and its interpretation
REFERENCES
1 Directive 974EC (1997) lsquoOn the
approximation of the laws of the
Member States relating to the labelling
presentation and advertising of
foodstuffsrsquo Official Journal of the
European Communities L43 21ndash23
2 The Food Labell ing (Amendment)
Regulations 1998 SI 19981398
3 The Food Labelling Regulations 1996
SI 19961499
1 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O C U S O N S E C T O R S
1 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Ken Webb andMike SargentLGC
Mass spectrometry is widely regarded asthe technique of choice for an
extensive range of demanding analyticalmeasurement applications because it offers apowerful combination of accuracysensitivity specificity versatility and speedIt is frequently used for both theidentification and quantitation of traceimpurities an application of particularimportance to regulatory or forensicapplications Indeed mass spectrometry israpidly becoming the preferred detectionsystem for many gas or liquid chromat-ographic separations used in these fieldsbecause of its perceived capability to provideunequivocal identification of the targetanalyte In addition it is widely believed thatsimpler or more rapid chromatographicseparations can suffice due to the greaterpower of a mass spectrometric detector in ensuring that the signal monitoredoriginates from the analyte and not aninterfering species
The routine identification andmeasurement of compounds using massspectrometry can however lead toconflicting requirements particularly whereadditional compromises are made in theinterest of speed and economyIdentification is normally achieved bymonitoring a number of structurallysignificant ions of a compound whereas forsensitivity purposes accurate quantitation isoften carried out by monitoring only oneion Consequently there can be a number ofdifferent ways of carrying out identificationand quantitation ranging from full scans tomonitoring a single ion A satisfactorybalance must be achieved between thenumber of ions monitored and optimumsensitivity Moreover it is essential that theactual ions chosen for monitoring are
selected with a knowledge of potentialproblems which may arise For example thesame ion could result from fragmentation ofanother possibly similar compound or thesignal may overlap that from a different iondue to inadequate mass resolution of thespectrometer In many cases the optimumchoice of ion for certainty of identificationwill require expert knowledge of massspectrometry the characteristics of theseparation techniques and the chemistry ofthe analyte and sample This expertise is notalways available particularly in routinescreening applications and concern has arisen regarding the consequences ofmis-identification particularly where legalaction may be taken on the basis of theanalytical result
Official guidelines or criteria
As a result of this concern severalorganisations have produced guidelines orcriteria for selection of ions to be monitoredin critical applications One example isconfirmation of residues of growthpromoting agents illegally used in thefattening of cattle12 within the EuropeanUnion (EU) The EU criteria2 state that fourions should be measured the intensity ofwhich should deviate by no more than plusmn10in electron ionisation (EI) mode from acorresponding standard It is interesting tonote that for use as a screening methodsingle ion monitoring of the most abundantdiagnostic ion is specified The requirementto monitor four ions for the confirmation ofidentity may seem somewhat rigorousparticularly as these criteria are based onlsquoexpert opinionrsquo rather than on evaluation ofanalytical data from confirmatory analysis1It has been found in practice that thesecriteria are proving difficult to meet forseveral analytes especially where some ofthe diagnostic ions are of low mass orrelatively low intensity3 The consequence ofthis is that a relatively high number of falsenegative results could be obtained in theroutine inspection for the abuse of growthpromoters Ideally the number of false
negative results should be minimal howeverwith the EU criteria of four diagnostic ionsthis is not believed to be the case3Consequently work is currently underway3with the aim of providing a statisticallyfounded strategy to determine the criteriaapplicable to mass spectrometric data so asto achieve optimisation of false positive andfalse negative results in these analyses
Systematic studies of ion-monitoring criteria
The above example highlights the need
for and lack of systematic studies of the
number of ions which should be monitored
to confirm identity4 One of the few
published examples5 was the investigation of
the number of ions (in EI mode) that must
be monitored to produce an unambiguous
identification of a given compound In this
study an estimate was made of the minimum
number of ions it was necessary to monitor
so as to produce an unambiguous
identification of diethylstilboestrol (DES)
using low resolution mass spectrometry
DES is an ideal compound for such a study
since it exhibits an abundant molecular ion
and has a number of structurally significant
fragment ions Using a database of 30000
spectra it was found that searching the
database for three ions all with appropriate
intensity limits produced only one match
DES It was considered that a realistic
relative intensity variation for the ions
monitored based on a standard EI
spectrum would be plusmn5 although this was
recognised as being flexible If additional
specificity is present such as GC retention
time then the intensity variation could be
expanded beyond these limitsIt was recommended5 that for
identification purposes three or morecharacteristic ions should be monitored tobe present within an acceptable ratio Thisstudy5 was published in 1978 and a modernversion of this approach using an updatedmass spectral library (of unknown origin)containing some 270000 spectra was
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
The reliability of mass spec foridentification purposes
1 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
published in 1997 by the same author6 Theresult again showed that three characteristicions with reasonably tight specifications forrelative intensities are required to uniquelyselect DES from the larger database
An extended systematic study7 of anumber of compounds of analytical interestwas carried out at LGC in 1998 as part ofthe VAM programme using similar criteriato those in the 1997 study The compoundswere chosen to be representative of theforensic and agro-chemical fields whereproper identification is particularlyimportant Results for one of thecompounds malathion (an organo-phosphorous pesticide) are shown in Table1 This table shows the monitoring of up tothree characteristic ions of malathion (molwt 330) In addition the relative intensitiesof the ions monitored are also taken intoaccount This is done by setting an lsquointensitywindowrsquo for each ion based on the ionintensities from a reference spectrum plus orminus 20 Table 1 also shows exampleswhere the relative intensities are not takeninto account (ie window is 1-100) As theidentification criteria are made morestringent the number of matches decreasesquickly to the point where threecharacteristic ions with the correct relativeintensities (within plusmn20) uniquely identifiesmalathion The results of this extended studysupport those of the previous work on DES56
and show that monitoring three characteristicions of a compound with appropriate relativeintensity specifications is sufficient touniquely select the given compound from acomprehensive mass spectral library Thisnew study highlighted the importance thatthe chosen ions include the molecular ionand that moderately specific ion intensityranges are used
The lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo formolecular identification
Work such as that outlined above led tothe establishment of the lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo forelectron impact spectra568 In addition to thepresence of three characteristic ions thecriteria also specify that the relative intensitiesof the ions are within plusmn10 of the ratiosobserved from a standard If additionalspecificity is present such as achromatographic retention time then theintensity variation could be expanded beyondthese limits The 3 ion criterion is the onlybroadly recognised standard for unambiguousanalyte identification8 for all types ofionisation Although alternatives have beenproposed no other standard is so universallyrecognised as the best means of minimisingthe risk of a false-positive identification8
Current VAMrecommendations
Suggested identification criteria when
using GC-MS and LC-MS are given
below and are based on the 3-ion criteria
described above
1 The criterion of chromatographic
retention time should be used in
conjunction with mass spectral criteria
for confirmation of identity In general
the retention time of an analyte should
be within plusmn2 of a reference standard
2 Under conditions of electron ionisation
at low mass spectral resolution at least
three characteristic diagnostic ions
should be present one of which should
preferably be the molecular ion The
relative intensity of these diagnostic ions
should match those of a reference
standard to within a margin of plusmn20
3 When using chemical ionisation theguideline as at 2 should be followed butwith an acceptable margin on ionintensity ratios of plusmn25
Tandem mass spectrometrycriteria
In the case of tandem mass spectrometry(MS-MS) linked to a chromatographicsystem MS-MS itself confers considerablespecificity in compound identification It hasbeen suggested6 in this case thatconfirmation of identity requires observationof a precursor ion representing the intactmolecule (or a closely related fragment)plus one structurally significant product ionobserved at the same chromatographicretention time However in view of theincreasing use of chromatography-MS-MSto shorten clean up and analysis times manyinterferences could be present in sampleextracts It is likely that these may not beresolved from the analyte of interest Underthese circumstances when detection is byMS-MS it would be prudent forconfirmation of identity to be based onobservation of two structurally relatedproduct ions from one precursor ion (ideallythe molecular ion)
Relaxation of criteria
There are also circumstances where it isconsidered that the 3-ion criteria could berelaxed Such circumstances could includethe case where the matrix to be analysed hasbeen well characterised in the past and theprocedure is used for rapid pre-screening ofa large number of samples Another case isthat of dosing experiments using a specificcompound where it is clear that the compoundwill be present The determination of
Masses monitored
Mass Intensity Mass Intensity Mass Intensity No of matchingrange () range () range () compounds
330 1-100 1922
330 1-100 173 1-100 816
330 1-100 173 1-100 125 1-100 128
330 1-40 1753
330 1-40 173 1-100 735
330 1-40 173 1-100 125 1-100 111
330 1-40 173 60-100 10
330 1-40 173 60-100 125 60-100 1
Table 1 Results from spectral library matching study on malathion7
1 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
lysergide (LSD) in urine by LC-MS9
illustrates this point Normally for forensicpurposes three ions are monitored toinclude the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324 and thecharacteristic fragment ions at mz 223 and197 If LSD is known to be present throughdosing experiments then monitoring twoions to include the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324and the mz 223 ion is sufficient forestablishing its presence In this particularcase monitoring only two ions would alsobring about a considerable increase insensitivity of the procedure The limit ofquantitation (LOQ) of this procedure whenmonitoring three ions is 05 ngml As canbe seen from Figure 1 the 197 daltons ion ofLSD has only a 10ndash15 intensity relative tothe base peak Consequently if only twoions were monitored (mz 223 and 324) thelimit of detection would be improved by afactor of five to 01 ngml (the mz 223 ionhas an intensity relative to the base peak ofsome five times that of the mz 197 ion)Hence adopting this approach would bebeneficial particularly if measurements werebeing carried out at or near the LOQ
Conclusions
Clearly no single set of criteria canencompass all eventualities Considerationmust be given to fitness for purpose and ascientific judgement based on analyticalrequirements must be made However inorder for scientific data to be acceptablebetween organisations some form ofharmonisation is necessary Ideally thiswould incorporate the results of a systematicintercomparison utilising perhaps compoundsof a similar nature and a suitable databaseThis article is an attempt to set the scene for
further discussion of an important subject
REFERENCES
1 De Ruig W G Stephany R W and
Dijkstra G J Assoc Off Anal Chem
72487ndash490 1989
2 EEC directive 93256 No L 11864
(1993)
3 Van Rhijn H A and Van de Voet H
Advances Mass Spectrom 14 CD
ROM ndash WeOr09 1998 (Abstract only)
4 Burlingame A L Boyd R K and Gaskell
S J Anal Chem 70 647Rndash716R 1998
5 Sphon J A J Assoc Off Anal Chem
61 1247ndash1252 1978
6 Baldwin R Bethem R A Boyd R K
Budde W L Cairns T Gibbons R D
Henion J D Kaiser M A Lewis D L
Matusik J E Sphon J A Stephany R
and Trubey R K J Am Soc Mass
Spectrom 8 1180ndash1190 1997
7 VAM Report LGCVAM1998010
Optimisation of the number of ions
which are acceptable for identifying
different chemical species using
GC-MS (1998)
8 Bethem R A and Boyd R K J Am Soc
Mass Spectrom 9 643ndash648 1998
9 White S A Kidd A S and Webb K S J
Forensic Sci 44 375ndash3791999
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Electrospray mass spectrum and structure of LSD
David Booker
AEA Technology
Environment
Trends in air quality legislation
Three independent scientific committeeswithin the UK have published reports123
indicating concern over the health effects ofparticle exposure These concerns have givenrise to a debate on the need for additional
legislation to further reduce particulateemission levels One of these committees1
concluded that it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal link betweenparticulate exposure and acute (and chronic)health effects However this statement isqualified by the recognition that there is a
Ultrafine particles and air quality control
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 12: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
1 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Ken Webb andMike SargentLGC
Mass spectrometry is widely regarded asthe technique of choice for an
extensive range of demanding analyticalmeasurement applications because it offers apowerful combination of accuracysensitivity specificity versatility and speedIt is frequently used for both theidentification and quantitation of traceimpurities an application of particularimportance to regulatory or forensicapplications Indeed mass spectrometry israpidly becoming the preferred detectionsystem for many gas or liquid chromat-ographic separations used in these fieldsbecause of its perceived capability to provideunequivocal identification of the targetanalyte In addition it is widely believed thatsimpler or more rapid chromatographicseparations can suffice due to the greaterpower of a mass spectrometric detector in ensuring that the signal monitoredoriginates from the analyte and not aninterfering species
The routine identification andmeasurement of compounds using massspectrometry can however lead toconflicting requirements particularly whereadditional compromises are made in theinterest of speed and economyIdentification is normally achieved bymonitoring a number of structurallysignificant ions of a compound whereas forsensitivity purposes accurate quantitation isoften carried out by monitoring only oneion Consequently there can be a number ofdifferent ways of carrying out identificationand quantitation ranging from full scans tomonitoring a single ion A satisfactorybalance must be achieved between thenumber of ions monitored and optimumsensitivity Moreover it is essential that theactual ions chosen for monitoring are
selected with a knowledge of potentialproblems which may arise For example thesame ion could result from fragmentation ofanother possibly similar compound or thesignal may overlap that from a different iondue to inadequate mass resolution of thespectrometer In many cases the optimumchoice of ion for certainty of identificationwill require expert knowledge of massspectrometry the characteristics of theseparation techniques and the chemistry ofthe analyte and sample This expertise is notalways available particularly in routinescreening applications and concern has arisen regarding the consequences ofmis-identification particularly where legalaction may be taken on the basis of theanalytical result
Official guidelines or criteria
As a result of this concern severalorganisations have produced guidelines orcriteria for selection of ions to be monitoredin critical applications One example isconfirmation of residues of growthpromoting agents illegally used in thefattening of cattle12 within the EuropeanUnion (EU) The EU criteria2 state that fourions should be measured the intensity ofwhich should deviate by no more than plusmn10in electron ionisation (EI) mode from acorresponding standard It is interesting tonote that for use as a screening methodsingle ion monitoring of the most abundantdiagnostic ion is specified The requirementto monitor four ions for the confirmation ofidentity may seem somewhat rigorousparticularly as these criteria are based onlsquoexpert opinionrsquo rather than on evaluation ofanalytical data from confirmatory analysis1It has been found in practice that thesecriteria are proving difficult to meet forseveral analytes especially where some ofthe diagnostic ions are of low mass orrelatively low intensity3 The consequence ofthis is that a relatively high number of falsenegative results could be obtained in theroutine inspection for the abuse of growthpromoters Ideally the number of false
negative results should be minimal howeverwith the EU criteria of four diagnostic ionsthis is not believed to be the case3Consequently work is currently underway3with the aim of providing a statisticallyfounded strategy to determine the criteriaapplicable to mass spectrometric data so asto achieve optimisation of false positive andfalse negative results in these analyses
Systematic studies of ion-monitoring criteria
The above example highlights the need
for and lack of systematic studies of the
number of ions which should be monitored
to confirm identity4 One of the few
published examples5 was the investigation of
the number of ions (in EI mode) that must
be monitored to produce an unambiguous
identification of a given compound In this
study an estimate was made of the minimum
number of ions it was necessary to monitor
so as to produce an unambiguous
identification of diethylstilboestrol (DES)
using low resolution mass spectrometry
DES is an ideal compound for such a study
since it exhibits an abundant molecular ion
and has a number of structurally significant
fragment ions Using a database of 30000
spectra it was found that searching the
database for three ions all with appropriate
intensity limits produced only one match
DES It was considered that a realistic
relative intensity variation for the ions
monitored based on a standard EI
spectrum would be plusmn5 although this was
recognised as being flexible If additional
specificity is present such as GC retention
time then the intensity variation could be
expanded beyond these limitsIt was recommended5 that for
identification purposes three or morecharacteristic ions should be monitored tobe present within an acceptable ratio Thisstudy5 was published in 1978 and a modernversion of this approach using an updatedmass spectral library (of unknown origin)containing some 270000 spectra was
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
The reliability of mass spec foridentification purposes
1 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
published in 1997 by the same author6 Theresult again showed that three characteristicions with reasonably tight specifications forrelative intensities are required to uniquelyselect DES from the larger database
An extended systematic study7 of anumber of compounds of analytical interestwas carried out at LGC in 1998 as part ofthe VAM programme using similar criteriato those in the 1997 study The compoundswere chosen to be representative of theforensic and agro-chemical fields whereproper identification is particularlyimportant Results for one of thecompounds malathion (an organo-phosphorous pesticide) are shown in Table1 This table shows the monitoring of up tothree characteristic ions of malathion (molwt 330) In addition the relative intensitiesof the ions monitored are also taken intoaccount This is done by setting an lsquointensitywindowrsquo for each ion based on the ionintensities from a reference spectrum plus orminus 20 Table 1 also shows exampleswhere the relative intensities are not takeninto account (ie window is 1-100) As theidentification criteria are made morestringent the number of matches decreasesquickly to the point where threecharacteristic ions with the correct relativeintensities (within plusmn20) uniquely identifiesmalathion The results of this extended studysupport those of the previous work on DES56
and show that monitoring three characteristicions of a compound with appropriate relativeintensity specifications is sufficient touniquely select the given compound from acomprehensive mass spectral library Thisnew study highlighted the importance thatthe chosen ions include the molecular ionand that moderately specific ion intensityranges are used
The lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo formolecular identification
Work such as that outlined above led tothe establishment of the lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo forelectron impact spectra568 In addition to thepresence of three characteristic ions thecriteria also specify that the relative intensitiesof the ions are within plusmn10 of the ratiosobserved from a standard If additionalspecificity is present such as achromatographic retention time then theintensity variation could be expanded beyondthese limits The 3 ion criterion is the onlybroadly recognised standard for unambiguousanalyte identification8 for all types ofionisation Although alternatives have beenproposed no other standard is so universallyrecognised as the best means of minimisingthe risk of a false-positive identification8
Current VAMrecommendations
Suggested identification criteria when
using GC-MS and LC-MS are given
below and are based on the 3-ion criteria
described above
1 The criterion of chromatographic
retention time should be used in
conjunction with mass spectral criteria
for confirmation of identity In general
the retention time of an analyte should
be within plusmn2 of a reference standard
2 Under conditions of electron ionisation
at low mass spectral resolution at least
three characteristic diagnostic ions
should be present one of which should
preferably be the molecular ion The
relative intensity of these diagnostic ions
should match those of a reference
standard to within a margin of plusmn20
3 When using chemical ionisation theguideline as at 2 should be followed butwith an acceptable margin on ionintensity ratios of plusmn25
Tandem mass spectrometrycriteria
In the case of tandem mass spectrometry(MS-MS) linked to a chromatographicsystem MS-MS itself confers considerablespecificity in compound identification It hasbeen suggested6 in this case thatconfirmation of identity requires observationof a precursor ion representing the intactmolecule (or a closely related fragment)plus one structurally significant product ionobserved at the same chromatographicretention time However in view of theincreasing use of chromatography-MS-MSto shorten clean up and analysis times manyinterferences could be present in sampleextracts It is likely that these may not beresolved from the analyte of interest Underthese circumstances when detection is byMS-MS it would be prudent forconfirmation of identity to be based onobservation of two structurally relatedproduct ions from one precursor ion (ideallythe molecular ion)
Relaxation of criteria
There are also circumstances where it isconsidered that the 3-ion criteria could berelaxed Such circumstances could includethe case where the matrix to be analysed hasbeen well characterised in the past and theprocedure is used for rapid pre-screening ofa large number of samples Another case isthat of dosing experiments using a specificcompound where it is clear that the compoundwill be present The determination of
Masses monitored
Mass Intensity Mass Intensity Mass Intensity No of matchingrange () range () range () compounds
330 1-100 1922
330 1-100 173 1-100 816
330 1-100 173 1-100 125 1-100 128
330 1-40 1753
330 1-40 173 1-100 735
330 1-40 173 1-100 125 1-100 111
330 1-40 173 60-100 10
330 1-40 173 60-100 125 60-100 1
Table 1 Results from spectral library matching study on malathion7
1 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
lysergide (LSD) in urine by LC-MS9
illustrates this point Normally for forensicpurposes three ions are monitored toinclude the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324 and thecharacteristic fragment ions at mz 223 and197 If LSD is known to be present throughdosing experiments then monitoring twoions to include the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324and the mz 223 ion is sufficient forestablishing its presence In this particularcase monitoring only two ions would alsobring about a considerable increase insensitivity of the procedure The limit ofquantitation (LOQ) of this procedure whenmonitoring three ions is 05 ngml As canbe seen from Figure 1 the 197 daltons ion ofLSD has only a 10ndash15 intensity relative tothe base peak Consequently if only twoions were monitored (mz 223 and 324) thelimit of detection would be improved by afactor of five to 01 ngml (the mz 223 ionhas an intensity relative to the base peak ofsome five times that of the mz 197 ion)Hence adopting this approach would bebeneficial particularly if measurements werebeing carried out at or near the LOQ
Conclusions
Clearly no single set of criteria canencompass all eventualities Considerationmust be given to fitness for purpose and ascientific judgement based on analyticalrequirements must be made However inorder for scientific data to be acceptablebetween organisations some form ofharmonisation is necessary Ideally thiswould incorporate the results of a systematicintercomparison utilising perhaps compoundsof a similar nature and a suitable databaseThis article is an attempt to set the scene for
further discussion of an important subject
REFERENCES
1 De Ruig W G Stephany R W and
Dijkstra G J Assoc Off Anal Chem
72487ndash490 1989
2 EEC directive 93256 No L 11864
(1993)
3 Van Rhijn H A and Van de Voet H
Advances Mass Spectrom 14 CD
ROM ndash WeOr09 1998 (Abstract only)
4 Burlingame A L Boyd R K and Gaskell
S J Anal Chem 70 647Rndash716R 1998
5 Sphon J A J Assoc Off Anal Chem
61 1247ndash1252 1978
6 Baldwin R Bethem R A Boyd R K
Budde W L Cairns T Gibbons R D
Henion J D Kaiser M A Lewis D L
Matusik J E Sphon J A Stephany R
and Trubey R K J Am Soc Mass
Spectrom 8 1180ndash1190 1997
7 VAM Report LGCVAM1998010
Optimisation of the number of ions
which are acceptable for identifying
different chemical species using
GC-MS (1998)
8 Bethem R A and Boyd R K J Am Soc
Mass Spectrom 9 643ndash648 1998
9 White S A Kidd A S and Webb K S J
Forensic Sci 44 375ndash3791999
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Electrospray mass spectrum and structure of LSD
David Booker
AEA Technology
Environment
Trends in air quality legislation
Three independent scientific committeeswithin the UK have published reports123
indicating concern over the health effects ofparticle exposure These concerns have givenrise to a debate on the need for additional
legislation to further reduce particulateemission levels One of these committees1
concluded that it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal link betweenparticulate exposure and acute (and chronic)health effects However this statement isqualified by the recognition that there is a
Ultrafine particles and air quality control
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 13: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
1 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
published in 1997 by the same author6 Theresult again showed that three characteristicions with reasonably tight specifications forrelative intensities are required to uniquelyselect DES from the larger database
An extended systematic study7 of anumber of compounds of analytical interestwas carried out at LGC in 1998 as part ofthe VAM programme using similar criteriato those in the 1997 study The compoundswere chosen to be representative of theforensic and agro-chemical fields whereproper identification is particularlyimportant Results for one of thecompounds malathion (an organo-phosphorous pesticide) are shown in Table1 This table shows the monitoring of up tothree characteristic ions of malathion (molwt 330) In addition the relative intensitiesof the ions monitored are also taken intoaccount This is done by setting an lsquointensitywindowrsquo for each ion based on the ionintensities from a reference spectrum plus orminus 20 Table 1 also shows exampleswhere the relative intensities are not takeninto account (ie window is 1-100) As theidentification criteria are made morestringent the number of matches decreasesquickly to the point where threecharacteristic ions with the correct relativeintensities (within plusmn20) uniquely identifiesmalathion The results of this extended studysupport those of the previous work on DES56
and show that monitoring three characteristicions of a compound with appropriate relativeintensity specifications is sufficient touniquely select the given compound from acomprehensive mass spectral library Thisnew study highlighted the importance thatthe chosen ions include the molecular ionand that moderately specific ion intensityranges are used
The lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo formolecular identification
Work such as that outlined above led tothe establishment of the lsquo3-ion criterionrsquo forelectron impact spectra568 In addition to thepresence of three characteristic ions thecriteria also specify that the relative intensitiesof the ions are within plusmn10 of the ratiosobserved from a standard If additionalspecificity is present such as achromatographic retention time then theintensity variation could be expanded beyondthese limits The 3 ion criterion is the onlybroadly recognised standard for unambiguousanalyte identification8 for all types ofionisation Although alternatives have beenproposed no other standard is so universallyrecognised as the best means of minimisingthe risk of a false-positive identification8
Current VAMrecommendations
Suggested identification criteria when
using GC-MS and LC-MS are given
below and are based on the 3-ion criteria
described above
1 The criterion of chromatographic
retention time should be used in
conjunction with mass spectral criteria
for confirmation of identity In general
the retention time of an analyte should
be within plusmn2 of a reference standard
2 Under conditions of electron ionisation
at low mass spectral resolution at least
three characteristic diagnostic ions
should be present one of which should
preferably be the molecular ion The
relative intensity of these diagnostic ions
should match those of a reference
standard to within a margin of plusmn20
3 When using chemical ionisation theguideline as at 2 should be followed butwith an acceptable margin on ionintensity ratios of plusmn25
Tandem mass spectrometrycriteria
In the case of tandem mass spectrometry(MS-MS) linked to a chromatographicsystem MS-MS itself confers considerablespecificity in compound identification It hasbeen suggested6 in this case thatconfirmation of identity requires observationof a precursor ion representing the intactmolecule (or a closely related fragment)plus one structurally significant product ionobserved at the same chromatographicretention time However in view of theincreasing use of chromatography-MS-MSto shorten clean up and analysis times manyinterferences could be present in sampleextracts It is likely that these may not beresolved from the analyte of interest Underthese circumstances when detection is byMS-MS it would be prudent forconfirmation of identity to be based onobservation of two structurally relatedproduct ions from one precursor ion (ideallythe molecular ion)
Relaxation of criteria
There are also circumstances where it isconsidered that the 3-ion criteria could berelaxed Such circumstances could includethe case where the matrix to be analysed hasbeen well characterised in the past and theprocedure is used for rapid pre-screening ofa large number of samples Another case isthat of dosing experiments using a specificcompound where it is clear that the compoundwill be present The determination of
Masses monitored
Mass Intensity Mass Intensity Mass Intensity No of matchingrange () range () range () compounds
330 1-100 1922
330 1-100 173 1-100 816
330 1-100 173 1-100 125 1-100 128
330 1-40 1753
330 1-40 173 1-100 735
330 1-40 173 1-100 125 1-100 111
330 1-40 173 60-100 10
330 1-40 173 60-100 125 60-100 1
Table 1 Results from spectral library matching study on malathion7
1 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
lysergide (LSD) in urine by LC-MS9
illustrates this point Normally for forensicpurposes three ions are monitored toinclude the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324 and thecharacteristic fragment ions at mz 223 and197 If LSD is known to be present throughdosing experiments then monitoring twoions to include the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324and the mz 223 ion is sufficient forestablishing its presence In this particularcase monitoring only two ions would alsobring about a considerable increase insensitivity of the procedure The limit ofquantitation (LOQ) of this procedure whenmonitoring three ions is 05 ngml As canbe seen from Figure 1 the 197 daltons ion ofLSD has only a 10ndash15 intensity relative tothe base peak Consequently if only twoions were monitored (mz 223 and 324) thelimit of detection would be improved by afactor of five to 01 ngml (the mz 223 ionhas an intensity relative to the base peak ofsome five times that of the mz 197 ion)Hence adopting this approach would bebeneficial particularly if measurements werebeing carried out at or near the LOQ
Conclusions
Clearly no single set of criteria canencompass all eventualities Considerationmust be given to fitness for purpose and ascientific judgement based on analyticalrequirements must be made However inorder for scientific data to be acceptablebetween organisations some form ofharmonisation is necessary Ideally thiswould incorporate the results of a systematicintercomparison utilising perhaps compoundsof a similar nature and a suitable databaseThis article is an attempt to set the scene for
further discussion of an important subject
REFERENCES
1 De Ruig W G Stephany R W and
Dijkstra G J Assoc Off Anal Chem
72487ndash490 1989
2 EEC directive 93256 No L 11864
(1993)
3 Van Rhijn H A and Van de Voet H
Advances Mass Spectrom 14 CD
ROM ndash WeOr09 1998 (Abstract only)
4 Burlingame A L Boyd R K and Gaskell
S J Anal Chem 70 647Rndash716R 1998
5 Sphon J A J Assoc Off Anal Chem
61 1247ndash1252 1978
6 Baldwin R Bethem R A Boyd R K
Budde W L Cairns T Gibbons R D
Henion J D Kaiser M A Lewis D L
Matusik J E Sphon J A Stephany R
and Trubey R K J Am Soc Mass
Spectrom 8 1180ndash1190 1997
7 VAM Report LGCVAM1998010
Optimisation of the number of ions
which are acceptable for identifying
different chemical species using
GC-MS (1998)
8 Bethem R A and Boyd R K J Am Soc
Mass Spectrom 9 643ndash648 1998
9 White S A Kidd A S and Webb K S J
Forensic Sci 44 375ndash3791999
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Electrospray mass spectrum and structure of LSD
David Booker
AEA Technology
Environment
Trends in air quality legislation
Three independent scientific committeeswithin the UK have published reports123
indicating concern over the health effects ofparticle exposure These concerns have givenrise to a debate on the need for additional
legislation to further reduce particulateemission levels One of these committees1
concluded that it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal link betweenparticulate exposure and acute (and chronic)health effects However this statement isqualified by the recognition that there is a
Ultrafine particles and air quality control
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 14: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
1 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
lysergide (LSD) in urine by LC-MS9
illustrates this point Normally for forensicpurposes three ions are monitored toinclude the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324 and thecharacteristic fragment ions at mz 223 and197 If LSD is known to be present throughdosing experiments then monitoring twoions to include the (M+H)+ ion at mz 324and the mz 223 ion is sufficient forestablishing its presence In this particularcase monitoring only two ions would alsobring about a considerable increase insensitivity of the procedure The limit ofquantitation (LOQ) of this procedure whenmonitoring three ions is 05 ngml As canbe seen from Figure 1 the 197 daltons ion ofLSD has only a 10ndash15 intensity relative tothe base peak Consequently if only twoions were monitored (mz 223 and 324) thelimit of detection would be improved by afactor of five to 01 ngml (the mz 223 ionhas an intensity relative to the base peak ofsome five times that of the mz 197 ion)Hence adopting this approach would bebeneficial particularly if measurements werebeing carried out at or near the LOQ
Conclusions
Clearly no single set of criteria canencompass all eventualities Considerationmust be given to fitness for purpose and ascientific judgement based on analyticalrequirements must be made However inorder for scientific data to be acceptablebetween organisations some form ofharmonisation is necessary Ideally thiswould incorporate the results of a systematicintercomparison utilising perhaps compoundsof a similar nature and a suitable databaseThis article is an attempt to set the scene for
further discussion of an important subject
REFERENCES
1 De Ruig W G Stephany R W and
Dijkstra G J Assoc Off Anal Chem
72487ndash490 1989
2 EEC directive 93256 No L 11864
(1993)
3 Van Rhijn H A and Van de Voet H
Advances Mass Spectrom 14 CD
ROM ndash WeOr09 1998 (Abstract only)
4 Burlingame A L Boyd R K and Gaskell
S J Anal Chem 70 647Rndash716R 1998
5 Sphon J A J Assoc Off Anal Chem
61 1247ndash1252 1978
6 Baldwin R Bethem R A Boyd R K
Budde W L Cairns T Gibbons R D
Henion J D Kaiser M A Lewis D L
Matusik J E Sphon J A Stephany R
and Trubey R K J Am Soc Mass
Spectrom 8 1180ndash1190 1997
7 VAM Report LGCVAM1998010
Optimisation of the number of ions
which are acceptable for identifying
different chemical species using
GC-MS (1998)
8 Bethem R A and Boyd R K J Am Soc
Mass Spectrom 9 643ndash648 1998
9 White S A Kidd A S and Webb K S J
Forensic Sci 44 375ndash3791999
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Electrospray mass spectrum and structure of LSD
David Booker
AEA Technology
Environment
Trends in air quality legislation
Three independent scientific committeeswithin the UK have published reports123
indicating concern over the health effects ofparticle exposure These concerns have givenrise to a debate on the need for additional
legislation to further reduce particulateemission levels One of these committees1
concluded that it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal link betweenparticulate exposure and acute (and chronic)health effects However this statement isqualified by the recognition that there is a
Ultrafine particles and air quality control
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 15: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
1 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
degree of uncertainty over the role of veryfine particles (less than 1 microm aerodynamicdiameter) The UK Expert Panel on AirQuality Standards (EPAQS) of thelsquoDepartment of the Environment Transportand the Regionsrsquo has recommended3 that the24 hour exposure limit be reduced from thecurrent 150 microgm3 to 50 microgm3 (presentannual limit based on the current USEPA(US Environmental Protection Agency)guidelines) In addition the reportrecommends that efforts be made to furtherreduce the 50 microgm3 limit year on year andthat the number of days where the limit isexceeded are reduced year on year This isconsistent with the approach adopted by theCommission with respect to the EU AirQuality Framework Directive
The USEPA has issued a discussiondocument with respect to particles andhealth suggesting that further sizediscrimination is required within PM10sampling Ambient particulate is morehomogeneous across continental US andtherefore a dual PM25 and coarse material(CM PM10 ndash PM25) standard has been putforward to the USEPA as a staff paper It isanticipated that annual primary standards of50 microgm3 for PM10 and 15 microgm3 for PM25
will be submittedIn conclusion there is a body of
evidence to suggest that future emissionslegislation within Europe and the US willinclude a reduction in particulate emissionlevels coupled with a degree of sizediscrimination Number concentration limitsmay also be adopted in Europe dependingon the outcome of new researchprogrammes The likely time scale forintroduction of these changes is 5ndash8 yearsincorporating a window for further research
Implications for vehicleemission regulations
The setting of vehicle emissionregulations is a complex and iterativeprocess which has to take account of theevolving understanding ofbull health and environmental motivations
for changes in air quality legislationbull timing of the introduction of changes
in air quality legislationbull understanding of the contributions of
vehicle emissions to air qualitybull practicalities of making measurements
for research type approval testing andin-service policing
bull practicalities and cost effectiveness of achieving the standards through (for example) fuel specification engineoptimisation after treatment or traffic management
bull evaluation of potential side-effects ofproposed emission countermeasures4
it would be imprudent toignore a probable causal linkbetween particulate exposure
and acute health effects
Much research has to be undertaken and the results co-ordinated in order togenerate the necessary data to address theabove factors
The EU Commission has agreedsuggestions for particulate emissions fromdiesel passenger cars (on the modified cycleeliminating the first 40 seconds of idle) of 005 gkm for the year 2000 (Euro 3) and indicative proposals for 0025 gkm for 2005 (Euro 4) No standards were set for gasoline fuelled vehicles5 At this stage no recommendations were made on the introduction of particle sizedistribution criteria
Current vehicle emissions legislation isbased on the total mass of particles emittedper km with environmental legislation basedon a mass per unit volume basis with noreference to the size of the particles or thenumber concentration of particles emittedHowever regulatory bodies are consideringthe need to account for particle size in futurevehicle emission regulations As a precursorto this process studies have beenundertaken to assess the capabilities of available particle-size distributionmeasurement techniques in order toestablish the validity of past and currentassessments of the effects of (for example)fuel vehicle and drive cycle on particle sizedistribution (and perhaps composition)
Such studies are a necessary precursor tothe establishment of legislation and to thespecification of facilities required for typeapproval testing A further requirement maybe the development of appropriate lesssophisticated equipment for in-servicetesting Whilst initial steps have been madetowards the later objective particulate sizingmeasurement technology tailored to theneeds of vehicle emissions regulations isarguably at an early stage of evolution VAM
has been addressing the issue of standardprocedures for the generation andmeasurement of ultrafine particles over therange identified with vehicular emissions andwithin the context of the lsquoparticulates andaerosolsrsquo programme The primary aims ofthese on-going studies are tobull develop techniques for the
generation of well-defined ultrafineairborne particulates
bull improve the quality of suchmeasurements
bull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo to implement best practices
bull work towards comparability of measurementsFurthermore uncertainties and current
difficulties with these measurements andtheir direct role with respect to legislationand product development have beenfundamental driving forces for the setting upof the Vehicle Particle Emission Club It hasbeen decided through consultation withindustry government and academia thatthere is a need for a Vehicle Particle EmissionClub (VPEC) The formation of the club issupported by the UK Department of Environ-ment Transport and the Regions (DETR)and DTINMSPU (VAM programme)
Why particles
Over the past few years UK needs withrespect to particle measurements have beenevaluated for the UK government6 byundertaking two market surveys78 and bythe contractor (AEA Technology plc)maintaining regular contact with UKindustry through the National Forum ForParticle Measurements (NFPM) Thisforum has assisted greatly in theidentification of particle measurement issuesthat can be addressed to the benefit of UKindustry (eg specification of calibrants andrequirements for sampling guidelines andmeasurement procedures) Typically theforum meets annually and consists of up to30 members from UK industry (chemicaland drug manufacture instrumentmanufacture and supply) regulatory bodiesconsultancy services and academia
Why vehicle particles
Transport is a major source of particlepollution and there is a body of evidence tosuggest that future emissions legislationwithin Europe and the US will include a
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
PMx ndash Particle Mass lt xmicrog
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 16: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
1 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
reduction in particulate emission levelscoupled with a degree of size discriminationNumber concentration limits may also beadopted in Europe depending on theoutcome of new research programmes
Vehicle particulate emissions have thepotential to cause adverse health effectsThese effects include cancer and otherpulmonary and cardiovascular diseases
Why a vehicle particleemission club
Particle emissions is a strategic area underclose scrutiny from the Government industryand the scientific community Industrycontinues to invest in new technologies (forexample lower emission engines abatementtechniques and low-sulfur fuels) in order toreduce these emissions Underpinning theseproduct developments and their broadacceptance are high-quality emission and airquality measurements
the measurements made on vehicle emissions will becritical for the development
of new legislation
Over the next few years the measure-ments made on vehicle emissions will be
critical for the development of newlegislation (if required) that is both wellreasoned and fair to all parties concerned
Thus careful consideration needs to begiven to the reasons for performing anyaerosol particle-size measurement If theresulting data is not suitable for the intendedapplication the measurements are worthlessBy way of an example if the user isinterested in the lung deposition of aparticular aerosol ensemble it is pointlessexamining the aerosol particles beneath amicroscope and determining a sizedistribution based on an equivalentgeometric diameter The measurement maybe accurate and precise but will not be fitfor purpose or relevant as the deposition ofthe particles within the lung will dependupon their aerodynamic diameter and nottheir equivalent geometric diameter Greatcare must be taken in the choice ofmeasurement technique Measurementobjectives for the club include helping themembers in the followingbull make the most appropriate choice
of instrumentationbull ensure that data produced is valid
in terms of accuracy and precisionbull ensure that all particle measurements
have an associated uncertaintybull ensure that traceable calibration
procedurestechniques are available
Key technical issues
Various elements of the VAM
programme have highlighted the following
key issues to be addressed in research aimed
at specifying particle size measurement
procedures relevant to vehicle emissionsbull sampling conditionsbull merits of number- andor
mass-based measurementsbull validation of instruments by
monitoring vehicle emissionsbull inter-instrument correlationbull development of standard sampling
and measurement procedures
Development of workplan
VPEC has four key objectives namelybull improve the quality and value of
the measurementsbull develop tools and lsquoknow-howrsquo
to implement best practicebull work towards national and international
comparability of measurementsbull provide knowledge on international
developments in health effectsmeasurement and test methodsstandards collection of data and testmethods and facilitate networking
Four work areas have been identifiedbull measurement and uncertaintybull environment and health impact
of emissionsbull combustion and particle formationbull context and gearing
Measurement and uncertaintyThere is no fixed methodology for making
particle size measurements of vehicle
emissions Factors that are likely to be
important include selection of most-
appropriate equipment dilution (ratio rate
mixing time etc) environmental conditions
(temperature humidity) and sampling
Environment and health impactParticles arising from engines are only one of
many sources of ambient particulate matter
Therefore it is difficult to measure the
exposures from various sources and to
distinguish the potential health risks
attributable to exposure to vehicle emissions
from those attributable to other air
pollutants As is frequently the case in
epidemiological studies of air pollutants
exposure to vehicle emissions was not
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 17: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
1 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
addressed nor the actual emissions from the
source of exposure characterised for the
period of time most relevant to the
development of health effects The under-
standing of the relationship between tail
pipe urban and personal exposure of
vehicle-produced pollution is clearly an
important goal for industry and government
Combustion and particle formation
ldquoUnderstanding the fundamental science
underlying particle formation and measurement
is critical to research organisations such as
universities health and environmental
organisations and local state and federal
governments Future low-emission engines must
be designed with an understanding of particle
formation and measurement Sound science
dictates that future environmental decisions
be based on understanding of the causes and
effects of pollutionrdquoldquoReview of Diesel Particulate Matter Sampling MethodsrdquoKittelson Arnold Winthrop and WattsUniversity of Minnesota January 1999
Context and gearing Following thecumulative worldwide interest and concernrelating to the potential health effects ofinhaled particles and recent reports on airquality trends new literature on health effectsmeasurements and test methods collection ofdata and test methods from national institutesresearch institutes universities industrialgroups and other relevant bodies is beinggenerated at an increasing rate Consequentlyit is important that the clubbull keeps abreast of this literaturebull communicates with the research
institutes universities industry groupsand other relevant bodiesAn agreed work plan has been developed
to address these requirements ensuring thatthe lsquoproductsrsquo and lsquoknow-howrsquo arising out ofthe clubrsquos activities are integrated respectedand valued within the community
Workplan prioritisation
Using the results from a market survey ofinterested parties a prioritisation of the clubrsquosinitial work programme has been carried outThe survey asked the recipients to rank (scaleof 1 to 5 where 1 is very low and 5 is very high)the priority for approximately 40 research topicsunder the 4 work areas discussed above
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Networking with all Market Sectors (Government Industry Academia)
bull Cost-effective Development of ldquoProductsrdquo amp ldquoKnow-Howrdquo
bull Improvements to the Quality and Value of the Measurements Made
bull Tools that Underpin Product Development
bull hellipetc
OUTPUTS
BENEFITS
Figure 2 Summary of the results for the 4 work areas
Figure 1 VPEC Objectives
Measurement
bull Improve the quality and value of the measurements made
bull Develop tools and ldquoknow-howrdquo to implement best practice
bull Work towards national and international comparability of measurements
Information Management
bull Provide knowledge on international developments in health-effectsmeasurement and test methods standards collection of data and test methods
bull Facilitate networking
Measurement
bull Measurementintercomparisons
bull Best Practice SamplingMethods
bull Best Practice MeasurementMethods
bull Calibration Principles
bull New Tools for Measurement
bull QAhellipetc
Information Management
bull World Wide Web-site (www)
bull Position Papers(1)
bull hellipetc
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 18: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
Industryrsquos concerns resulted in themeasurement and uncertainty work areabeing ranked highest and thus both the VAMprinciples and VAM funded activities in thisfield are both highly relevant and valued
These results for the four work areas willbe used to define a work programme that willbe carried out by the members (co-ordinatedby AEA Technology) Since the membershipwill include government industryprofessional bodies and academia theoutputs from the club are expected to assistin the formulation of both legislation andproduct development an example of VAMworking to the clear benefit of all sectors
For further information concerning airquality and vehicular emissions please contact
Dr David Booker AEA Technology Environment E6 Culham Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 3ED UKTel 01235 463159 Fax 01235 463050 Email DavidBookeraeatcouk
REFERENCES
1 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Non-biological Particles and
Health HMSO London 1995
2 COMEAP Department of Health
Committee on the Medical Effects of Air
Pollutants Asthma and Outdoor Air
Pollution HMSO London 1995
3 EPAQS Department of the Environment
Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards
HMSO London 1995
4 Bagley S T et al lsquoCharacterisation of
Fuel and Aftertreatment Device Effects
on Diesel Emissionsrsquo HEI Research
Report No 76 Sept 1996
5 Dunne J M lsquoStates of Emissions
Legislationrsquo Proceedings of seminar on
lsquoApplication of Powertrain and Fuel
Technologies to meet Emission
Standardsrsquo IMech Eng London June
1996
6 Department of Trade and Industry
National Measurement System Policy
Unit VAM programme
7 Survey of User Needs AEA Technology
Report AEA-EE-0442 1993
8 Evaluation of Industrial Needs in Particle
Measurements AEA Technology Report
AEA-TSD-0766 1995
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
PeterCumpsonNPL
Introduction
Physical methods of quantitative chemicalmeasurement are typically based on
spectra from one or more types ofspectrometer Spectra give you peakscorresponding to particular components ofthe sample with the size of the peak beingrelated to the quantity present Two types ofuncertainty are important Firstly theresolution of the spectrum should be as highas possible to distinguish between different
possible analytes Secondly the noise in thespectrum should be as low as possible togive the best possible estimate of thequantity of the analyte The constraints ofphysics engineering and economics meanthat the balance of these two uncertainties isoften not ideal Often an analyst may wantmore resolution at the expense of increasednoise or less noise in exchange for slightlypoorer resolution These days the balancecan be shifted by processing in software afterthe spectra have been recordedDeconvolution gives more resolution at theexpense of increased noise while smoothingreduces noise in exchange for slightly poorerresolution Deconvolution has its ownsubtleties but smoothing is a more stableoperation which can improve the precisionand reduce analysis time Smoothing isparticularly useful in those spectroscopies
where the signal is low perhaps withindividual photons or electrons beingcounted X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy(XPS) and Auger Electron Spectroscopy(AES) are particular examples sensitive tothe outermost atomic layers of a sample theygive spectra with typically between 1000 to100000 counts per channel of the spectrumwith most XPS spectra containing regions ofa few thousand counts or less We willreview the smoothing methods available andthe trade-offs they entail i l lustratingparticular points using examples from XPSand AES
There is an extensive literature onapplications of smoothing techniques toscientific data in general and to chemicalmeasurements in particular Introductorybooks on the subject include lsquoData Fitting inthe Chemical Sciencesrsquo by Gans1 and from a
Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis I Smoothing to reduce noise
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 19: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
more statistical point of view lsquoAppliedSmoothing Techniquesrsquo by Bowman andAzzalini2 We shall describe what is gained andwhat is lost by smoothing This leads torecommendations on when to smooth and howbest to apply smoothing in practical situations
Why smooth
Smoothing in the general scientificliterature has acquired a rather shakyreputation Strangely enough if the sameproblem is recast in the Fourier domain and aWiener filter applied this is often viewed asmuch more rigorous even though the twoprocesses can be mathematically identical Itcan be something of a culture shock forscientists or engineers new to spectroscopy tofind smoothing is so extensively usedExperienced XPS and AES users know howvaluable it can be and many spectra aresmoothed especially for presentation purposes
When to smooth Smoothing is best used as a method of
guiding the eye by using your knowledge ofinstrument resolution and the noisedistribution of electron counting toeliminate as much as we can of the noise in aspectrum revealing features which the eyecan then identify as being significant Thismay be particularly valuable when dealingwith large numbers of spectra for exampleas part of a montage to be presented to acustomer An intelligent choice of smooth toapply to a set of data of this type may bringout features clearly which would otherwisebe lost in the noise especially for aninexperienced customer In contrast anexperienced analyst has likely alreadyacquired the skill of rejecting the noisy partof the spectrum when lsquoeyeballingrsquo dataSmoothing can help the less experienceduser or customer spot some feature whichthe experienced analyst might spot straightaway in the raw data
One application which proves to be veryuseful in practice is the mitigation of errorsin software which can make algorithms forspectral processing much more sensitive tonoise than they should be Though not anideal solution the performance of faultysoftware can be improved substantially bypreceeding it with an appropriate smooth
Quite often in quantitative analysis onewishes to compare properties of a set ofpeaks which have a simple geometric
interpretation Peak height ratios and fullwidth half maxima are typical examples butthere are many cases where one wishes tocompare other measures such as the heightof the peak ratioed to the height of thebackground in some other region of thespectrum Experience shows that suchsimple geometrical ratios combined withsome physical and chemical insight can leadto very precise measures of systematicvariations in chemistry across a range ofsamples Smoothing can help here becausewhat is needed is a geometrically simple wayof averaging over a small number ofchannels If one had the time to set up such acalculation one might do this by least-squares fitting to polynomials In practice thetime involved in setting up such a fit woulddetract from the simplicity and speed of thegeometrical approach while smoothing (forexample by one of the Savitzky-Golaymethods) gives a result which is virtuallyidentical mathematically but can beperformed in seconds using softwareavailable on virtually every data system
Therefore the most justified use ofsmoothing is forbull presenting noisy spectra for
qualitative analysisbull mitigating the effects of quantification
software which is more sensitive to noisy channels in the spectrum than it should be
bull improving the precision of simplegeometrical ratios taken from spectrawhich can often be very precisemeasures of changes in chemistry
When not to smooth
Smoothing needs most care when
performed before any kind of quantitative
analysis such as in least-squares fitting
measurement of Full Width Half Maxima
(FWHM) or peak-to-peak heights Even so
the correct choice of smooth can often result
in a negligible error in these subsequent
quantitative analysis steps For example the
Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods1 can be
chosen so as to have a negligible effect on
both peak height and peak width while
suppressing noise very effectively However
the proper choice of the width this smooth is
critical and the choice of the width for this
smooth is an important topicSmoothing should never be done if one
is subsequently to use any statistical method
which assumes the counts in each channel tobe independent measurements Aftersmoothing they are no longer independentbut instead are partly correlated Anexample of this is in the use of x2
to judgegoodness-of-fit to a model spectrum Manycommercial software systems report thelsquoReduced Chi-Squaredrsquo value to the userafter fitting and one quickly learns torecognise that fits which appear good to theuser have a reduced x2
of about unitySmoothing before fitting will systematicallyreduce the value of x2
so that it can nolonger be used as evidence of the fit being agood one At worst it could mislead one intoaccepting a fit which is visually poor onspurious statistical groundsbull Avoid if possible smoothing before
quantitative analysis for example fittingthe spectrum to a model or beforemeasurement of parameters like peakheight or width
bull If smoothing is unavoidable choose thenumber of points in the smooth verycarefully to avoid adding a systematicerror to the quantity you are trying tomeasure
bull Treat with special caution statisticalmeasures such as x2
values which canbe altered by smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing
This smoothing method is math-
ematically equivalent to fitting a polynomial
of degree m to P=2m+1 channels and taking
the value of the polynomial as the value of
the centre channel Popularised by Savitzky
and Golay4 (see also later corrections5 to
their coefficients) the method was used
earlier6 possibly even back to the 19th
century1 Seah and Dench7 examined
applications of Savitzky-Golay smoothing in
AES and XPS Bromba and Ziegler8 showed
Savitzky-Golay smoothing to give essentially
the best reduction of noise in the limit of low
peak distortion Two variants of Savitzky-
Golay smoothing need to be discussed in
detail These are the Savitzky-Golay
quadraticcubic smoothing function and the
Savitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothing
function It is worth taking a moment to
understand why these smoothing functions
have the names that they do since this is
seldom explained in the documentation
accompanying software which performs
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
1 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 20: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
2 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
smoothing A detailed mathematical analysis
of piecewise polynomial fitting shows that
provided one is dealing with an odd number
of points fitting a quadratic (parabola)
function leads to exactly the same equations
as a cubic function and similarly fitting a
quartic function leads to exactly the same
equations as fitting a quintic8 Thus the
Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic smooth for
example could be derived from either
piecewise fitting of quadratic functions to the
data or piecewise fitting of cubic functions to
the dataZiegler9 listed a number of important
properties of Savitzky-Golay smooths ofwhatever order the first five of those helisted are the most importantbull They preserve any symmetry (evenodd)
contained in the signal bull The position of symmetric (spectral)
lines of any shape is preserved exactly bull The area under any signal curve is
preserved exactly bull The centre of gravity of any signal curve
is preserved exactly bull For filters with quadratic order and
above the second moment of (spectral)lines is preserved exactly Since thissecond moment is the true measure of the line width this is especiallyimportant in spectrometry In otherwords for Savitzky-Golay filters haveonly a second-order effect on increasingthe peak FWHM not a first order effect as do other filters such as inGaussian smoothing
The properties of Savitzky-Golay smooth-
ing are neatly summarised by Press et al10
Within limits Savitzky-Golay filtering doesmanage to provide smoothing without loss ofresolution It does this by assuming thatrelatively distant data points have somesignificant redundancy that can be used toreduce the level of noise The specific nature ofthe assumed redundancy is that the underlyingfunction should be locally well-fitted by apolynomial When this is true as it is for smoothline profiles not too much narrower than thefilter width then the performance of Savitzky-Golay filters can be spectacular When it is nottrue then these filters have no compellingadvantage over other classes of smoothing filter coefficients
Later in this article Figure 5 will allowus to fix a firm numerical value for lsquonot toomuch narrowerrsquo
Properties of Savitzky-Golaysmoothing functions
Savitzky-Golay smoothing offers twomain families of related smoothing functionswhich differ only in the number of channelsover which the smooth takes placeHowever if one plots each family in reducedform as shown in Figure 1 one can see thatas the number of points in the smoothincreases the quadraticcubic smoothingfunctions rapidly become very similar TheSavitzky-Golay quarticquintic smoothshows this property too as shown in Figure2 as the number of points increases a limitingfunctional shape is quickly approached
One can easily see from Figures 1 and 2that convergence to a consistent smoothingfunction is relatively rapid as one increasesthe number of points in the smooth Theconclusion we should draw is that theperformance of the smoothing functionsdepends not so much on the number of
channels chosen but on the total width of
the smoothing function especially in relation
to the size of features in the spectrum to be
smoothed It is therefore useful to compare
the noise reduction performance of the
quadraticcubic and quarticquintic Savitzky-
Golay smooths when applied to spectra with
the range feature size specifically peaks with
a range of full width half maximum What
the previous two figures tell us is that the
number of points in the smooths does not
strongly affect performance so we will plot
the results assuming a very large number of
points in the smooth
To compare the effects of different kinds
of smooth let us look at the separate effects
of the smooth on the spectrum and on the
noise Measured spectra of course are an
inextricable mixture of the two Therefore we
shall compare the effects of different smooths
on model spectra and model noise plotted
separately The model spectrum we shall use
shown in Figure 3 consists of nine peaks of
progressively larger full-width at half
maximum each having a peak height of 1000
counts per channel on a background of 4000
counts per channel Before smoothing the
noiseless spectrum and the separately plotted
noise are as shown in Figure 3
Note however that the number of points
one chooses in practice is very important
largely because it defines the width of a
smoothing function in relation to the feature
size of the spectrum you want smooth So
when you come to apply a Savitzky-Golay
smoothing in practice a sensible choice for
the number of points in the smooth is
essential Figure 4 is a tableau showing the
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 1 Satvitzky-Golayquadraticcubic smoothingfunctions Smooths are of P=5 points (dotted) 7 points(dashed) 15 points (dash-dot) and 1001 points(continuous line)
To emphasise how closely related thesesoothing functions are we have plotted them on axes scaled by m=(Pndash1)2 otherwise thenormalisation of their areas tends to obscuretheir similarity k=ndashm ndashm+1 hellip mndash1 m is thechannel number with respect to the channelbeing smoothed so that the centre channelcorresponds to k=0 Clearly an asymptotic shape for this filter function is reached rapidly
Figure 2 As for Figure 1 but plotted for the Savitzky-Golay quarticquinticsmoothing function Here P=7 points (dashed) 15 points (dash-dot)and 1001 points (continuous line)
As was the case with the quadraticcubicfunction an asymptotic shape for thequarticquintic function is reached rapidly
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 21: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
2 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
effect of Savitzky-Golay smoothing with four
different choices for the number of points in
the smooth We can immediately make a number of
useful observations from this tableau For anygiven number of points in the smooth themoving average method leads to moredistortion than does the Savitzky-Golayquadraticcubic which in turn leads to more
distortion than the Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic Whatever kind of smoothingis applied sharper peaks suffer the greatestdistortion When the number of points in thesmooth is large and the peak is sharp aftersmoothing the peak tends to look more likethe smoothing function than a spectroscopicpeak at all In particular for the two Savitzky-Golay smooths shown the narrowest peakscan exhibit negative going wings WhicheverSavitzky-Golay smooth is chosen similarlevels of noise reduction lead to similar levelsof peak distortion One can see this bycomparing the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquintic one
The noise level after each of these twosmooths and the distortion introduced byeach smooth is virtually identical The 7-point moving average smooth causes similardistortion to the 15-point quadraticcubicsmooth and the 23-point quarticquinticone but leaves marginally more noise
Choosing the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
We can compare the lsquotrade-offrsquo betweenremaining noise in the spectrum and peakdistortion both of which we wish tominimise Figure 5 shows this trade-offcurve for four different types of smoothing
including both Savitzky-Golay quadraticcubic and quarticquintic for both Gaussianand Lorentzian peak shapes The majority ofpeak shapes in electron spectroscopy fallsomewhere between these two extremesOne can see in Figure 5 that
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 02 Savitzky-Golayquadratic cubic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull for a smoothing width to FWHM ratioof up to about 03 Savitzky-Golayquarticquintic smoothing leads tovirtually no distortion to either peak-height or peak width
bull beyond this the amount of distortionyou are able to accept depends on yourapplication Sherwood suggests anupper-limit of 10 for this ratio forquadraticcubic smoothing and 17 forquarticquintic smoothing Both causeapproximately 15 loss of peak heightand less than 25 broadening of aGaussian peak3
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
Figure 3 Specimen datacomparing the effects ofsmoothing proceduresThough it is impossible to do for real data here weplot the true spectrum and the noise on that spectrumseparately This spectrum consists of nine peaks ofincreasing FWHM so that the effects of smoothingcan be compared Here we have chosen an exampleof peaks with 1000 counts at their maximasuperimposed on a constant background of4000 counts The noise shown on the lower plotis for the Poissonian statistics of electron detection
Figure 5 Trade-off curves for Gaussian peak-shapesshowing the distortion ofpeak height and FWHM for a range of noise reductionsThe Savitsky-Golay functions give the best result for noise reduction and minimal distortionN is the number of channels within the FWHM of the peak (eg for a peak of FWHM 125eVacquired at channel separation 005eV N=25)Note that there is a clear point at which anyattempt to gain better noise reduction leads to significant distortion
Figure 4 Tableau showing the effect of employing differentnumbers of points in the smooth for three types of smoothing
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 22: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
2 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
Conclusions about Savitzky-Golay smoothing
Savitzky-Golay smoothing is the bestgeneral smoothing method available within awide range of surface analysis and otherspectroscopic software It improves signal tonoise without distorting peaks at all providedbull a sensible choice is made on them number
of points to smoothbull peaks are well approximated by
a polynomial
Gaussian smoothing
Gaussian smoothing can be seen as an
intermediary between simple moving average
smoothing (ie by a lsquotop-hat functionrsquo) and
Savitzky-Golay smoothing Intuitively one
feels that any successful smoothing method
should weight central points strongly and
peripheral points weakly This leads one to
any of a large number of bell-shaped
functions of which a Gaussian is simply the
most well known There is no fundamental
reason why Gaussian should give the best
possible performance in this role Instead
the justification for using it comes from its
simplicity and the fact that it will mimic the
effect of a large number of instrumental
broadening processes11 The Central Limit
Theorem12 from statistics tells us that
whatever the shape of these individual
instrumental broadening functions a large
number of them taken together will give the
instrument as a whole a Gaussian resolution
function Therefore Gaussian smoothing has
an almost pedagogic purpose in that the
effect is to mimic an instrument with poorer
energy resolution If one is aiming for the
best possible noise reduction with least peak
distortion then Savitzky-Golay smoothing
will always be superior if the correct width of
smooth is chosenThus Gaussian smoothing we can
conclude
bull improves signal to noise but always at
the expense of some peak broadening
bull is easy to visualise because Gaussian
smoothing is similar to decreasing the
energy resolution of an instrument
bull can make some kinds of quantitative
analysis more precise by degrading data
from different instruments to remove
the systematic effect of their different
energy resolutions
Other smoothing and filtering methods
Exponential filtering
This is largely of historical interest
being the simplest smoothing method to
implement electronically by means of a
simple lsquolow-passrsquo RC filter There are still a
few cases where this filtering is of interest to
the AES spectroscopist ndash for example when
acquiring direct spectra using beam-blanking
and lock-in amplifier followed by an
adjustable electronic RC filter As a method
of smoothing previously acquired spectra
however it has been shown9 to be inferior
to the Savitzky-Golay smoothing methods in
all conceivable spectroscopic applications
and is best avoided when developing
software for smoothing
Smoothing by taking the moving average This is sometimes known as a lsquotop-hatrsquo
smooth because the convolutionalsmoothing function is square and resemblesa top hat in cross-section This is very simpleto program but causes more distortion tothe peak than Savitzky-Golay smoothing forany given noise-reduction factor as can beseen in Figure 5 Savitzky-Golay smoothingwith the right choice of number of points inthe smooth can often achieve the samelevels of noise reduction with little or nopeak distortion
If one has a spectrum with a narrow
channel separation (perhaps 005eV or 01eV)
and facilities for other types of smoothing are
not available then a three-point moving-
average smooth will reduce the noise by a
useful 42 without causing unacceptable
distortion to spectra acquired in the range of
resolution 025 to 1eV which are typically used
Wiener filtering Sometimes known as lsquooptimalrsquo filtering
this is performed in Fourier space though it
can equally well be viewed in real space as
another type of convolutional smooth XPS
applications of frequency domain smoothing
(and deconvolution) have been discussed
by Wertheim13
When using any method with the word
lsquooptimalrsquo in its title one must take care to
understand what is being optimised Wiener
filtering is mathematically equivalent to a
smooth which attempts to minimise the
difference between smoothed spectrum and
true spectrum in the least-squares sense10
This difference comprises two sources noise
and the distortion due to smoothing This is
fine for some purposes and if implemented
using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
algorithms10 Wiener filtering will be very
fast However usually one would rather
optimise other aspects of a smoothed
spectrum for example minimising the
broadening of peak shapes at the expense of
reducing the spectrum noise a little less
Savitzky-Golay smoothing achieves this very
effectively with the right choice of number of
points in the smooth Note that is clear in
Figure 5 that any smoothing greater than the
optimal choice for the Savitzky-Golay
functions leads to strong distortion for very
small gains in noise reduction
The effect of Wiener filtering in practice
is very similar to a Savitzky-Golay smooth
using more points than recommended
above The result is a spectrum in which
noise has been very effectively suppressed
though at the expense of some energy
resolution which could have been retained
with the right Savitzky-Golay smooth
Nevertheless if easily available Wiener
filtering can be a very useful and powerful
smoothing method
Conclusions
bull The most generally useful kind of
smoothing is the Savitzky-Golay type
Considerations of noise reduction vs
distortion of the peak lead us to suggest
maximum smoothing widths of 10 and
17 of the peak FWHM for Savitzky-
Golay quadraticcubic and
quarticquintic smoothing respectively
bull For surface analytical spectroscopies
and specifically X-ray photoelectron
spectroscopy many peaks have a width
of 1eV and since high resolution data
are recorded at 01eV intervals a useful
choice is a 9 point quadraticcubic
Savitzky-Golay smooth For spectra
acquired at 005eV intervals a useful
choice is a 17 point quarticquintic
Savitzky-Golay smooth
bull Gaussian smoothing has some useful
special applications especially where
one needs to reduce a set of data are
acquired on several instruments to a
common low energy resolution
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 23: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
bull Very occasionally simple moving averagesmoothing may be useful when neitherof the two above methods are available
bull Wiener filtering is fast and in terms ofits effect on the spectrum will alwayshave a virtually identical counterpartfrom the set of Savitzky-Golay filters
REFERENCES
1 Gans P Data Fitting in the Chemical
Sciences Chichester UK John Wiley
1992
2 Bowman A W and Azzalini A Applied
Smoothing Techniques for Data
Analysis vol 18 of Oxford Statistical
Science Series Oxford UK Oxford
University Press 1997
3 Seah M P Dench W A Gale B and
Groves T E J of Phys E Sci Instrum
21 351ndash363 1988
4 Savitzsky A and Golay M J E Anal
Chem 36 1627 1964
5 Steinier J Termonia Y and Deltour J
Anal Chem 44 1906 1972
6 Guest P G Numerical Methods of Curve
Fitting Cambridge UK Cambridge
University Press 1961
7 Seah M P and Dench W A Journal of
Electron Spectroscopy 48 43ndash54 1989
8 Bromba M U A and Ziegler H Anal
Chem 53 1583ndash1586 1981
9 Ziegler H App Spectrosc 35 88ndash92
1981
10 Press W H Flannery B P Teukolsky S A
and Vetterling W A Numerical Recipes
Cambridge Cambridge University
Press 1986
11 Evans S and Hiorns A G Surf Interface
Anal 8 71ndash74 1986
12 Bulmer M G Principles of Statistics
New York Dover 1979
13 Wertheim G K J Elec Spectrosc 6
239ndash251 1975
14 Proctor A and Sherwood P M A Anal
Chem 52 2315ndash2321 1980
2 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
C O N T R I B U T E D A R T I C L E S
C A S E S T U D Y
Dr SteveAshdownHuntsmanTioxideJohn Francisand KeithMarshallLGC
This is the fourth of a series of case studies of the business
benefits of VAM Companies oftenperceive the merit in sharing their ownstories of the tangible financial andtechnical benefits of the VAM approachIt is hoped that these articles will provideenough detail to be of value beyond theindustrial sector directly involved to awider range of businesses engaged inanalytical science
Summary
Huntsman Tioxide is a major inter-
national producer of titanium dioxide
pigments for the paints and plastics industry
The company operating in a specialised area
of the bulk chemicals industry has
independently arrived at the principles of
valid analytical measurement entirely from
business-driven considerations Foremost
among these were the need for global
uniformity of product and the need for
continuity of product specification at each of
the eight manufacturing sites worldwideThe companyrsquos story is taken up here in
1995 when despite substantial analyticalresources and a suite of documentedmethods the benefits of an analyticalperformance assessment programmebetween manufacturing sites had not yetbeen seized The subsequent success of aweekly check sample scheme led to thedevelopment of a more rigorous proficiencytesting scheme a system of internalreference materials and eventually to anethos of best practice sharing between thefar-flung analytical laboratories
Huntsman Tioxide now prepares to enterthe new millennium with validated methodsreflecting the latest analytical technology It isa company taking every opportunity tobenefit from international dialogue within its
Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 24: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
2 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
analytical community while making full useof the special process and analytical expertiseof its UK science base
Introduction
Huntsman Tioxide is strongly focusedon the production of titanium dioxide - asthe worldrsquos third largest producer of thesubstance it employs over 3000 people Thecompany has eight production sites globallyincluding five sites in Europe Titaniumdioxide is the most commonly used whitepigment with more than 3 million tonnesbeing used annually worldwide
Titanium dioxide production generallystarts from raw mineral sources (ilmeniteand mineral rutile) Chemical extraction bythe sulfate process (introduced in 1918) orthe chloride process (1958) is followed bymilling to a microcrystalline state Thestages of the processes are illustrated inFigure 1 Titanium dioxide product can bespecially processed and finished (forinstance with different chemical coatings) tosuit many applications A major market isthe paints and coatings industry for whichthe pigment treatment will depend onwhether the final coating product is intendedfor interior exterior or specialist use Otherindustrial processes using titanium dioxidepigment include the manufacture of plasticspaper inks ceramics rubber fibrestoothpaste and even foods such as mint-flavoured sweets (the pigment is otherwiseknown as additive E171)
In recent years the company has alsobuilt up markets for the co-products oftitanium dioxide production ndash carbondioxide iron salts and gypsum formed byneutralisation of spent sulfuric acid ndash withthe added benefit of reducing the environ-mental impact of waste from the coreproduction process Carbon dioxide can besold after liquefaction iron salts are used forwater treatment and soil improvement andgypsum is incorporated in plasterboard andcement The combined quantity of these co-products sold by Huntsman Tioxide 900 000 tonnes per annum is now greaterthan that of titanium dioxide itself
Role of analytical science in the business
It may be surprising to an outsider torealise that titanium dioxide pigment is a
C A S E S T U D Y
Figure 1 An outline of titanium dioxide production and processing
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 25: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
2 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
complex product characterised by manyanalytical parameters The UK site inBillingham Cleveland has well-equippedanalytical facilities and acts as a referencelaboratory for the companyrsquos other sitesElemental assay has an important role in thebusiness with the analytical suite includingX-ray fluorescence (XRF) and inductivelycoupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) All sites maintain quality control andapplications testing laboratories whichgenerally bear the brunt of the involvementin process management and recognise theleadership role of the larger and morediverse UK laboratory on broader issuessuch as analytical harmonisation
titanium dioxide pigment is a complex product
characterised by manyanalytical parameters
A titanium dioxide pigment specificationtypically includes the parameters shown inTable 1 VAM principle 1 (Analytical measure-ments should be made to satisfy an agreedrequirement) is fulfilled by product develop-ment activities which provide a sufficientlydetailed product specification to meet the
corporate perception of customerrequirements Analytical process monitoringand quality control functions determinewhether the specified parameters are met towithin predetermined tolerances There maybe several tolerance levels corresponding tothe grade (and thence the value) of product
Drivers for proactive quality management
The VAM programme strongly supportsconsistent analytical measurements bothbetween laboratories and with the passage oftime These same aspects of measurementconsistency were important to Huntsman
Tioxide in achieving its production qualitygoals of providing consistent productsglobally across its production sites inEurope North America South Africa and theFar East All means advocated by the VAMprogramme for achieving these goals have aplace in the companyrsquos growing commitmentto consistent analytical measurement
The situation in 1995
The company had an established corpusof methods documentation The methodswere classified into books treating the broaddivisions of analytical science relevant to thecompany primarily as lsquophysicalrsquo orlsquochemical and environmentalrsquo secondarilyby technique or application Full methodsdocumentation was distributed to each sitefor use in quality control and applicationstesting functions thus supporting VAMprinciple 6 (Organisations making analyticalmeasurements should have well defined qualitycontrol and quality assurance procedures)
However in 1995 the company had littlein the way of interactive checking andcomparison between its sites to ensure thatthe methods were followed and were fit for
delivery of the required product uniformity(uniformity being assessed for each analyteagainst a tolerance about a specifiedconcentration or other measured value)
Improving productconsistency
Huntsman Tioxide has continuouslyimproved its approach to analyticalcomparability between its sites since 1995and this effort has been rewarded with anincreasingly consistent product The firststep in this process however wasrecognition of the need to improve asillustrated by the following scenario
C A S E S T U D Y
Rotary calciners used in the production of titanium dioxide
Physical properties Dry and wet particle size
Crystal form (percentage of rutile or anatase form)
Chemical properties Elemental assay (especially Al Si Zr Fe P K)
Determination of natural impurities monitoring of internal additives and particle coatings
Applications properties Colour
Durability (weather resistance)
Light fastness (stability of colour)
Opacity
Gloss
Table 1 Analytical parameters for the development and qualitycontrol of a titanium dioxide pigment
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 26: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
A trial of a new standard productspecified according to Table 1 was carriedout at an overseas plant followed by scale-upat a second overseas site The materialsproduced at these plants were analysedrepeatedly in the UK and were found to besignificantly different despite use of the samespecification The reason was that localanalytical data had been fed back into theadjustment of process parameters and thatalthough the same methods were supposedlyin use throughout the company localvariations in analytical measurement hadresulted in divergent adjustments being made
In 1996 critical parameters for
development of this product were identified
and a system of weekly testing was
inaugurated Six samples were taken from
the production plant for each participating
site ndash three of these were taken from a
definite point in the middle of the process
and the remaining three were taken at the
end of the process The samples were
analysed in the UK for repeatability which
is essential to achieve tolerances of the order
of plusmn001 for critical elements The level of
agreement between sites was also monitored
Early in 1998 the weekly testing system
was rolled out across the company Although
led centrally by the UK this initiative was
canvassed and accepted internationally as
being critical to achieving consistent and
identical products from different factories
and so providing security and status for the
local factory in relation to the company as a
whole The roll out was motivated by the
need to comply with a tighter product
specification Another factor was the need to
offer reliable confirmatory analysis at all
Huntsman Tioxide sites on product
transported internationally from the site
of manufacture
Proficiency testing
A centrally co-ordinated sampledistribution scheme was subsequentlyadopted to ensure that the local laboratoriescould be assessed independentlyParticipating sites received samples onceevery three months Six to twelve samples ofunstated composition were distributed toeach participant Each set included replicatesamples not marked as such to allow theassessment of repeatability The companywas in fact evolving an internal proficiency
testing scheme akin to the schemes inspiredby VAM principle 4 (There should be a regularindependent assessment of the technicalperformance of a laboratory)
Progress was monitored centrally for bothweekly check samples and quarterly proficiencytesting (PT) results Central monitoringallowed a comparison of the performance of allsites (and consequently indicated any localproblems) as well as an absolute assessment ofprogress towards corporate targets forcompliance with product specification Arating system was introduced to provide afurther incentive for compliance to the schemeThe system was weighted to rewardparticipation (the submission of completeresults sets) as well as performance (accurateand precise results) High scoring laboratorieswere offered the carrot of exemption from theweekly check scheme provided thatperformance was maintained in the quarterlyPT rounds Substantial year-on-yearimprovements have resulted in most cases
Reference materials
Only one independently certifiedtitanium dioxide reference material has beenavailable to Huntsman Tioxide Further-more the company is currently experiencingsupply problems with this material ndash and thematerial is certified only for titanium dioxidecontent whereas product quality alsodepends critically on the control of impuritiesand additives While recognising that itwould be advantageous to use independentreference materials for titanium dioxidepigments Huntsman Tioxide has thereforebeen compelled to use its own system ofinternal reference materials throughout thecompany contributing to a position inaccord with VAM principle 5 (Analyticalmeasurements made in one location should beconsistent with those elsewhere)
The internal reference materials havebeen produced in the UK and haveundergone homogeneity testing Sufficientstocks are maintained to prevent the supplyproblems frequently encountered withindependently produced reference materialsElemental concentrations have beenassigned by the consensus of results from theindependent (orthogonal) techniques ofatomic absorption atomic emissionspectroscopy mass spectrometry andclassical methodology The materials alsoundergo batch-to-batch comparison tests
The established corporate analytical
methods have been revised to specify clearly
the reference materials that are acceptable
for intercomparison purposes within the
company There are presently 35 such
materials but it is intended that the system
be simplified to comprise 12 fully
characterised materials
Analytical methods recent developments
The highest hurdle in method validation
is frequently the requirement to show that
the method can produce the same results in
different laboratories In a global business
for which the method must be translated into
several languages there is an increased risk of
difficulties arising at this stage The company
now provides translations of methods at
source to minimise local variation
Huntsman Tioxide has the benefit of
detailed written analytical methods but has
recently become more acutely aware of the
need to adapt to the rapid developments in
analytical instrumentation Also the less
glamorous but critical activities of sampling
and sample preparation sometimes receive
limited attention when methods are drafted
Originally the companyrsquos methods were
written with a single instrument in mind The
application of a completely new technique to
a particular analyte will generally attract wide
attention and will be accompanied by a new
written method for example microwave
methods in elemental assay have recently
been added to the corporate documentation
However it often happens that certain details
of established methods are irrelevant to users
of slightly different instrument models and
method variants can be substituted without
consultation The company is developing a
communications culture of proactive feedback
from local sites followed by discussion and
method revision managed centrally
A forward looking culture
Huntsman Tioxide has achieved a greatdeal of visible progress in analyticalperformance over the last five years asevidenced by long term PT scheme recordsProgress to date has required thedetermination and persistence that go with aforward-looking culture The company hasalso recognised the prerequisite of staff
2 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
C A S E S T U D Y
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 27: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
2 7 V A M B U L L E T I N
training and competence for obtaining validanalytical data (VAM principle 3 ndash Staffmaking analytical measurements should be bothqualified and competent to undertake the task)Training needs are identified locally and theemphasis of the overall training programmeis adjusted to address those needs Specialisttechnique training is available from thecentral UK facility so as to provideconsistency and is delivered both in the UKand on site
The company has now introducedinternational quality audit procedures in aphased programme which began late in 1998and a Harmonisation Forum was held in mid1999 The Forum spent three days reviewingthe corporate methods and disseminatingbest practice between its sites It was madeclear to all participants that change wasessential to the harmonisation processControl charts were to be used at all sites fora specified number of daily quality controlsamples Statistical techniques were used toset levels of analytical replication appropriateto each method based on the precision of themethod and the required level of compliancewith product specification
The first set of site audits was completedbetween Autumn 1998 and Spring 1999aiming not merely to assess performance butto provide consultancy and support where
needed across the company Drafts of thefully revised methods documentation arebeing evaluated until October 1999 (VAMprinciple 2 ndash Analytical measurements shouldbe made using methods and equipment whichhave been tested to ensure they are fit for theirpurpose) after which full implementation willbe required A further cycle of auditsscheduled for 2000 will focus onperformance assessments for the analysis ofcritical elements accompanied by a reviewof best practice widened in scope to includefurther compositional parameters
The business benefits of VAM
bull There has been a year-on-year
improvement in conformance of the
product to specification providing the
ability to deliver continuity of
specification to customers with a long
term requirement and increasing
customer confidence in the reliability
of the product
bull A programme of international
harmonisation has improved product
consistency globally allowing customers
to be reassured if sources of production
are switched and offering efficiency
improvements to customers with
multinational operations
bull The product is meeting progressively
tighter specification limits resulting in
an increased value because it is classified
as of a higher commercial grade
bull Complicated production processes may
require the feedback of analytical data to
adjust process parameters The feedback
will only be useful if the analytical data is
valid and fit for this purpose
bull VAM offers principles as standards and
goals for the analytical community but
is not prescriptive Analytical sectors and
groupings are able to develop VAM in a
realistic context Instances arising from
this study are the production of specialist
reference materials and the choice of
approach to value assignment for such
materials (by a reference laboratory in
this case)
bull Although operating in a specialised niche
of the chemicals sector and initially
isolated from the VAM initiative as
applied elsewhere business objectives
dictated the independent development
of an approach closely similar to VAM
at Huntsman Tioxide Such lsquoconvergent
evolutionrsquo towards valid analytical
measurement powerfully endorses the
role of the VAM principles throughout
analytical science
C A S E S T U D Y
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
Two years ago all UK chemistry
departments received materials relating
to quality assurance in analytical chemistry
the lsquoTertiary Education Resource Packrsquo This
resource was designed for use by teachers and
lecturers at the tertiary level who either want
to develop a course module on quality in
analytical chemistry or who want to import
new ideas and materials into existing courses
Following feedback from recipients the
original paper based version has been
converted to a web-based format to facilitate
more effective distribution Hopefully this will
make it easier for those involved in teaching to
down load relevant materials New articles
and case studies have been added to the
resource and the bibliography and glossary of
terms sections have been updated
The material has been designed to be
modular lecturers can dip into the contents
and take out those sections that they
consider will be most useful It should be
viewed more as one source amongst several
others The lecturer might wish to abstract
sections to help put together the particular
course that shehe has to deliver Several
articles can be down loaded to facilitate
copying To fit in with its new image the
resource has a new title lsquoQuality assurance
of chemical measurementsrsquo This indicates
that it has wider applications than just
tertiary education
Although the topics covered in the
resource relate immediately to analytical
chemistry we would strongly recommend
lecturers in other branches of chemistry to
consider using some of the material Part of
the reason for this is that the successful
pursuit of all branches of chemistry relies to
a greater or lesser extent on chemical
measurement The synthesis of a new
compound or the identification of a new
Resource for Quality Assuranceof chemical measurements
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 28: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
mechanistic route is often critically
dependent upon confident knowledge of the
starting materials intermediates and final
products Provision of information on what
is present and in what amount is the job of
the analytical chemist It is only possible to
make proper use of the analytical data if the
worker who commissioned the analysis
appreciates the capabilities and limitations of
analytical science
The resource is available on the VAM
web site (wwwvamorguk) Select lsquoQA of
chemical measurementsrsquo from the screen
side menu Selecting the items from the
screen side menu will direct you to the
appropriate part of the resource whereas the
buttons on the top of the screen will direct
you to other parts of the web site Please do
browse around there may be more that
interests you There are no restrictions on
copying any of the material provided the
source is acknowledged
This resource has been produced atLGC in conjunction with professionalanalysts and academic staff as part of theVAM programme
For further information and commentsplease contact
Pete HoulgateLGCTel 020 8943 7457Fax 020 8943 2767Email prhlgccouk
2 8 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M I N E D U C A T I O N
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
L GC continues to supply an expandingrange of reference materials to assist
analysts throughout the world Use ofreference materials increases confidence inanalytical results and is a useful tool forlaboratories seeking accreditation A newseries of materials is now available fromLGC Analysis of environmental and foodsamples is particularly important and thenew selection of materials reflects this
Please contact LGCrsquos Office of ReferenceMaterials (ORM) for further informationand prices
The Reference Materials AdvisoryService (REMAS) will be pleased to offerfree advice if you have problems locating thedesired material (See back cover)
ORM staff will be pleased to discussreference materials and meet existing andpotential customers at the followingconferences amp exhibitionsbull Analytica 2000
(Munich Germany 11ndash14 April 2000)bull Achema 2000
(Frankfurt Germany 22ndash27 May 2000) Reference materials are also now available
from a new office in Sweden LGC NordicAB based in Borarings the home of SP theSwedish National Testing Institute
For further details contactLGC Nordic ABBrinellgaten 4PO Box 1737SE-501 17 BoraringsSwedenTel 46 (0)33 16531525Fax 46 (0)33 165310Email infolgcspse
Catalogue number Matrix AnalytesProperties CRMRM
EnvironmentLGC6144 Gas works - contaminated soil Leachable metals PAHs anions sulfur RMLGC6137 Estuarine sediment Leachable metals CRMLGC6156 Harbour sediment Leachable metals RMLGC6017 Rainwater - roof run-off Metals CRMLGC6018 Rainwater - roof run-off Anions CRMLGC6019 Riverwater - River Thames Metals CRMLGC6020 Riverwater - River Thames Anions CRMLGC6177 Landfill leachate Metals RMLGC6178 Landfill leachate Ammonia (as N) anions COD TOC RMLGC6147 Waste oil PCBs RM
FoodLGC7172 Dairy cattle feed Proximates elements RMLGC7173 Poultry feed Proximates elements RMLGC7106 Processed cheese Proximates RMLGC7104 Sterilised cream Proximates elements RMLGC7150 Processed meat Proximates hydroxyproline RMLGC7140 Soft drink Colours RMLGC7105 Rice pudding Proximates elements RM
PurityLGC7300 Butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) Purity CRMLGC7302 Saccharin Purity CRMLGC7011-15 Orange juice solutions Brix refractive index CRM
New reference materials
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 29: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
2 9 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
R E F E R E N C E M A T E R I A L S U P D A T E
Pharmaceutical reference substances werefirst introduced in the 1950s by the
various pharmacopoeias as an integral partof the written monographs where it wasbelieved that direct comparison of sample
and standard would improve the quality ofthe measurement process In this respectthey were some of the first routinely usedreference materials
Since then the major pharmacopoeias
have issued many hundreds of pharma-ceutical reference substances and continueto do so at an ever-increasing rate Demandcontinues to increase driven by the universaladoption of product licensing and associatedquality systems and the increased use ofgeneric drugs
LGC have launched the first issue oftheir lsquoPharmaceutical reference substancesrsquocatalogue The aim of the catalogue is toassist the analytical community by providinga single source from where they canpurchase pharmaceutical referencesubstances The catalogue contains acomprehensive listing of over 3000reference substances from the followingpharmacopoeiasbull United States Pharmacopeia
and National Formularybull British Pharmacopoeiabull European Pharmacopoeiabull Pharmacopeacutee Franccedilaise bull WHO International Chemical Reference
Substances and SpectraLGCrsquos catalogue is unique in that the
catalogues of the above pharmacopoeia havebeen combined into a single listing andarranged in alphabetical order to make foreasy location and identification
The catalogue is available from LGCrsquosOffice of Reference Materials
Pharmaceutical referencesubstances
The formulation of the next VAMprogramme is well under way It is
being carried out by LGC and NPL onbehalf of the DTI Formulation of theprogramme was informed by a wideconsultation exercise to identify priorityareas both for the maintenance of existingcapability and for the development andvalidation of new techniques to meetupcoming measurement and analytical
challenges for the UK economy The PublicConsultation Documents describingproposals for the chemical biochemical andphysical parts of the programme werereleased in early January All commentsreceived will be reviewed and a Final Draftwill be submitted to DTI in March
The proposed VAM programme isfocused on the development of a practicalmeasurement system for the UK which is
firmly linked to the international one Theprogramme has the objective of ensuringthat the infrastructure is in place in the UKto enable valid measurements and analysesto provide quality data for industrygovernment and regulators As world tradeexpands the need to demonstrate thevalidity of analytical results is becomingmore critical It is also becoming apparentthat analytical measurements based on
VAM 2000 ndash 03
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 30: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
sound science are of growing importance forsettling trade conflicts and addressing safetyconcerns International efforts championedby the CCQM (a sub-group of theInternational Committee on Weights andMeasures the CIPM) are aiming to improvethe comparability of these measurements ona world-scale by establishing an infra-structure based on traceable measurementsOther drivers such as the continuing trendtowards performance based methods and thetype approval of analytical equipment andtest kits are also pushing in this direction
The chemical programme is focused onputting in place the tools and techniques toenable traceable measurements to be madein the UK The key elements of the proposedchemical programme arebull developing primary analytical methods
particularly those based on massspectrometry for more complexanalytical matrices
bull demonstrating the equivalence of theUK chemical measurement capabilitiesand reference values through theparticipation in key national andinternational studies
bull developing techniques for controlling measurement uncertaintyand matrix effects
bull producing Certified Reference Materialsthrough European collaboration anddeveloping ways of producing low costQC Laboratory Reference Materials
bull piloting elements of a new chemicalmeasurement infrastructure based ontraceable measurements
bull several knowledge transfer projectsincluding proposals for work to train
and assess analysts in the core analyticalcompetencies and provide coaching andadvice on common problem areas suchas cost effective method validation
the need to demonstrate the validity of analytical
results is becoming more critical
It is also proposed that a greater portionof effort be directed towards bioanalysisparticularly nucleic acid measurements andthe characterisation of bioparticulates Theproposals for the bioanalytical programmeinclude work aimed atbull pioneering the development of primary
methods for the quantitation of DNAand the evaluation of key amplification-based quantitation
bull finalising the development of a novelinternal control for DNA analysis andthe development of a reference systemfor characterising the size distributionand activity of bioaerosols
bull evaluating newly emerging DNAtechniques and developing protocols and reference standards to enable usersto check out the performance of the newtechnologies and be aware of theirstrengths and limitationsThe proposed physical programme is
targeted at the requirements for gas andparticulate measurements surface analysisand electrochemical methods Key elementsof the programme includebull work to support valid measurements
of gases and particulates important forindustrial processes vehicle and aircraft
emission and for air quality industrialand occupational exposure monitoring
bull development of generic techniques for the analysis of trace gases including water vapour at the parts per billion level
bull validation of novel optical and massspectrometric techniques now findingwider application for gas analysis
bull development of a calibration capabilityfor sensors used to measure HazardousAir Pollutants in the field
bull provision of new gas concentrationstandards for some important industrial and medical applications and for indoor air
bull development of calibration standards for pH and electrolytic conductivity
bull development of methods and provisionof data to validate surface analysistechniques This work builds onactivities in previous programmes whichis well advanced for simple molecules atsurfaces but must address fundamentalissues for larger molecules
bull development and validation oftechniques for the analysis of surfaces at nanometre resolution
bull knowledge transfer activities to maximisethe take-up of best measurementpractice and to ensure effective input of UK expertise and views into relevantinternational standardisation activitiesBuilding a practical system based on
traceable measurements will be a challengingtask However the proposed programme hasbeen designed such that the steps along theway will contribute to quality improvementsthroughout the system
3 0 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
The United Kingdom AccreditationService (UKAS) has been accrediting
laboratories for many years to therequirements of M10 the lsquoNAMASAccreditation Standardrsquo which incorporatedthe requirements of ISOIEC Guide 25 andEN45001 A new standard ISOIEC 17025lsquoGeneral Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratoriesrsquowas published by ISO in February 2000 andwill replace ISO Guide 25 The newstandard will be used by AccreditationBodies all over the world for the assessmentof competence of laboratories
The new standard is a comprehensiveexpression of the requirements that a
laboratory needs to meet in order todemonstrate that it is technically competentand operates a relevant recognised QualitySystem ISOIEC 17025 builds on thefoundations of the existing standards andtakes into account the operating experiencegained over the years since their publicationIn many areas existing practice is
New international standard forthe operation of laboratories
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 31: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
3 1 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
incorporated into the standard althoughthere are some differences
What are the main differences
The standard includes a section onmanagement requirements which ismodelled on ISO 90011994 but writtenspecifically for laboratory operations Someaspects of management system requirementsare described in more detail and have moreemphasis than seen in previous standardsThese aspects include the followingbull Review of requests tenders and contracts
(or contract review) This area was ratherweakly expressed in the previous standardsthere is now a more explicit statementthat the onus is on the laboratory toensure that the clientrsquos needs areidentified and that the proceduresselected meet those requirements
bull Document control A clearer expression of the requirements is given than seen in previous standards
bull Preventive action A more proactiveapproach will be required to identify
improvements and potential problemsbefore non-compliances are identifiedThe technical requirements in ISOIEC
17025 are similar to those detailed in M10and other ancillary UKAS publicationsHowever a significant addition to thestandard is the identification of therequirements for lsquoReporting opinions andinterpretationsrsquo This is a new area forUKAS as M10 specifically excluded thisaspect from accreditation As a resultUKAS is setting up a pilot study as part of adevelopment project in order to establish the principles for assessing this aspect of the standard
Another area that is given greateremphasis in the new standard is thelsquoSelection and use of methodsrsquo includingmore detailed requirements for thevalidation of both in-house developed andnon-standard methods
How does this affect UKASaccredited laboratories
UKAS will be able to assess and offeraccreditation to ISOIEC 17025 shortly after
publication and eventually M10 will bewithdrawn To allow time for existingaccredited laboratories to adapt to the newstandard a two year transition period will begiven during which time the M10 standardmay still be used Any potential applicantlaboratories should be addressing therequirements of ISO 17025 rather than M10as soon as possible after its publication
The advent of a single standard replacingISO Guide 25 EN45001 and eventuallyM10 will help to strengthen and extend theinternational recognition of calibration andtest results by providing a more level lsquoplayingfieldrsquo for laboratory operation
Copies of ISOIEC 17025 are availablefrom BSI
UKAS is recognised by Government as thesole national accreditation authority for theAccreditation of Calibration and TestingLaboratories Certification Bodies andInspection Bodies
Last July the CITAC Secretariat wastransferred from LGC to the Institute
of Reference Materials and Measurement(IRMM) in Belgium
Readers of VAM information willrecognise CITAC (Co-operation onInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry) by the fact that it has producedguidelines on accreditation in chemicallaboratories1 research and development2 andmethod validation3 two of which were inconjunction with EURACHEM Howeversince its birth in 1993 CITAC has beenextremely active in the field of chemicalmeasurement comparability and traceabilityand has forged strong links with otherinternational organisations such as ISOILAC CCQM and AOAC
It could be argued that many of CITACrsquosactivities are similar to those in the VAMprogramme However with so many diverse
cultures worldwide an international forum isnecessary so that common issues can bediscussed and actioned globally The CITACWorking Group with a membership spanningthe Americas Europe (including the UK)Asia and Australia has taken on this role
Upon relinquishing responsibility for theCITAC Secretariat Dr Ron Walker said ldquoIthas been an honour and a privilege to havebeen associated with CITAC during the pastseven years The work of CITAC has beenof the highest quality and has contributedgreatly to moving on the debate about thekey issues of our time namely comparabilitytraceability and uncertainty I wish the newsecretary Dr Ioannis Papadakis everysuccess in carrying out what has been forme an enjoyable and informative taskrdquo
The new CITAC Secretariat is now fully operational For further informationcontact
The CITAC SecretariatJRC - IRMMB2440 GEELBELGIUMTel (32) 14 571 682
Fax (32) 14 571 863
Email citacjrcirmmbe
1 International Guide to Quality in
Analytical Chemistry An Aid to
Accreditation CITAC (CG1) 1995
2 Quality Assurance for Research and
Development and Non-Routine Analysis
EURACHEM CITAC (CG3) 1998
3 The Fitness for Purpose of Analytical
Methods A Laboratory Guide to
Method Validation and Related Topics
EURACHEM CITAC (CG2) 1998
CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 32: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
3 2 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M N E W S
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
Over 300 metrologyinstrumenttestingtechnical staff and local authority
standards officers from across the countryhave registered interest in gaining nationalrecognition of their work competences byobtaining an NVQ through measurementtesting and calibration evidence routesThese evidence routes are part of theEMTA Awards Ltd Technical ServicesNVQSVQ
The Level 3 NVQ is composed of threemandatory units that assess an individualrsquoscompetences in a general workplaceengineering organisation A further two unitsare then required (optional units) which are
specific to the area of measurement andcalibration within which an individual works
In Autumn 1998 a consortium led byProfessor Barry Jones Director of the BrunelCentre for Manufacturing Metrology(BCMM) at Brunel University was awardeda DTI contract (as part of the NationalMeasurement Partnership Programme 1998-2001) to undertake the task of promotingthe NVQ with measurement evidence routesacross the country Underpinning materialsare being developed to cover subject basicsmechanical electricalelectronic physicaland analytical measurements Arrangementsare in hand for these materials to be printed
published and distributed by TrainingPublications Ltd (the wholly ownedsubsidiary of EMTA) Relevant assessorstraining workshops are being run
Further information is available fromCaryl Brown NVQ Project AdministratorBCMM Brunel University UxbridgeMiddlesex UB8 3PHTel 01895 203361Fax 01895 812556Email carylbrownbrunelacukWebsite wwwbrunelacukresearchbcmmmeasnvqhtm
Measurement testing andcalibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
The aim of the VAM programme is notonly to improve the quality of analytical
measurements but also to realise theeconomic benefits of such improvementsTo this end it is vital that progresscontinues to be made on achievinginternational harmonisation The benefits tothis approach are not only the direct onesconcerned with international trade but alsoless visible ones such as the value of sharingcosts between countries and using a widerpool of expertise through collaboration In
order to further such harmonisation LGChas signed a memorandum of collaborationwith two key European measurementinstitutesbull The Institute of Reference Materials
and Measurements (IRMM) TheIRMM based at Geel in Belgium is one of the European CommissionrsquosJoint Research Centres responsible for reference materials referenceanalytical measurements and neutrondata measurement
bull The Swedish National Testing andResearch Institute (SP) SP based atBorarings is the national institute fortechnical evaluation testingcertification metrology and research LGC will be working closely with both
IRMM and SP to improve comparability andtraceability of chemical measurementsCollaborative initiatives will cover a broadspectrum of chemical measurement issuessuch as chemical metrology certified referencematerials proficiency testing and training
International collaboration
L GC has been assisting in thepreparation of an European database of
Proficiency Testing schemes This wasscheduled to go live on 1 March 2000 It
includes chemical biological and physicalschemes but not clinical or metrologicalschemes and gives detailed information ofmethodology scope quality costs etc It may
be found on httpwwweptisbamde but ifanyone does not have internet access LGCrsquosProficiency Testing Advisory Service(PTAS) will be pleased to assist
Proficiency Testing
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 33: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
V A M P R O D U C T S A N D S E R V I C E S
3 3 V A M B U L L E T I N
The pack lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquopublished by LGC aims to improve
the quality of analytical measurements madein the laboratory by introducing theprinciples of good practice The packcomprising a booklet - lsquoGuide to ImprovingAnalytical Quality in Chemistryrsquo and a CD-ROM - lsquoBasic Laboratory Skillsrsquo wasdeveloped by the education and training
team at LGC in conjunction with teachersand practitioners of analytical chemistry andwith support from the VAM programme
The guide is aimed at students (eg16ndash18) who have little practical experienceand have not had the opportunity to performpractical procedures on a regular basisFeedback has indicated that it is also of useto new employees starting work in a
traditional analytical laboratory at a juniorgrade work experience students in analyticallaboratories and first year university studentsin science departments where basiclaboratory skills are a requirement
The pack costs pound15 and can bepurchased from the VAM Helpdesk at LGC
Basic Laboratory Skills ndash a trainingpack for laboratory techniques
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
The meaning of unitsKevinThurlow LGC
The dangers of ambiguity in chemical
nomenclature have been discussed in
previous issues of VAM Bulletin but little
attention has been paid to the correct use of
units There is no point carrying out lengthy
analytical procedures with expensive
equipment skilled analysts pure standards
suitable reference materials and accredited
methods if the published results do not
make senseThe International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) Systegraveme InternationaldrsquoUniteacutes (SI) and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Chemistryrsquos Inter-divisional Committee on Nomenclature andSymbols (IDCNS) have all published adviceon units They do not always agree but effortsare made to adopt a consistent approach
Problems start with the basic SI lsquoMKSrsquounits The metre and second are basic unitsbut there has been opposition to the use ofthe kilogram as the unit of mass because ithas a prefix There have been varioussuggestions to get round this problem likecalling the kilogram the lsquoGiorsquo after an Italianscientist called Giorgio So one gram (1g)would equal one milliGio (1mG) It wasdecided not to change to the Gio partlybecause there could be confusion betweenlsquogrsquo and lsquoGrsquo Since scientists often do thingslike this the average person in a supermarket
could be excused for doing the same Thesymbol for gravitational constant (G) wouldnot help Another suggestion was to uselsquoquilorsquo to mean one kilogram but this hasthe drawback that names beginning lsquoqursquorarely find favour internationally and areusually replaced with lsquokrsquo The prospect ofusing lsquokilokilorsquo instead of lsquomegagramrsquo wouldprobably be unappealing
The difference between upper and lowercase letters can cause difficulties There areonly limited possibilities for single letterprefixes even using the Greek alphabet aswell Therefore we have the unfortunatesituation where lsquomrsquo means lsquomillirsquo (10-3) andlsquoMrsquo means lsquomegarsquo (106) The SI prefixes1 areshown in Table 1
The prefixes towards the bottom of thetable are not used very often but IDCNS isseeking to expand the list to powers of 27and 30 Suggestions for names of theseprefixes are welcome The existing prefixesshould be printed upright (not in italics)and in the appropriate case It is surprisinghow often even the common prefixes aremangled People wrongly use lsquoKrsquo for lsquokilorsquoand even lsquohrsquo for lsquonanorsquo This is a very goodway to confuse other people Prefixes mustbe used individually so you would say lsquoMgrsquonot lsquokkgrsquo It could be even worse if someoneused lsquoppmrsquo instead of lsquoymrsquo
This leads us to the problem of very
Sub-multiple Prefix Symbol Multiple Prefix Symbol
10-1 deci d 10 deca da
10-2 centi c 102 hecto h
10-3 milli m 103 kilo k
10-6 micro micro 106 mega M
10-9 nano n 109 giga G
10-12 pico p 1012 tera T
10-15 femto f 1015 peta P
10-18 atto a 1018 exa E
10-21 zepto z 1021 zetta Z
10-24 yocto y 1024 yotta Y
Table 1
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 34: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
C H E M I C A L N O M E N C L A T U R E
3 4 V A M B U L L E T I N
frequently seen units like ppm ppb and What do these actually mean These are notSI recommendations and ISO say theyshould not be used Commonly usedconcentration units (like and ppm) areoften quoted without saying whether theauthor is using (eg) mass fraction molefraction or volume fraction The meaning oflsquo10 sodium chloridersquo solution may seemclear enough as the sodium chloride is solidand the waterrsquos density of roughly 1gcm-3
means you can use mass or volume withoutchanging the overall value much Howeversuppose we have lsquo10 pyridine in ethanolrsquoThese are both liquids and densityconsiderations mean that you have to statefor example lsquomass fraction is 10rsquo Unitslike lsquo mmrsquo are not recommended It istherefore far easier and also clearer to saylsquo10 g100 grsquo The same applies to lsquoparts permillionrsquo (ppm) It makes sense to use 37mgkg (or mgkg-1) to avoid ambiguity
There are worse examples for examplelsquoppbrsquo This is based on the American billion(109) rather than the original billion (1012)Similarly lsquopptrsquo is used for lsquoparts per trillionrsquo
based on the American trillion (1012) ratherthan the original trillion (1018) To makematters worse some authors have used lsquopptrsquoto mean parts per thousand Readers may bepleased to know that the litre is still goingstrong and the prefixes lsquolrsquo and lsquoLrsquo are bothpermitted The latter is preferred as lsquo1Lrsquo isclearer than lsquo1lrsquo
The world of computers brings its ownproblems Many years ago computerworkers decided that as 210 is nearly thesame as 1000 the SI prefix lsquokilorsquo could beused for 1024 As time passed more peopleused computers and some of those peopleknew lsquokilorsquo meant 1000 not 1024 Otherpeople lsquoknewrsquo lsquokilorsquo meant 1024 in this caseThen computers got bigger Megabytesarrived But what was a megabyte Some manufacturers thought it was 220 = 1 048 576 bytes others thought it was 1 024 000 (1000 x 210) and others thoughtit was 1 000 000 That is three definitions ofone unit Now we talk about gigabytesterabytes etc the errors grow and grow TheInternational Electrotechnical Commission(IEC) has announced some clarifying
prefixes based on SI units They give lsquokibirsquo(to mean lsquokilobinaryrsquo) as prefix for 210 lsquomebirsquo(meaning lsquomegabinaryrsquo) as prefix for 220 etcSo one mebibyte (1 MiB) = 220B and onemegabyte (1 MB) is 106B This restores theSI units to their correct usage and introducesa logical and easily understood extension tothe system For anyone eager to use thissystem lsquomebirsquo is pronounced first syllable asin its analogue lsquomegarsquo second syllable lsquobeersquoThis applies to the other prefixes lsquogibirsquo lsquotebirsquolsquopebirsquo and lsquoexbirsquo Presumably lsquozebirsquo and lsquoyobirsquoare just round the corner
Who would think something as simple asa unit could cause so many problems
If you are having problems withchemical nomenclature we are able to offeradvice (see back cover for details)
REFERENCES
1 Quantit ies Units and Symbols in
Physical Chemistry Ian Mills et al for
IUPAC (Blackwell Scientific)
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
Analytica 2000
11ndash14 AprilMunich Germany
Analytica 2000 is the largest Europeantrade fair for the life sciences laboratory andindustrial applications Some of the worldrsquosleading companies present progressive analysistechniques for the life sciences new solutionsfor the laboratory medical laboratorydiagnostics and industrial applications forchemistry pharmaceuticals measurementtesting and control technology
At the same time the Analyticaconference presents top internationalresearch
For further information please contactMesse Muumlnchen GmbHMessegelaumlndeD-81823 MuumlnchenGermanyTel (49) 89 949 20380Fax (49) 89 949 20389Email infoanalyticadeWeb httpwwwanalyticade
2000 Annual Conference
16ndash20 AprilUMIST Manchester
The second RSC Annual Conferencewill take place at UMIST and theBridgewater Hall in Manchester Theconference is not intended to duplicatespecialist meetings but rather to attempt toportray chemistry from the widest possibleperspective in a way which is relevant to all
RSC members to promote collaborationand encourage new areas of researchspanning the classical divisions of chemistry
The conference will look at several keydevelopments in the molecular sciences inrecent years including exploring chemistryat the interface with biology developingclean and sustainable processes to reduce theenvironmental impact of our industry andthe quest for nanoscale devices
For further information please contactNicole MorganConferences DepartmentRoyal Society of ChemistryBurlington HouseLondon W1V 0BNTel 020 7437 8656Fax 020 7734 1227Email conferencesrscorg
Forthcoming events
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 35: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
3 5 V A M B U L L E T I N
F O R T H C O M I N G E V E N T S
International conference on metrology ndash
Trends and applications in calibration and
testing laboratories
16ndash18 May Jerusalem Israel
The meeting is organised by theNational Conference of StandardLaboratories (NCSL) Co-operation forInternational Traceability in AnalyticalChemistry (CITAC) and the IsraeliMetrological Society The conference willdiscuss metrology new measurementmethods and instruments interlaboratorycomparisons proficiency testingtraceability ethical problems in metrologyand education in the third millennium
For further information please contactDr Henry HorowitzConference SecretariatISAS International SeminarsPO Box 34001Jerusalem 91340IsraelTel (972) 2 6520574Fax (972) 2 6520558Email isasnetvisionnetil
ACHEMA 2000
22ndash27 May Frankfurt Germany
ACHEMA 2000 is an internationalmeeting on chemical engineering environ-mental protection and biotechnology Withalmost 4000 exhibitors from all over theworld ACHEMA will present future trendsin the process industries In addition to thewell-established exhibition groups there is anew exhibition group on Biotechnologywhich includes a presentation of biotech-nology products and processes
A special show on Synthesis Screeningand Sequencing equipment reflects thecurrent developments in the field ofcombinatorial chemistry concurrent analysisand test methods The show will beaccompanied by an international symposium
For further information please contactDECHEMA eVTheodor-Heuss-Allee 25D-60486 FrankfurtGermanyTel (49) 69 75640Fax (49) 69 7564201Web httpwwwdechemade
3rd Workshop on proficiency testing
in analytical chemistrymicrobiology and
laboratory medicine
24ndash26 SeptemberBorarings Gothenburg Sweden
A workshop on current status problemsand future direction of proficiency testing inanalytical chemistry microbiology andlaboratory medicine organised jointly byEURACHEM and EQALM A trainingcourse will be held on 24 September withthe EURACHEM Executive meeting on 27September
Lectures and working groups willhighlight international harmonisation ofPTEQA schemes the use of PT in theaccreditation process implementation of theuncertainty concept into PTEQA schemesand accreditation of PTEQA schemes
For more information please contactUlf OumlrnemarkSP Swedish National Testing and Research InstitutePO Box 857SE-501 15 BoraringsSwedenTel (46) 33 165275Fax (46) 33 123749Email ulfornemarkspse
W E B L I N K S
Useful web linksThe Analytical Chemistry Springboard
httpwwwanachemumusejumpstationhtm
This provides a comprehensive list ofanalytical chemistry resources on theInternet It covers a wide range of techniquesand subjects such as standardisation theuse of reference materials and best laboratorypractice Links to other organisationsinternet newsgroups and suppliers are also given
Rolf Claessenrsquos Chemistry Index
httpwwwclaessennetchemistry
This site is one of the more well knownvirtual libraries for chemistry giving accessto a wide range of resources includingjournals patents databases and companiesThere is a specific section dedicated tospectroscopy and chromatography
Royal Society of Chemistry
httpwwwrscorg
The RSC have many resources availableon their website There is access to theLibrary Catalogue (the collection is housedat Burlington House in London) and afacility to search their on-line electronicjournals Of particular interest is the abilityto search the Analytical Abstracts databasefor free (coverage 1980 to date) However a subscription is required to access fullinformation on the database
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-
![Page 36: VAM Bulletin 22...An LGC publication in support of the National Measurement System Issue Nº 22 Spring 2000 VAM BULLETIN Traceable measurements: A different route to reliable analytical](https://reader034.vdocument.in/reader034/viewer/2022042110/5e8a7d5c111c556b1044b5b5/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
3 6 V A M B U L L E T I N
W E B L I N K S
The NIST Chemical Science andTechnology Laboratory
httpwwwcstlnistgov
The work of NIST in the following areasare covered analytical chemistry biotech-ology physical and chemical propertiesprocess measurement and surface andmicroanalysis science
NIST WebBook
httpwebbooknistgov
The WebBook provides a gateway to thedata collections of the National Institute ofStandards and Technology as well as thestandard reference materials catalogue TheChemistry WebBook gives thermochemicaland spectral information on a number ofchemicals
Scimedia
httpwwwscimediacom
The Science Hypermedia website givesaccess to its Encyclopedia of AnalyticalInstrumentation and a basic tutorial coursecovering the basics of analytical chemistry
Newsgroups
httpwwwnewsscichemanalytical
The analytical chemistry USENETdiscussion group Topics range from basicchemistry to information sources toequipment to detailed analytical problems
VAM Helpdesk020 8943 7393
VAM advisory services
Reference materials advisory service(REMAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Analytical QA advisory serviceDavid Holcombe LGC020 8943 7613
Proficiency testing advisory serviceKevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Gas analysis advisory serviceDr Paul Quincey NPL020 8943 6788
Chemical nomenclature advisory service(CNAS)Kevin Thurlow LGC020 8943 7424
Statistics HelplineVicki Barwick LGC020 8943 7421
LGCQueens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LYTel 020 8943 7000 (switchboard) Fax 020 8943 2767Web httpwwwlgccouk
httpwwwvamorguk
National Physical Laboratory (NPL)Queens RoadTeddingtonMiddlesex TW11 0LWTel 020 8977 3222 (switchboard)
020 8943 6880 (NPL Helpline)Fax 020 8943 6458Web httpwwwnplcouk
Aerosol Science CentreAEA Technology plcE6 Culham AbingdonOxfordshire OX14 3EDTel 01235 463677Fax 01235 463205Email aerosolsaeatcouk
Produced by Horrex Davis Design Associates 300
C O N T A C T S
Contact points
- Traceable measurement A different route to reliable analytical data
- Methods for testing Escherichia coli
- VAM and the measurement issues related to QUID
- The reliability of mass spec for identification purposes
- Ultrafine particles and air quality control
- Spectra in quantitative chemical analysis 1 Smoothing to reduce noise
- Titanium dioxide manufacture a microcosm of analytical best practice
- Resource for Quality Assurance of chemical measurements
- New reference materials
- Pharmaceutical reference substances
- VAM 2000-03
- New international standard for the operation of laboratories
- CITAC Secretariat moves to Belgium
- Measurement testing and calibration evidence routes for NVQsSVQs
- International collaboration
- Proficiency Testing
- Basic Laboratory Skills - a training pack for laboratory techniques
- The meaning of units
- Forthcoming events
- Useful web links
- Contact points
-